Thuyet Minh LVTN Nguyen Hoang Phuc 1552290

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENT .......................................................................................... I
TABLE OF FIGURES ....................................................................................... XIII
TABLE OF TABLES .................................................................................... .XXIII
SYMBOLS .................................................................................................. .XXXIII
PART A PROJECT INTRODUCTION ............................................................... 1
PART B LAND PRESENT CONDITION............................................................ 2
1.Location and are of project ............................................................................... 2

2. The land present condition of “KOBED TOWER” project ......................... 3
2.1 Climate condition........................................................................................... 3
2.2 Land present condition ................................................................................. 4
PART C SOLUTION FOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN ............................... 5
1. Solution for planning top views ........................................................................ 5

2. Target for planning architectural .................................................................... 6
3. Calculate for building parking lot ................................................................... 9
PART D STRUCTURE DESIGN ........................................................................10
1. Standard for design ......................................................................................... 10
2. Program for calculation ..................................................................................10

3. Material ............................................................................................................10
3.1 Concrete........................................................................................................10
3.2 Steel ...............................................................................................................11
4. Load ..................................................................................................................12
4.1 Unit weight of material ...............................................................................12
I|Page
4.2 Imposed load ................................................................................................ 12
4.3 Live load .......................................................................................................12
4.4 Overload friction ......................................................................................... 16
4.5 Wind load .....................................................................................................16
5. Load combination ............................................................................................ 18
5.1 Structure calculation at critical limit state I .............................................18
6. Structure preliminary section determination ...............................................21
6.1 Determine slab thickness ............................................................................21
6.2 Determine beam section ..............................................................................23
6.3 Determine column section ...........................................................................23
7. Slab design ........................................................................................................26
7.1 Setting calculation diagram ........................................................................26
7.2 Determine load-bearing capacity of slabs .................................................28
7.3 Determine internal forces ...........................................................................29
7.4 Steel area required calculate ......................................................................35
7.5 Crack calculation ......................................................................................... 42
8. Bubbledeck slab ............................................................................................... 47
8.1 Bubbledeck ground .....................................................................................47
8.1.1 Basic form of bubbledeck slab .............................................................. 47
8.1.2 Bubbledeck slab profiles and characteristics .......................................48
8.2 Bubbledeck section properties ...................................................................49
8.3 Strength in bending .....................................................................................50
8.4 Step to calculation Bubbledeck slab .......................................................... 51
8.5 Calculating the internal forces of slab by using SAFE ............................ 52
8.5.1 Bubbledeck slab model in SAFE ........................................................... 52
8.5.2 The internal forces of bubbledeck slab.................................................53
8.6 Calculate the strength in bending of slab ..................................................54
II | P a g e
8.6.1 Materials characteristics ........................................................................54
8.6.2 Calculate reinforcement in two-way .....................................................54
8.7 Calculate the shear strength of Bubbledeck slab .....................................56
8.7.1 Punching shear calculations ..................................................................56
8.7.2 Calculate the shear strength ..................................................................56
8.7.3 Calculate extend of solid area around columns ...................................57
8.7.4 Calculate extend of column tension reinforcement ............................. 58
8.6 Splice crack width check .............................................................................60
9. Stair design ..................................................................................................... 62
9.1 Stair structure ............................................................................................ 64
9.2 Determine load-bearing capacity of stairs .............................................. 65
9.2.1 Dead load ............................................................................................... 65
9.2.2 Live load ............................................................................................... 66
9.3 Design stair S1............................................................................................ 66
9.3.1 Analysis and design of stairs................................................................ 66
9.3.2 Analysis and design of landing ............................................................ 68
9.3.3 Analysis and design of beam DT1 : ..................................................... 70
10. Water tank ................................................................................................... 74
10.1 Water tank classification ....................................................................... 74
10.2 Setting calculation diagram .................................................................... 75
10.2.1 Cover slab ............................................................................................ 75
10.2.2 Wall of water tank .............................................................................. 75
10.2.3 Bottom slab......................................................................................... 76
10.3 Determine the load bearing capacity of water tank ............................... 76
10.3.1 Cover slab ............................................................................................ 76
10.3.3 Bottom slab......................................................................................... 77
III | P a g e
10.4 Determine the internal force of water tank ........................................... 78
10.4.1 Cover slab ............................................................................................ 78
10.4.3 Bottom slab......................................................................................... 80
10.5 Steel area required calculate .................................................................... 82
10.5.1 Cover slab ............................................................................................ 82
10.5.3 Bottom slab......................................................................................... 83
10.6 Deflection check ......................................................................................... 84
10.7 Crack check ................................................................................................ 84
11. Frame design ..................................................................................................85
11.1 Determine the load- bearing capacity of frame ......................................85
12. Seismic actions and design of structures for earthquake resistance ........99
12.1 Fundamental requirements ......................................................................99
12.2 Ground condition....................................................................................... 99
12.3 Seismic action ........................................................................................... 101
12.3.1 Seismic zones ....................................................................................... 102
12.3.2 Behavior factor for horizontal seismic actions ................................ 103
12.3.3 Design spectrum for elastic analysis ................................................. 104
12.3.4 Earthquake resistance calculation for KOBED TOWER .............. 106
13. Checking peak displacement of KOBED TOWER ................................. 110
14. Beam design ................................................................................................. 111
14.1 Design for flexure .................................................................................... 111
14.2 Design for shear ...................................................................................... 113
14.2.1 Shear in a homogeneous beam .......................................................... 113
14.2.2 Design method ..................................................................................... 113
14.2.3 Design procedure ................................................................................ 114
IV | P a g e
14.3 Checking deflection and cracking .......................................................... 115
14.3.1 Deflection ............................................................................................. 115
14.3.2 Cracking .............................................................................................. 116
14.4 Worked example of beam design ........................................................... 120
15.Post-tension beam ......................................................................................... 125
15.1 Materials ................................................................................................... 125
15.1.1 Concrete............................................................................................... 125
15.1.2 Non-prestressing reinforcement ........................................................ 125
15.2 Preliminary sizing .................................................................................... 126
15.3 Loads ......................................................................................................... 127
15.3.1 Permanent loads and imposed loads ................................................. 127
15.3.2 Load combinations ............................................................................. 127
15.4 Tendon arrangement ............................................................................... 127
15.4.1 Distance between center of tendon to below surface of beam ........ 128
15.4.2 Tendon profile ..................................................................................... 128
15.4.3 Estimating of stress losses ................................................................. 128
15.4.4 Preliminary determination of quantity of tendon .......................... 132
15.5 Check flexural adequacy at SLS ............................................................ 133
15.5.1 Serviceability Check at Transfer state ............................................. 134
15.5.2 Serviceability Check at Service state ................................................ 135
15.6 Check serviceability ................................................................................ 136
15.6.1 Crack width control ........................................................................... 136
15.6.2 Deflection control ............................................................................... 136
15.6.2.1 Generals .......................................................................................... 136
15.6.2.2 Procedure to calculate the deflection by theoretical method .... 138
15.6.2.3 Long-term deflection by empirical formula................................ 139
15.6.2.4 Worked example ............................................................................ 139
V|Page
15.7 Check flexural capacity ........................................................................... 144
15.7.1 Computability theory ......................................................................... 144
15.7.1.1 Computability hypothesis ............................................................. 144
15.7.1.2 Worked example ........................................................................... 150
15.8 Shear design ............................................................................................. 153
15.9 Anchorage zone ........................................................................................ 154
15.9.1 Bearing stresses behind anchorages ................................................. 154
15.9.2 Anti-burst reinforcement ................................................................... 157
16. Column design ............................................................................................. 158
16.1 Classification of columns ........................................................................ 158
16.1.1 Braced and unbraced column ........................................................... 158
16.1.2 Slender and non-slender column....................................................... 159
16.2 Effect of biaxial bending ......................................................................... 161
16.3 Design of moment .................................................................................... 163
16.4 Design of longitudinal reinforcement .................................................... 164
16.5 Worked example of column design ........................................................ 166
13.6 Design result of column ........................................................................... 174
17. Shear wall design ......................................................................................... 119
17.1 Design concept ......................................................................................... 175
17.2 Shear wall flexural design ....................................................................... 177
17.2.1 Design method ..................................................................................... 177
17.2.2 Design procedure ................................................................................ 177
17.3 Shear wall shear design .......................................................................... 180
17.4 Worked example of shear wall design ................................................... 180
18. Geotechnical investigation report .............................................................. 183
18.1 Theory of geotechnical statistics ............................................................ 183
18.1.1 Objectives of the geotechnical investigation report ........................ 183
VI | P a g e
18.1.2 Method of calculating standard characteristics and design value . 183
18.1.2.1 Division of soil layers ..................................................................... 183
18.1.2.2 Rules for deviation omissions ....................................................... 183
18.1.2.3 Determination of standard characteristics and design value .... 184
18.1.2.4 Statistics note ................................................................................. 186
18.2 Worked example of geotechnical statistics calculation ........................ 187
18.3 Summary properties of all soil layers .................................................... 197
19. Bored pile ..................................................................................................... 201
19.1 Introduction to bored pile ....................................................................... 201
19.1.1 General ............................................................................................... 201
19.1.2 Pros and cons ...................................................................................... 201
19.2 Pre-design concept .................................................................................. 202
19.2.1 Material of pile and pile cap ............................................................. 202
19.2.2 Preliminary sizing .............................................................................. 202
19.3 Bearing capacity of bored pile ............................................................... 205
19.3.1 General ............................................................................................... 205
19.3.2 ULS compressive resistance obtained from material ..................... 207
19.3.3 ULS compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters ......... 207
19.3.4 ULS compressive resistance obtained from SPT result ................. 214
19.3.5The design compressive resistance for all ULS ................................ 214
19.4 Foundation layout ................................................................................... 216
19.5 Design foundation FW1 .......................................................................... 216
19.5.1 Load acting on pile cap enter............................................................ 216
19.5.2 Calculation of pile quantity .............................................................. 217
19.5.3 Verification of load bearing capacity ............................................... 217
19.5.3.1 Verification of single pile ............................................................. 217
19.5.3.2 Verification of group piles ........................................................... 220
VII | P a g e
19.5.4 Vertical displacement under SLS ..................................................... 222
19.5.4.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles ..................................... 222
19.5.4.2 Elastic settlement of group piles .................................................. 226
19.5.4.3 Immediate settlement of group piles ........................................... 227
19.5.5 Design of pile cap FW1 ...................................................................... 229
19.5.5.1 Shear resistance of pile cap .......................................................... 229
19.5.5.2 Flexural design of pile cap............................................................ 232
19.5.6 Transversely loaded pile .................................................................. 235
19.5.7 Horizontal displacement and surrounding stability of pile and
checking bearing capacity ............................................................................ 239
19.6 Design foundation M1 ............................................................................ 242
19.6.3 Vertical displacement under SLS .................................................... 245
19.6.3.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles ................................... 245
19.6.3.2 Elastic settlement of group piles ............................................... 246
19.6.3.3 Immediate settlement of group piles ........................................ 247
19.6.4 Design of pile cap M1........................................................................ 249
19.6.4.1 Shear resistance of pile cap ....................................................... 249
19.6.4.2 Flexural design of pile cap......................................................... 250
19.6.5 Transversely loaded pile ................................................................... 252
checking bearing capacity ........................................................................... 256
19.7 Design foundation M2 ........................................................................... 257
VIII | P a g e
19.7.3.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles ................................... 260
19.7.3.2 Elastic settlement of group piles ............................................... 261
19.7.3.3 Immediate settlement of group piles ........................................ 262
19.7.4.1 Shear resistance of pile cap ....................................................... 264
19.7.4.2 Flexural design of pile cap......................................................... 265
20. Barrette pile ................................................................................................. 273
20.1 Introduction to bored pile ....................................................................... 273
20.1.1 General ............................................................................................... 273
20.1.2 Pros and cons ...................................................................................... 273
20.2 Pre-design concept .................................................................................. 274
20.2.1 Material of pile and pile cap ............................................................. 274
17.2.2 Preliminary sizing .............................................................................. 274
20.3 Bearing capacity of bored pile ............................................................... 276
20.3.1 General ............................................................................................... 276
20.3.2 ULS compressive resistance obtained from material ..................... 278
20.3.3 ULS compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters ......... 278
20.3.4 ULS compressive resistance obtained from SPT result ................. 286
20.3.5 The design compressive resistance for all ULS ............................... 287
20.4 Foundation layout ................................................................................... 288
IX | P a g e
20.5 Design foundation FW1 .......................................................................... 289
20.5.1 Load acting on pile cap enter............................................................ 289
20.5.4 Vertical displacement under SLS ..................................................... 294
20.5.4.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles ..................................... 294
20.5.4.2 Elastic settlement of group piles .................................................. 298
20.5.4.3 Immediate settlement of group piles ........................................... 299
20.5.5 Design of pile cap FW1 ...................................................................... 300
20.5.5.1 Shear resistance of pile cap .......................................................... 301
20.5.5.2 Flexural design of pile cap............................................................ 304
checking bearing capacity ............................................................................ 311
20.6.2.1 Verification of single pile ............................................................ 314
20.6.2.2 Verification of group piles .......................................................... 316
20.6.3.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles .................................... 316
20.6.3.2 Elastic settlement of group piles ................................................ 317
20.6.3.3 Immediate settlement of group piles ......................................... 318
20.6.4.1 Shear resistance of pile cap ........................................................ 320
X|Page
20.6.4.2 Flexural design of pile cap.......................................................... 321
20.7.2.1 Verification of single pile ............................................................ 328
20.7.2.2 Verification of group piles .......................................................... 331
20.7.3.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles .................................... 331
20.7.3.2 Elastic settlement of group piles ................................................ 332
20.7.3.3 Immediate settlement of group piles ......................................... 333
20.7.4 Design of pile cap M2 ........................................................................ 335
20.7.4.1 Shear resistance of pile cap ........................................................ 335
20.7.4.2 Flexural design of pile cap.......................................................... 335
ANNEX A DESIGN RESULT OF BEAM ................................................................ 343
A.1 Flexural design result ................................................................................. 343
A.2 Checking moment capacity of beam ......................................................... 344
A.3 Shear design results .................................................................................... 346
A.4 Crack and deflection check ........................................................................ 348
ANNEX B DESIGN RESULT OF COLUMN ........................................................... 350
B.1 Column classification .................................................................................. 350
B.2 Second order effect moment ...................................................................... 359
XI | P a g e
B.3 Area of steel requirement for column ....................................................... 368
B.4 Area of steel provided for column ............................................................. 377
B.5 Area of steel provide for column ............................................................... 378
B.6 Longitudinal rebar check by ETABS software ............................... 379
B.7 M-N Interactive diagram verification .............................................. 381
ANNEX C DESIGN RESULT OF WALL ....................................................... 384
C.1 Flexural design ................................................................................... 384
C.2 Shear design........................................................................................ 391
ANNEX D SOIL STATISTICS ......................................................................... 395
ANNEX E POST-TENSION BEAM ................................................................. 405
E.1 Check flexural adequacy at SLS....................................................... 405
XII | P a g e
TABLE OF FIGURES
Figure 6.1 Plan view for floor F9-F20 ....................................................................22
Figure 6.2 Tributary Area in Columns....................................................................23
Figure 6.3. Tributary Area in Columns at F9-F20 ..................................................24
Figure 7.1 Classification of restrained of two-way slab .........................................26
Figure 7.2 Slabs calculation diagram of floor F9-F20 ............................................27
Figure 7.3 Slabs classification of floor F9-F20 ......................................................28
Figure 7.4 Moment of slab in short-span axis in floor F9-F20...............................31
Figure 7.5 Moment of slab in long-span axis in floor F9-F20 ...............................32
Figure 7.10 Recommended values of wmax mm ......................................................45
Figure 7.11 Crack width calculation example ........................................................45
Figure 8.1 Basic Bubbledeck Geometry .................................................................50
Figure 8.2 Stress distribution trough BubbleDeck under normal loading ..............51
Figure 8.3 Compression zone encroach on bubble for heavily
reinforced slabs .......................................................................................................52
Figure 8.4 Bubbledeck slab model..........................................................................53
XIII | P a g e
Figure 8.5 Bending moment in X axis ....................................................................54
Figure 8.6 Bending moment in Y axis ....................................................................54
Figure 8.7 Bubble and steel arrangement ..............................................................55
Figure 8.8 Value of factor  ..................................................................................59
Figure 8.9 Layout of reinforcement at column ..................................................60
Figure 9.1 Stairs terminology ............................................................................... 62
Figure 9.2 Types of stair ....................................................................................... 63
Figure 9.3 Layer structure of stairs ....................................................................... 65
Figure 9.4 Plan view of stair S1 in KOBED TOWER ........................................ 65
Figure 9.5 Plan view of stair S1 ........................................................................... 67
Figure 9.6 Cut plan view of stair S1 ..................................................................... 67
Figure 10.1 Water tank layout .............................................................................. 75
Figure 10.2 Cover slab calculation diagram ......................................................... 75
Figure 10.3 Water pressure affect on wall ............................................................ 77
Figure 10.4 Groundwater pressure affect on wall................................................. 77
Figure 10.5 Moment 1-1 of wall ........................................................................... 79
Figure 10.6 Moment 2-2 of wall ........................................................................... 79
Figure 10.7 SAP2000 model of bottom slab......................................................... 80
Figure 10.8 Moment 2-2 of bottom slab ............................................................... 80
Figure 10.9 Moment 1-1 of bottom slab ............................................................... 81
XIV | P a g e
Figure 10.10 Calculation diagram of bottom slab (without water) ...................... 81
Figure 12.1: Recommended Type 1 elastic response spectra for ground types A to
E (5% damping) .................................................................................................... 105
E (5% damping) .................................................................................................... 106
Figure 12.3 The basic shape of the elastic response spectrum ............................. 107
Figure 12.4 The basic shape of the elastic response spectrum in
ETABS model ....................................................................................................... 108
Figure 12.5 The seismic action of KOBED TOWER........................................... 109
Figure 14.1 Singly reinforced section with rectangular stress block .................... 111
Figure 14.2 Assumed truss model for the strut inclination method...................... 114
Figure 14.3: Skin reinforcement to control cracking ............................................ 119
Figure 14.4 Envelope moment diagram of beam ........................................................... 120
Figure 14.5 Envelope moment diagram of beam.................................................. 120
Figure 14.6 Envelope shear diagram of beam ...................................................... 121
Figure 14.7 Envelope shear diagram of beam ...................................................... 121
Figure 15.1 Tendons eccentricity over column .................................................... 127
Figure 15.2 Presentative tendon profile ................................................................ 128
Figure 15.3 Typical geometry of tendon profile for internal span ....................... 130
Figure 15.4 Loss of pre-stress due to wedge draw-in ........................................... 131
Figure 15.5 Strip moment due to balance load (W) .............................................. 133
XV | P a g e
Figure 15.6 Initial combination in SAFE.............................................................. 134
Figure 15.7 Frequent combination in SAFE ......................................................... 135
Figure 15.8 Values of K corresponding to different type of loadings .................. 137
Figure 15.9 Considered strip to determine deflection in SAFE............................ 139
Figure 15.10: Method for determining the creep coefficient for concrete ........... 141
Figure 15.11 Instantaneous deflection under
quasi-permanent combination .............................................................................. 144
Figure 15.12: Instantaneous strain distributions at three stages of loading .......... 145
Figure 15.13: Simplified rectangular stress block ................................................ 146
Figure 15.14: Strip moment diagram under ULS ................................................. 151
Figure 15.15: Strip shear diagram under ULS ...................................................... 153
Figure 15.16: Design distribution areas for determination of bearing resistance

awforce .................................................................................................................. 155
Figure 15.17 S Range Anchorage specification from Freyssinet ......................... 156
Figure 15.18 Anti-burst reinforcement schedule according to Freyssinet manual

............................................................................................................................... 157
Figure 16.1: Column dimension and notation ...................................................... 158
Figure 16.2 Failure modes of column ................................................................... 159
Figure 16.3: Definition of eccentricities ey and ez ................................................ 162
Figure 16.4 Stress block diagram for columns ..................................................... 165
Figure 16.5 Example of column design chart ....................................................... 166

XVI | P a g e
Figure 16.6 Moment 2-2 diagram for CB11 ......................................................... 166
Figure 16.7 Moment 3-3 diagram for CB11 ........................................................ 167
Figure 16.8 Beam effect of column C4................................................................ 167
Figure 17.1- ETABS model of shear wall on frame X3’ ...................................... 175
Figure 17.2 Bending moment in shear wall – Combo 23 .................................... 176
Figure 17.3 Shear force in shear wall – Combo 23 .............................................. 176
Figure 17.4 Internal forces and moment resisting zones in walls ....................... 178
Figure 18.1 Geotechnical profile .......................................................................... 183
Figure 18.2 – Boring log of BH1 .......................................................................... 184
Figure 19.1 Bored pile cross-section .................................................................... 203
Figure 19.2- Geotechnical cross- section and depth of pile base ......................... 204
Figure 19.3 – Unit frictional resistance for piles .................................................. 211
Figure 19.4- Foundation layout............................................................................. 216
Figure 19.5 Center of found FW1 ......................................................................... 216
Figure 19.6 Reaction force at pile heads FW1 set A1 .......................................... 218
Figure 19.8- Behavior of pile group ..................................................................... 221
Figure 19.9- Pile foundation FW1 layout ............................................................. 224
Figure 19.10- Consolidation settlement of pile group FW1 ................................. 225
Figure 19.11- Value of μ0 and μ1 for immediate settlement ................................. 228
XVII | P a g e
Figure 19.12- Loads near supports........................................................................ 229
Figure 19.13- SAFE strip layers across piles ........................................................ 230
Figure 19.14- X-axis shear force envelop max of FW1 ....................................... 230
Figure 19.15- Y-axis shear force envelop max of FW1 ....................................... 231
Figure 19.16- X-axis shear force envelop min of FW1 ........................................ 231
Figure 19.17- Y-axis shear force envelop min of FW1 ........................................ 232
Figure 19.18- X-axis moment envelope max of FW1 .......................................... 233
Figure 19.19- X-axis moment envelope min of FW1 ........................................... 233
Figure 19.20- Y-axis moment envelope max of FW1 .......................................... 234
Figure 19.21- Y-axis moment envelope min of FW1 ........................................... 234
Figure 19.22 SAP 2000 Model ............................................................................. 237
Figure 19.23 Bending moment in X,Y direction .................................................. 238
Figure 19.24 Shear force in X,Y direction............................................................ 238
Figure 19.25 Displacement in X,Y direction ........................................................ 239
Figure 19.26 Design chart d/h=0.8 ( Appendix C Manual for the design of concrete
building structures to EC2) .................................................................................. 239
Figure 19.27 Center of foundation M1 ................................................................ 242
Figure 19.28 Reaction force at pile heads M1 set A1........................................... 244
XVIII | P a g e
Figure 19.31- Critical section for shear check ...................................................... 249
Figure 19.32- X-axis moment envelope max of M1............................................. 250
Figure 19.33- X-axis moment envelope min of M1 ............................................. 250
Figure 19.34- Y-axis moment envelope max of M1............................................. 251
Figure 19.36 SAP 2000 Model ............................................................................. 254
Figure 19.38 Shear moment in X,Y direction ....................................................... 255
Figure 19.40 Center of foundation M2 ................................................................ 257
Figure 19.45 X-axis moment envelope max of M2 .............................................. 265
Figure 19.49 SAP 2000 Model ............................................................................. 269
XIX | P a g e
Figure 20.1- Shape of barrette piles ...................................................................... 273
Figure 20.2 Bored pile cross-section .................................................................... 275
Figure 20.3 – Unit frictional resistance for piles .................................................. 282
Figure 20.4- Foundation layout............................................................................. 288
Figure 20.5 Center of found FW1 ......................................................................... 289
Figure 20.8- Behavior of pile group ..................................................................... 293
Figure 20.9- Pile foundation FW1 layout ............................................................. 296
Figure 20.10- Consolidation settlement of pile group FW1 ................................. 297
Figure 20.12- Loads near supports........................................................................ 301
Figure 20.13- SAFE strip layers across piles ........................................................ 302
Figure 20.14- X-axis shear force envelop max of FW1 ....................................... 302
Figure 20.15- Y-axis shear force envelop max of FW1 ....................................... 303
Figure 20.18- X-axis moment envelope max of FW1 .......................................... 305
XX | P a g e
Figure 17.19- X-axis moment envelope min of FW1 ........................................... 305
Figure 20.20- Y-axis moment envelope max of FW1 .......................................... 306
Figure 20.21- Y-axis moment envelope min of FW1 ........................................... 306
Figure 20.22 SAP 2000 Model ............................................................................. 309
Figure 20.24 Shear force in X,Y direction............................................................ 310
Figure 20.26 Center of foundation M1 ................................................................. 313
Figure 20.31- X-axis moment envelope max of M1............................................. 321
Figure 20.35 SAP 2000 Model ............................................................................. 325
XXI | P a g e
Figure 20.39 Center of foundation M2 ................................................................. 328
Figure 20.42 Value of μ0 and μ1 for immediate settlement .................................. 334
Figure 20.43 Critical section for shear check ....................................................... 335
Figure 20.44 X-axis moment envelope max of M2 .............................................. 336
Figure 20.45 X-axis moment envelope min of M2............................................... 336
Figure 20.46 Y-axis moment envelope max of M2 .............................................. 337
Figure 20.48 SAP 2000 Model ............................................................................. 340
XXII | P a g e
TABLE OF TABLES
Table 1. Standard for “KOBED TOWER” planning architectural .......................... 6
Table 2. Total area of slab in “KOBED TOWER” .................................................. 8
Table 3. Calculation for building parking lot .......................................................... 9
Table 6.1 - Categories of use ..................................................................................13
Table 6.2 - Imposed loads on floors, balconies and stairs in buildings ..................14
Table 6.8 - Imposed loads on garages and vehicle traffic areas .............................15
Table 2.1 - Indicative design working life ..............................................................21
Table 6.1 Durability and detailing requirement for construction ...........................21
Table 6.2 Beam preliminary cross-section .............................................................23
Table 6.3 Area of transferred loads on column ......................................................24
Table 6.4 Preliminary dimension of column ..........................................................24
Table 6.5 Reduction of column area .......................................................................25
Table 7.1 Ultimate moment and shear coefficient in continuous
one-way slab ...........................................................................................................29
Table 7.2 Bending moment of one-way slab S1, S6...............................................29
Table 7.3 Bending of slab of floor F9-20 ...............................................................30
Table 7.4 Bending moment by EC2, SAFE, ETAB method ..................................34
Table 7.5 The differences of bending moment between SAFE and ETABS method
.................................................................................................................................35
XXIII | P a g e
Table 7.6 Minimum cover, cmin,dur requirements with regard to durability ............36
Table 7.7 Minimum dimension and axis distance for beam for
fire resistance ..........................................................................................................36
Table 7.8 Minimum dimension and axis distance for slabs for
fire resistance ..........................................................................................................37
Table 6.1 Durability and detailing requirement for construction ...........................37
Table 7.9 The thickness of cover cover ..................................................................37
Table 7.10 The area of steel required of slab from story F9-F20 ...........................39
Table 7.11 Provide steel for slabs ...........................................................................40
Table 7.12 Basic span/effective depth ratio (fyk= 390 N/mm2,
C30/C35 Concrete) .................................................................................................41
Table 7.13 Checking deflection of slab from story F9-F20 of KOBED TOWER 42
Table 7.14 Checking crack width condition ...........................................................46
Table 8.1 Steel arrangement of slab........................................................................55
Table 8.2 Calculate the shear strength of Bubbledeck slab ....................................59
Table 8.3 Checking crack width connection ...........................................................61
Table 9.1 The permeant load affect on the step stair .............................................66
Table 9.2 The permeant load affect on the landing ...............................................66
Table 10.1 Bending moment coefficient for simply supported two slab ......................... 79
Table 10.2 Bending moment of cover slab .............................................................79
XXIV | P a g e
Table 10.3 Bending moment of bottom slab...........................................................82
Table 10.4 Deflection check of water tank .............................................................84
Table 10.5 Crack check of water tank ....................................................................84
Table 11.1- Terrain categories and terrain parameters ...........................................86
Table 11.2 The structural period of KOBED TOWER ..........................................91
Table 11.3 Summary table of wind calculation data on two-axis ..........................96
Table 11.4 Result of wind forces calculation in X direction .................................97
Table 11.5 Result of wind forces calculation in Y direction .................................97
Table 11.6 Comparison wind forces between EC2 and ETABS method ...............98
Table 11.7 The differences of wind forces between EC2 and ETABS
method .....................................................................................................................98
Table 12.1: Ground types ...................................................................................... 100
Table 1.2.1 Importance classes and recommended values for importance factors for
buildings ................................................................................................................ 102
Table 12.2: Basic value of the behavior factor, qo, for systems regular in elevation
............................................................................................................................... 103
Table 12.3: Values of the parameters describing the recommended Type 1 elastic
response spectra .................................................................................................... 105
response spectra .................................................................................................... 106
XXV | P a g e
Table 12.5 Table of design spectrum and the vibration period of a linear single
degree of freedom system on horizontal direction................................................ 107
Table 12.6 The seismic action of KOBED TOWER ............................................ 108
Table 13.1 Peak displacement of KOBED TOWER ........................................... 110
Table 14.1 Basic span/effective depth ratio (fyk= 390 N/mm2, C30/C35 Concrete)
............................................................................................................................... 116
Table 14.2 Maximum bar spacing for crack control............................................. 118
Table 14.3 Maximum bar diameters for crack control ......................................... 119
Table 15.1 Specification of 7 wire low relaxation strand ASTM A416 ............... 126
Table 15.2 Minimum thickness of PT beam ......................................................... 126
Table 15.3 Design values of actions for PT - slab design .................................... 127
Table 15.4 Friction losses in 1 tendon ................................................................ 130
Table 15.5 Maximum stress loss due to wedge draw-in ....................................... 131
Table 15.6 Stress loss due to wedge draw-in for 1 tendon ................................... 131
Table 15.7 Short-term stress loss in tendon ........................................................ 132
Table 15.8 Preliminary selection number of strands ........................................... 133
Table 15.9 Allowable stress using ‘design strip’ approach .................................. 134
Table 15.10 Moment in ‘DEFLECTION STRIP’ ................................................ 139
Table 15.11 Values for k h ................................................................................... 142
Table 18.1- Allowable coefficients of variation ................................................... 184
XXVI | P a g e
Table 18.2 Value of standard statistic coefficient v ............................................ 184
Table 18.3 Finding tα............................................................................................. 186
Table 18.4 Physico-mechanic properties .............................................................. 187
Table 18.5- Statistic data of saturated unit weight ............................................... 189
Table 18.6- Statistic data of buoyant unit weight ................................................ 189
Table 18.7- Statistic data of moisture W .............................................................. 190
Table 18.8 Statistics data of Specific gravity Gs .................................................. 191
Table 18.9 Statistics data of Liquid limit WL ....................................................... 191
Table 18.10 Statistics data of Liquid limit WP ..................................................... 192
Table 18.11 Statistics data of Void ratio e0 .......................................................... 192
Table 18.12 σ=100(kN/m3) ................................................................................... 193
Table 18.13 σ=200(kN/m3) ................................................................................... 193
Table 18.14 σ=300(kN/m3) ................................................................................... 194
Table 18.15 σ=400(kN/m3) ................................................................................... 194
Table 18.16 – Use LINEST to determine σc, c and tan  ..................................... 195
Table 18.17- Geological characteristics................................................................ 198
Table 18.18- Summary properties of all soil layers .............................................. 199
Table 19.1 Pros and cons of bored pile ................................................................ 201
Table 19.2 Sets of partial factors for pile design in persistent, transient situations
............................................................................................................................... 206
XXVII | P a g e
Table 19.3- Summary of the Design Approach ................................................... 206
Table 19.4 Terzaghi’s bearing capacity factor ..................................................... 208
Table 19.5- The calculated effective stress of soil layers ..................................... 209
Table 19.6-Soil parameters to determine shaft resistance .................................... 210
Table 19.7- Estimation of the short-term characteristic friction resistance .......... 213
Table 19.8- Design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters ......... 214
Table 19.9- Calculation of N 60 ............................................................................ 215
Table 19.10- Calculated Rcd form SPT ................................................................. 215
Table 19.11- The design compressive resistance for all ULSs ............................. 215
Table 19.12- Pile quantity of FW1 ....................................................................... 217
Table 19.13- Verification of single pile FW1 ....................................................... 219
Table 19.14 – Verification of pile group FW1 with DA1 .................................... 222
Table 19.15 – Verification of pile group FW1 with DA2,3 ................................. 222
Table 19.16 – Elastic modulus of soil (USACE-Settlement analysis) ................. 227
Table 19.17 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in X-asis............................ 235
Table 19.18 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in Y-asis............................ 235
Table 19.19- Calculation of transverse action of FW1 ......................................... 235
Table 19.20- Spring stiffness in SAP model......................................................... 236
Table 19.21 Checking punching shear FW1 ....................................................... 241
Table 19.22 Calculation of load acting on M1 ..................................................... 242
XXVIII | P a g e
Table 19.23 Pile quantity of M1 .......................................................................... 243
Table 19.24- Verification of single pile M1 ......................................................... 245
Table 19.25 – Verification of pile group M1 with DA1 ....................................... 245
Table 19.26 – Verification of pile group M1 with DA2,3 .................................... 245
Table 19.28 -Reinforcement result for pile cap M1 in X-asis .............................. 252
Table 19.29 -Reinforcement result for pile cap M1 in Y-asis .............................. 252
Table 19.30- Calculation of transverse action of M1 ........................................... 252
Table 19.31- Spring stiffness in SAP mode .......................................................... 253
Table 19.33- Pile quantity of M2 .......................................................................... 258
Table 20.1- Pros and cons of barrette piles ........................................................... 273
XXIX | P a g e
Table 20.2 Sets of partial factors for pile design in persistent, transient situations
............................................................................................................................... 277
Table 20.3- Summary of the Design Approach ................................................... 277
Table 20.4 Terzaghi’s bearing capacity factor ..................................................... 279
Table 20.5- The calculated effective stress of soil layers ..................................... 280
Table 20.6-Soil parameters to determine shaft resistance .................................... 281
Table 20.7- Estimation of the short-term characteristic friction resistance .......... 285
Table 20.8- Design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters ......... 286
Table 20.9- Calculation of N 60 ............................................................................ 286
Table 20.10- Calculated Rcd form SPT ................................................................. 287
Table 20.11- The design compressive resistance for all ULSs ............................. 288
Table 20.12- Pile quantity of FW1 ....................................................................... 290
Table 20.13- Verification of single pile FW1 ....................................................... 292
Table 20.14- Verification of pile group FW1 with DA1 ..................................... 294
Table 20.15- Verification of pile group FW1 with DA2,3 .................................. 294
Table 20.16- Elastic modulus of soil (USACE-Settlement analysis) .................. 299
Table 20.17- Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in X-asis............................ 307
Table 20.18 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in Y-asis............................ 307
Table 20.19- Calculation of transverse action of FW1 ......................................... 307
XXX | P a g e
Table 20.21- Calculation of required tension reinforcement ............................... 311
Table 20.22- Calculation of required tension reinforcement ................................ 311
Table 20.23 Checking punching shear FW1 ....................................................... 313
Table 20.25 Pile quantity of M1 .......................................................................... 314
Table 20.33- Spring stiffness in SAP mode .......................................................... 324
Table 20.35- Pile quantity of M2 .......................................................................... 329
Table 20.37- Verification of pile group M2 with DA1 ........................................ 331
Table 20.38- Verification of pile group M2 with DA2,3 .................................... 331
Table 20.39- Elastic modulus of soil (USACE-Settlement analysis) .................. 333
Table 20.40- Reinforcement result for pile cap M2 in X-asis .............................. 338
XXXI | P a g e
Table 20.41- Reinforcement result for pile cap M2 in Y-asis .............................. 338
XXXII | P a g e
SYMBOLS
Latin upper-case letters
A Accidental action
A Cross sectional area
Ac Cross sectional area of concrete
As Cross-sectional area of reinforcement
As,min Minimum cross-sectional area of reinforcement
Asw Cross sectional area of shear reinforcement
E Effect of action
Ec,eff Effective modulus of elasticity of concrete
Ecm Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete
Ecm Secant modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel
Es Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel
F Action
Fd Design value of an action
Fk Characteristic value of an action
Gk Characteristic permanent action
I Second moment of area of concrete section
L Length
M Bending moment
XXXIII | P a g e
MEd Design value of the applied internal bending moment
N Axial force
NEd Design value of the applied axial force (tension or compression)
P Prestressing force
Qk Characteristic variable action
R Resistance
T Torsional moment
TEd Design value of the applied torsional moment
V Shear force
Ved Design value of the applied shear force
Latin lower-case letters
a Distance
b Overall width of a cross-section
d Diameter; depth
e Eccentricity
fc Compressive strength compressive of prestressing steel
fcd Design value of concrete compressive strength
fck Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days
fcm Mean value of concrete cylinder compressive strength
fctk Charateristic axial tensile strength of concrete
XXXIV | P a g e
fctm Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete
fp Tensile strength of prestressing steel
fpk Characteristic tensile strength of prestressing steel
fp0,1 0.1% proof-stress of prestressing steel
f0,2k Characteristic 0,2% proof-stress of reinforcement
ft Tensile strength of reinforcement
ftk Characteristic tensile strength of reinforcement
fy Yield strength of reinforcement
fyd Design yield strength of reinforcement
fywd Design yield of shear reinforcement
h Height
h Overal depth of a cross-section
i Radius of gyration
k Coefficient; Factor
l (or 1 or L) Length; Span
m Mass
r Radius
1/r Curvature at a particular section
t Thickness
t Time being considered
XXXV | P a g e
t0 The age of concrete at the time loading
u Perimeter of concrete cross-section, having area Ac
x Neutral axis depth
z Lever arm of internal forces
Greek lower-case letters
α Angle; ratio
β Angle; ratio; coefficient
 Partial factor
A Partial factor for accidental actions A
C Partial factor for concrete
F Partial factor for actions, F
G Partial factor permanent actions, G
M Partial factor for material property, taking account of uncertainties

in the material property itself, in geometric deviation and in the design model used
Q Partial factor for variable actions Q
S Partial factor for reinforcing or prestressing steel
f Partial factor for action without taking account of model

uncertainties
m Partial factors for a material property, taking account only un

certainties in the material property
XXXVI | P a g e
ec Compressive strain in the concrete
ec1 Compressive strain in the concrete at the peak stress fc
ecu Ultimate compressive strain in the concrete
eu Strain of reinforcement or restressing steel at maximum load
euk Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at

maximum load
 Angle
 Slenderness ratio
 Coefficient of friction between the tendons and their duct
v Poission’s ratio
 Ratio of bond strength of prestressing and reinforcing steel
ρw Reinforcement ratio of shear reinforcement
σc Compressive stress in the concrete
σcp Compressive stress in the concrete from axial load or prestressing
σcu Compressive stress in the concrete at the ultimate compressive

strain ecu
XXXVII | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART A
PROJECT INTRODUCTION
PART A
PROJECT INTRODUCTION
1. Project introduction:
- Project name KOBED TOWER
- Location Area C7B-01B – Zone A - Ward Tan Phu – District 7 –
Hồ Chi Minh City
- Project of scale
+ Group of project : Group B
+ Type of project : Civilian construction
+ Class of building : Class I (Circulas No.03/2016/TT-BXD)
+ Total area : 1.813,00 m²
+ Scale of building : 20 Floors
- Owner Hoang Phuc Company
- Address 629/29D Cach Mang Thang 8, Ward 15, District 10, Ho
Chi Minh City
- Contractor HELLO CONSTRUCTION JOINT STOCK COMPANY
- Address 629/29D Cach Mang Thang 8, Ward 15, District 10, Ho
Chi Minh City
- Phone number 0902831351
- Email 1552290@hcmut.edu.vn
1|Page
KOBED TOWER PART B
LAND PRESENT CONDITION
PART B
1.Location and are of project:
The area of “KOBED TOWER” project is 1.813,00 m2 (arranging at block C7B-01B
which belong to Zone A of New urban area South city).
In North-West direction : Contiguous with Hoàng Văn Thái Street with 21m in
width
In North-East direction : Contiguous with existing buildingo
In South-East direction : Contiguous with C7B-02B block area
In South-West direction : Contiguous with existing building
Location of “KOBED TOWER” project
2|Page
KOBED TOWER PART B
Perspective view of KOBED TOWER

2. The land present condition of “KOBED TOWER” project:
2.1 Climate condition:
• Planning area has the same weather condition as Ho Chi Minh city which is
tropical climate. There are 2 seasons in year: dry season and rain season
+ Dry season from May to November
+ Rain season from December to April
• Temperature:
+ Average temperature: 28,4oC
+ Month has the highest temperature is April: 30,4oC
+ Month has the lowest temperature is December: 26,6oC
+ Differences between day and night: 5-10 oC
• Rain:
+ Average annual rainfall is 1980 mm/year (from 1392mm ÷2318mm)
focusing on month from 5 to 11 and accounting on 90% annual rainfall
• Sun radiation:
+ Average: 11,7 Kcal/cm2/month
3|Page
KOBED TOWER PART B
+ Highest: 14,2 Kcal/cm2/month

+ Lowest: 10,2 Kcal/cm2/month
• Moisture:
+ Average: 79,5%
+ Highest: 20%
+ Lowest: 86,6%
2.2 Land present condition:
• Residential and labor present condition:
Planning area had finished compensated deconstructivism building, backfill
surface, and residential has been moving to another places
• Nearby building present condition:
In planning area, there are no old building, the surface is clean and backfilled
• Power and communication system present condition:
There already had power and communication systems across the main road in
planning area and ready for construction
• Water supply and drainage system present condition:
The water supply and drainage system are ready to use in the planning area
• Environment present condition:
It is an empty land in planning area, waiting for construction so that it does not
have bad impact on surrounding environment
• Land present condition:
Overall, it is capable to construct the “KOBED TOWER” project to become a
shopping, office and service center. On the other hand, it is contributing to improve
the environment and urban infrastructure systems, severing the life and activities of
our residentials as well as the efficiency for the city, local and investor.
4|Page
KOBED TOWER PART C
SOLUTION FOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
PART C
1. Solution for planning top views:
- Total area of project: :1.813,00 m2
- Construction density: : 66.99%
- Floors: : 20 floors
- Coefficient of soil uses : 7.27
Front view of “ KOBED TOWER”
5|Page
KOBED TOWER PART C
Where:
Total area of slab
+ Construction density = ( In which, the total area of slab in project
Total of project
does not include the area of basement and roof)
Total area of building (m2 ) 100

+ Coefficient of soil uses =
Total of project
+ Greenery density for this type of project must be at least 20% compared to the total
area of the project (According to article 2.8.8 QCXDVN 01/2008 về tỷ lệ đất trồng
cây xanh trong các lô đất xây dựng công trình)
2. Target for planning architectural:
With the solution for planning top views, “KOBED TOWER” had achieved the
standard for planning architect on a 1.813,00 m2:
Table 1. Standard for “KOBED TOWER” planning architectural
* Structure of soil uses in “KOBED TOWER”:
BLOCK C7B-01B
TKCS
No Type of area Area Percent
m² (%)
1 Area of land 1.813,00 100,00
2 Area of construction 1.214,50 66,99
Area of plant and open
3 598,50 33,01
space
6|Page
KOBED TOWER PART C
* Standard for “KOBED TOWER” planning architectural:
Design
No Description Đơn vị
number
1 - Area of land 1.813,00 m²
1.214,50 m²
2 - Area of construction
- Total area of slab without basement
and roof 13.178,65 m²
3
+ Area of floor 1 -19 13.069,97 m²
+ Area of tum (floor 20) 108,68 m²
- Total area of slab with basement and
17.854,44 m²
4 roof
+ Area for shopping and service 3.300,37 m²
+ Area for office 9.878,28 m²
- Construction density of podiums
66,99 %
5 (Floor 1-3)
- Construction density of tower block
42,36 %
(Floor 4-7)
- Construction density of tower block
33,02 %
(Floor 8-20)
6 - Coefficient of soil uses 7,27 Times
+ For shopping and service 1,82 Times
+ For office 5,45 Times
7 - Maximum floor 20 Floor
- Height of construction from cote
8 ±0,000 80,00 m
7|Page
KOBED TOWER PART C
Table 2. Total area of slab in “KOBED TOWER”
Area
of Capert Total
Area archite area Caper Area of area Total
Area
of cts, for t area roof for area
of
Floor parki shoppi for and shoppi for
slab stair,
ng lot ng and office( garden ng and office(
(m²) wall
(m²) service( m²) (m²) service( m²)
hall m²) m²)
(m²)
Baseme 1.744, 1.345
nt 2 84 ,38 399,46
Baseme 1.744, 1.250
nt 1 84 ,72 494,12
1.085, 1.085,1
Floor 1 13 489,08 596,05 3
1.158, 1.137,6
Floor 2 02 478,81 658,81 20,40 2
1.098, 1.077,6
Floor 3 02 418,81 658,81 20,40 2
1.140,
Floor 4 75 161,31 577,09 402,35 738,40
Floor 5 738,40 161,31 577,09 738,40
Floor 6 738,40 161,31 577,09 738,40
Floor 7 738,40 161,31 577,09 738,40
Floor 8 738,40 154,40 413,60 170,40 568,00
Floor 9 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
10 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
11 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
12 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
13 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
8|Page
KOBED TOWER PART C
Floor
14 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
15 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
16 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
17 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
18 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
19 568,00 154,40 413,60 568,00
Floor
20 568,00 108,68 459,32 108,68
Roof 113,24
17.854 2.596 4.887,0 1.913,6 7.271, 1.072,8 3.300,3 9.878,
Total ,44 ,10 0 7 56 7 7 28
3. Calculate for building parking lot:

Parking lot in “KOBED TOWER” is calculated according to QCXDVN 01-2008
Car parking lot: For each 100 m2 uses for commerce, we arrange 1 spot in parking lot
with total area is 25m2
Table 3. Calculation for building parking lot
1 Shooping and service part Area Note
Area of slabs 1.913,67 m²
Area for car as demand 478,42 m² QCXDVN 01/2008/BXD
2 Office part
Area of slabs 7.271,56 m²
Area for car as demand 1.817,89 m² QCXDVN 01/2008/BXD
3 Total area
Total area of parking lot as demand 2.296,31 m²
Total area of parking lot as designed 2.596,10 m²
9|Page
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
PART D
STRUCTURE DESIGN
1. Standard for design:
No Code Standard name
01 Eurocode 1 Actions on structures – Part 1-4: General actions –
BS EN 1991-1-4 Wind actions
02 Eurocode 2 Design of concrete structures (áp dụng trong tính

BS EN 1992-1-1:2005 toán vách cứng bê tông cốt thép)
2. Program for calculation:

No Program Note
01 ETABS Extended Three-Dimensional Analysis of Building Systems
(CSI, Berkeley, Mỹ)
02 SAFE Slab Analysis by the Finite Element Method (CSI, Berkeley,
Mỹ)
03 MS EXCEL Microsoft Office Excel
3. Material:
3.1 Concrete:
+ Characteristics compressive strength at 28 days (Strength class):
No Type Strength class
01 Foundation C25/30 (M400)
02 Column and wall
- Basement 2 - Slab at F4 C30/37 (M450)
- Slab at 4 ~ Roof C25/30 (M400)
03 - Beam, slab C25/30 (M400)
10 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
+ Strength of concrete according to EUROCODE4:
Class C25/30 C30/37
fck
25 30
(MPA)
fcm
33 38
(MPA)
fctm
2.56 2.9
(MPA)
Ecm
314756 32837
(MPA)
Description:
fck Characteristic cylinder compressive strength
fcm Mean compressive strength
fctm Mean tensile strength
Ecm Elastic modulus
3.2 Steel:
No Symbol CI, AI CII, AII CIII, AIII SD490
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
01 Rs 225 280 365 445
02 Rs,ser 235 295 390 490
03 Rsc 225 280 365 445
05 Es 21x104 21x104 20x104 20x104
Ký hiệu:
Rs Calculated compressive strength of steel at critical limit state I
Rs,ser Calculated compressive strength of steel at critical limit state II
Rsc Calculated tension strength of steel at critical limit state I
Es Elastic modulus of steel
11 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
+ Steel characteristic yield strength:
No Type of steel Yield strength fyk
01 Diameter of steel  ≥10 390
02 Diameter of steel  <10 235
4. Load:
4.1 Unit weight of material:
The density of material was taken from Table for nominal density of construction
materials, and nominal density and angles of repose for stored materials ( Annex A-
BS-EN1991-1-1_2002)
No Type of material  (daN/m3)
01 Tiles 2200
02 Mortar 1800
03 Reinforcement concrete 2500
04 Soil 1800
05 Steel 7850
06 Glass 2500
4.2 Imposed load:

No Type of load gtc (daN/m2)
01 Finish layer of slab with thickness 50mm 100
(Tiles + Motar)
02 Ceiling + MEP systems 50

03 Brick wall with thickness 100mm 180
04 Brick wall with thickness 200mm 330
4.3 Live load:

(1) Areas in residential, social, commercial and administration buildings shall be
divided into categories according to their specific uses shown in Table 6.1. (BS-
EN1991-1-1_E_2002). Independent of this classification of areas, dynamic effects shall
12 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
be considered where it is anticipated that the occupancy will cause significant dynamic
effects
Table 6.1 - Categories of use
Category Specific Use Example
A Areas for domestic and Rooms in residential buildings and houses;

residential activities bedrooms and wards in hospitals;
bedrooms in hotels and hostels kitchens and
toilets.
B Office areas
C Areas where people may C1: Areas with tables, etc.

congregat e.g. areas in schools, cafés, restaurants,
e (with the dining
exception of areas
defined halls, reading rooms, receptions.
under category A, B, and
D1)) C2: Areas with fixed seats,
e.g. areas in churches, theatres or cinemas,
conference rooms, lecture halls, assembly
halls, waiting rooms, railway waiting
rooms.
C3: Areas without obstacles for moving

people, e.g. areas in museums, exhibition
rooms, etc. and access areas in public and
administration buildings, hotels, hospitals,
railway station forecourts.
C4: Areas with possible physical activities,

e.g. dance halls, gymnastic rooms, stages.
C5: Areas susceptible to large crowds, e.g.
in
buildings for public events like concert
halls,
sports halls including stands, terraces and
access areas and railway platforms.
D Shopping areas D1: Areas in general retail shops
D2: Areas in department stores

1)
Attention is drawn to 6.3.1.1(2), for C4 and C5. See EN 1990 when dynamic
effects need to be considered. For Category E, see Table 6.3
NOTE 1 Depending on their anticipated uses, areas likely to be categorized as C2,
C3, C4 may be categorized
13 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
as C5 by decision of the client and/or National annex.
NOTE 2 The National annex may provide subcategories to A, B, C1 to C5, D1 and

D2
NOTE 3 See 6.3.2 for storage or industrial activity
The categories of loaded areas, as specified in Table 6.1, shall be designed by using
characteristic values qk (uniformly distributed load) and Qk (concentrated load).
NOTE Values for qk and Qk are given in Table 6.2 below. Where a range is given in
this table, the value may be set by the National annex. The recommended values,
intended for separate application, are underlined. qk is intended for determination of
general effects and Qk for local effects. The National annex may define different
conditions of use of this Table.
Table 6.2 - Imposed loads on floors, balconies and stairs in buildings

Categories of loaded areas qk Qk
[kN/m2] [kN]
Category A
- Floors 1,5 to2,0 2,0 to 3,0
- Stairs 2,0 to4,0 2,0 to 4,0
- Balconies 2,5 to 4,0 2,0 to 3,0
nCategory B 2,0 to 3,0 1,5 to 4,5
Category C
- C1 2,0 to 3,0 3,0 to 4,0
2,5 to 7,0
- C2 3,0 to 4,0 (4,0)
- C3 3,0 to 5,0 4,0 to 7,0
- C4 4,5 to 5,0 3,5 to 7,0
- C5 5,0 to 7,5 3,5 to 4,5
category D
3,5 to 7,0
- D1 4,0 to 5,0 (4,0)
- D2 4,0 to 5,0 3,5 to 7,0
Where necessary qk and Qk should be increased in the design (e.g. for stairs and
balconies depending on the occupancy and on dimensions).
(2) The actions from transport vehicles that move on floors freely or guided by rails
should be determined by a pattern of wheel loads. The static values of the vertical
wheel loads should be given in terms of permanent weights and pay loads. Their
spectra should be used to define combination factors and fatigue loads. The vertical
14 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
and horizontal wheel loads should be determined for the specific case. The load
arrangement including the dimensions relevant for the design should be determined
for the specific case.
Table 6.8 - Imposed loads on garages and vehicle traffic areas
Categories of traffic areas qk Qk

[kN/m2] [kN]
Category F
Gross vehicle weight: 30 kN qk Qk
Category G
Q
30 kN < gross vehicle weight 160 5,0 k
kN
NOTE 1 For category F. qk may be selected within the range 1,5 may be
to 2,5 kN/m2 and Qk selected
within the range 10 to 20 kN.
NOTE 2 For category G, Qk may be selected within the range 40 to 90 kN.
NOTE 3 Where a range of values are given in Notes 1 & 2, the value may be
set by the National annex.
The recommended values are underlined.
(2) The axle load should be applied on two square surfaces with a 100 mm side for
category F and a 200 mm side for Category G in the possible positions which will
produce the most adverse effects of the action.
15 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
No Room function ptc (daN/m2)

01 Apartment 150
02 Office 200
03 Hall, lobby, stair 400
04 Conference room 400
05 Shopping mall 400
06 Sport 500
07 Generator room 750
08 Parking lot 500
9 Warehouse 750
10 Reinforcement concrete roof
- Not using 75
- Using 150
11 Restroom 480
4.4 Overload friction:

No Type of load Overload friction
01 Imposed load 1.1
02 Live load
- Live load ≥ 200 daN/m2 1.2
- Live load < 200 daN/m2 1.3
4.5 Wind load:

EN 1991-1-4 divide terrain into 5 representative terrain categories and mark from 0 to
IV. Detail definition for each terrain and specific parameter (roughness length z0,
minimum height zmin) are define in Table 4.5.
Terrain category z0 (m) zmin (m)
0 Sea or coastal area exposed to the open sea 0,003 1
I Lakes or flat and horizontal area with negligible 0,01 1
16 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
vegetation and without obstacles
II Area with low vegetation such as grass and 0,05 2
isolated
obstacles (trees, buildings) with separations of at
least 20 obstacle heights
III Area with regular cover of vegetation or buildings 0,3 5
or
with isolated obstacles with separations of
maximum 20 obstacle heights (such as villages,
suburban terrain, permanent forest)
IV Area in which at least 15 % of the surface is 1 10
covered
with buildings and their average height exceeds 15
m
The “KOBED TOWER” is constructed in Ho Chi Minh city so that the project is
belong to terrain II.A in Viet Nam’s wind pressure map (refer to QCXDVN
02:2009/BXD) and terrain IV (refer to EN 1991-1-4)
Symbol uses:
Symbol Description Source
v0 (20y,3’’,B) Standard wind velocity in 3 seconds, at 10m above the QCVN

ground of terrain category B. Wind velocity v0 is taken
TCVN
with period 20 years
W0 (20y,3’’,B) Standard wind pressure (W0 = 0.0613v02)
IV Area in which at least 15 % of the surface is covered with Eurocode 1
buildings and their average height exceeds 15 m
vb The basic wind velocity, defined as a function of wind
direction and time of year at 10m above ground of terrain
category II:
vb = Cdir * Cseason * vb,0
Cdir The directional factor, Cdir = 1
17 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
Cseason The season factor, Cseason = 1
vb,0 The fundamental value of the basic wind velocity. Where
the influence of altitude on the basic wind velocity vb is
not included in the specified fundamental value vb,0 the
National Annex may give a procedure to take it into
account.
According to QCVN 02:2009/BXD, the value of natural parameter at construction

site:
Location Vùng W0 (20y,3’’,B) v0 (20y,3’’,B) vb = vb,0 = v0 (50y,10’,B)
(kN/m2)
(m/s) (m/s)
District 7 – HCM city II.A 0.83 36.80 28.57
The calculated value of wind velocity vb is adjusted from 50 years period to 100 year
period thourgh qua convert friction 1,06 (Table 4.4 - QCVN 02:2009/BXD).
vb = vb,0 = v0 (50y,10’,B) Convert friction vb = vb,0 = v0 (100y,10’,B)
(m/s) n (m/s)
28.57 1.06 30.28

So the basic wind velocity vb (100y,10’,B) correspond to wind pressure terrain at
construction site is:
vb = 30.28 (m/s)
5. Load combination:
5.1 Structure calculation at critical limit state I
The content in calculation at critical limit state I include:
- Identifying internal force (shear, moment, axial force) in structure
- Rebar calculation for structure.
Symbol for each type of load:
Symbol Type of wall
DEAD Self-weight of reinforcement concrete structure
IMPOSE
Self-weight of tiles, mortar, ceiling, MEP, ….
18 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
WALL
Self -weight of wall
LIVE Live load on slab

WX Wind force in X direction
WY Wind force in Y direction
Load combination table:

- Limit state I
STT COMB DEAD IMPOSE WALL LIVE WX WY EX EY
1 CB1 1.35 1.35 1.35
2 CB2 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5
1.5x0.
3 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5
CB3 6=0.9
4 CB4 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5 -0.9
5 CB5 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5 0.9
6 CB6 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5 -0.9
1.5x0.7=
7 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5
CB7 1.05
8 CB8 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.05 -1.5
9 CB9 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.05 1.5
10 CB10 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.05 -1.5
11 CB11 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5
12 CB12 1.35 1.35 1.35 -1.5
13 CB13 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.5
14 CB14 1.35 1.35 1.35 -1.5
15 CB15 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5
16 CB16 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.5
17 CB17 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5
18 CB18 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.5
19 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
19 CB19 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3
20 CB20 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 1.0
21 CB21 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 1.0 0.3
22 CB22 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 0.3 1.0
23 ULS Including (CB1, CB2……., CB22)
- Limit state II:

STT COMB DEAD IMPOSE WALL LIVE WX WY EX EY
1 SCB1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2 SCB2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.15
3 SCB3 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.15
4 SCB4 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.15
5 SCB5 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.15
6 SCB6 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 1.035
7 SCB7 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 -1.035
8 SCB8 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 1.035
9 SCB9 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 -1.035
10 SCB10 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 -0.732 0.732
11 SCB11 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.732 -0.732
12 SCB12 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 -0.732 -0.732
13 SCB13 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3
14 SCB14 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 1.0
15 SCB15 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 1.0 0.3
16 SCB16 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 0.3 1.0
17 SLS Including (CB1, CB2……., CB22)
20 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
6. Structure preliminary section determination:
The design working life should be specified.
NOTE Indicative categories are given in Table 2.1. The values given in Table 2.1 may
also be used for determining time-dependent performance
Table 2.1 - Indicative design working life

Indicative
Design working design Examples
life category working life
(years)
1 10 Temporary structures (1)
Replaceable structural parts, e.g. gantry
2 10 to 25 girders,
bearings
3 15 to 30 Agricultural and similar structures
Building structures and other common
4 50 structures
Monumental building structures,
5 100 bridges, and other
civil engineering structures
(1) Structures or parts of structures that can be dismantled with a view to
being re-used
(2) should not be considered as temporary.
So we choose the durability and detailing requirement for the KOBED TOWER
Table 6.1 Durability and detailing requirement for construction
References
Lifespan Construction 60 years Table 2.1 EN 1990
Standard fire resistance R60 Section 5.7 BS-EN 1990
1-2
Environment XC1 Table 4.1 BS-EN 1992 1-
1
6.1. Determine slab thickness:

Design the overview layout for slabs in typical floor F9-F20:
21 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
Fig 6.1 Plan view for floor F9-F20

Slab thickness is determined by following formula:
D
hb = L  hmin
m
In which:
D is the coefficient depend on load. Choose D = 1
m = 40 ÷ 45 for two-way slab. Choose m=40
hmin= 80mm (Source: Table 5.8 EN 1992-1-2)
1
➔ hb =  6600 = 165(mm)  hmin
40
22 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
6.2 Determine beam section:
Beam thickness is determined by following formula:
1 1
+Secondary beam: hdp = ( − ) Ldp
12 16
1 1
+ Main beam: hdc = ( − ) Ldc
8 12
1 1
+Width of beam: b = ( − )h
2 4
Table 6.2 Beam preliminary cross-section

Position L(mm) h(mm) b(mm)
X2, X3, X4 6600 500 500
Axis
1,2,3,4 Axis 9050 500 500
6.3 Determine column section:

Assuming that all loads applied on a unit of slab (m2) is q = 10 kN/m2. To
determine vertical load applied for preliminary column section, tributary area in
column should be calculated first
The area surrounding the column bounded by the centerline of the panel is the
tributary area on which loads are supported by the column at the center of the area,
as shown in Fig. 1. The dead load supported by the column is equal to the dead
load per unit area times the tributary area.
Fig 6.3. Tributary Area in Columns
23 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
Because of symmetricalness, area of transferred load divided into 7 section which

shown as table 6.3 and figure 6.4
Fig 6.4. Tributary Area in Columns at F9-F20

Table 6.3 Area of transferred loads on column
X2/Y5 X4/Y5 X4/Y4 X3/Y5 X4/Y3 X3/Y4

Column X2/Y4
X2/Y1 X4/Y1 X4/Y2 X3/Y1
Area 31.45 37.11 55.37

14.3 17.3 23.49 6.91
(m2)
For safety condition, largest section of column will be taken as value for
calculation.
Section area of column could be determined by
N
Ac = k
0.567fck
Table 6.4 Preliminary dimension of column

Dimension
Area of
Floor N (kN) Ac (mm2) b A
transferred h (mm)
(mm) (mm2)
loads
24 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER PART D
STRUTURE DESIGN
20 800 800 640000
554 31266
19 800 800 640000
1108 62533
18 800 800 640000
1662 93799
17 800 800 640000
2216 125065
16 800 800 640000
2770 156332
15 800 800 640000
3324 187598
14 800 800 640000
3878 218864
13 800 800 640000
4432 250131
12 800 800 640000
4986 281397
11 800 800 640000
5540 312663
55.37
10 800 800 640000
6094 343929
9 800 800 640000
6648 375196
8 800 800 640000
7202 406462
7 800 800 640000
7756 437728
6 800 800 640000
8310 468995
5 800 800 640000
8864 500261
4 800 800 640000
9418 531527
3 800 800 640000
9972 562794
2 800 800 640000
10526 594060
1 800 800 640000
11634 625326
In tall buildings, columns carry huge loads which effectively compress the column
along its axis. This is commonly known as ‘axial shortening’. The axial column
displacements generate significant forces within the structural elements they support
and can also cause failure of surrounding non-structural elements. This increased
displacement arising from the additional effects of shrinkage and creep of this
material. The KOBED TOWER has 21-storey so that the axial column displacements
should be consider.
Table 6.5 Reduction of column area
Floor 1-19 20
800x800 (mm x mm) 500x300 (mm x mm)
25 | P a g e
KOBED TOWER CHAPTER 7
SLAB DESIGN
CHAPTER 7
SLAB DESIGN
7.1 Setting calculation diagram:
Slabs are classified into two types: One-way slab or Two-way slab. Slab classification
be the ratio of longer span (ly) to shorter span (lx)
ly
if  2 , One-way slab
lx
ly
if  2 , Two-way slab
lx
There are nine different types of support conditions to be considered which relate to
the support restraint provide on edge of individual slabs. These are illustrated in
Figure 7.1
Figure 7.1 Classification of restrained of two-way slab

Case 1: Four edges continuous
Case 2: One short edge discontinuous
Case 3: One long edge discontinuous
Case 4: Two adjacent edge discontinuous
Case 5: Two short edges discontinuous
Case 6: Two long edges discontinuous
Case 7: Three edges discontinuous (One long edge continuous)
Case 8: Three edges discontinuous (One short edge continuous)
26 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Case 9: Four edges discontinuous
There for slabs from floor F9-F20 in THE KOBED TOWER are divided into 2 type of
calculation diagram section which are shown in Figure 7.2
Figure 7.2 Slabs calculation diagram of floor F9-F20

Depending on area and calculation diagram of slabs from floor F9-F20, it is divided
into 6 section which are shown in Figure 7.3
27 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Figure 7.3 Slabs classification of floor F9-F20

+ Slab S1: Two-way slab with one long edge discontinuous
+ Slab S2: Two-way slab with two long edges discontinuous
+ Slab S3: Two-way slab with one long edge discontinuous
+ Slab S4: Two-way slab with two adjacent edge discontinuous
+ Slab S5: Two-way slab with two adjacent edge discontinuous
+ Slab S6: One-way slab
+ Slab S7: Two-way slab with three edge discontinuous ( one long edge
discontinuous)
7.2 Determine load-bearing capacity of slabs:
a. Dead load by 200mm concrete slab:
g1 = n1  h1   = 1,1 0, 2  2500 = 550daN / m 2
b. Imposed load:
- Finish layer of slab with thickness 50mm (Tiles + Motar): g 2 = 100daN / m 2
-Ceiling + MEP systems: g3 = 50daN / m 2
28 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
- Brick wall with thickness 200 mm: g 4 = 300daN / m 2
c. Live load:
- For slabs S6, it is being used for restroom so that: p1 = 480daN / m 2
-From slab S1-S5, it is being used for office so that: p2 = 200daN / m2
d. Total load affects on slab:

- For slabs S6, it is being used for restroom so that:
q = g1 + g 2 + g3 + g 4 + p1 + p2 = 1,35  (550 + 100 + 50 + 300) + 1,5  600 = 2200daN / m 2
-From slab S1-S5, it is being used for office so that:

q = g1 + g 2 + g3 + g 4 + p1 + p2 = 1,35  (550 + 100 + 50 + 300) + 1,5  200 = 1650daN / m 2
7.3 Determine internal forces:

For one-way slabs carrying uniformly distributed load and continuous over three or
more nearly equal spans, approximate solution for the ultimate bending moments and
shearing forces, are given in Table 7.1
Table 7.1 Ultimate moment and shear coefficient in continuous one-way slab
From story F9-FS20, slab S1 and S6 is defined as one-way slab in KOBED TOWER.
The ultimate moment of slab S1, S6 are given in Table 7.2
Table 7.2 Bending moment of one-way slab S1, S6
Slab type Length of short Moment on short edge (kNm)
edge (m)
Long edge Mid span
discontinuous
3 2.56 4.8
Slab S6
29 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
When the slab is provided with different edge conditions liked fixed or continuous
edges, the maximum moments per
unit width are given by
msx =  sx nlx2
msy =  sy nlx2
Where,
n= total ultimate load per unit area
lx = length of shorter side
ly = length of longer side
βsx and βsy are the moment
coefficient
Table 7.3 Bending of slab of floor F9-20
Slab Type L(m)
Moment cofficent Moment(kNm/m)
S2 6 3 βsx1 0.078 11.58
βsxI 0 0.00
βsx2 0.034 5.05
βsxII 0.045 6.68
S3 3 8.2 βsx1 0.036 39.94
βsxI 0.049 54.36
βsx2 0.028 31.06
βsxII
0.037 41.05
S4 4 6.6 βsx1 0.051 36.66
βsxI 0.069 49.59
βsx2 0.034 24.44
βsxII 0.045 32.34
S5 4 8.2 βsx1 0.036 39.94
βsxI 0.047 52.14
30 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
βsx2 0.034 37.72
βsxII 0.045 49.93
S1 3 2 βsx1 0.055 3.63
βsxI 0.073 4.82
βsx2 0.028 1.85
βsxII 0.037 2.44
S7 7 6.6 βsx1 0.057 40.97
βsxI 0.076 54.62
βsx2 0.044 31.62
βsxII
0 0.00
In order to have a clear vision about the bending moment, the moment value in long-
span and short-span are given by Figure 7.4 and Figure 7.5
Figure 7.4 Moment of slab in short-span axis in floor F9-F20
31 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Figure 7.5 Moment of slab in long-span axis in floor F9-F20

Because SAFE, ETABS could simulate beam and slab together so that SAFE and
ETABS should be consider.
+ SAFE calculation method: The bending moment value in long-span and short-span
are given by Figure 7.6 and Figure 7.7
32 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
‘

+ ETABS simulation method: The bending moment value in long-span and short-span
are given by Figure 7.8 and Figure 7.9

33 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN

Because the slab is not too wide so we choice the maximum and minimum moment
with 1m width strip. The result of bending moment by Eurocode 2, SAFE, ETABS are
given in table 7.4
Table 7.4 Bending moment by EC2, SAFE, ETAB method
Axis Moment EC2 SAFE ETABS
direction
Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum
X2- Long - 24.44 -32.34 27.4 -24.35 27.38 -23.4
X3 span
X3- Long - 37.72 -49.93 36.21 -40.45 21.38 -31.38
X4 span
Y1- Short - 40.97 -56.62 36.57 -35.77 33.84 -36.19
Y2 span
Y2- Short - 39.94 -54.36 36.98 -53.85 40.48 -54.41
Y3 span
Y3- Short - 39.94 52.14 37.26 -18.48 40.78 -31.93
Y4 span
Y4- Short- 39.94 -52.14 34.73 -37.43 32.94 -30.22
Y5 span
34 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
As the result table 7.4, the differences between EC2 and other method is quite large.
The reason that cause this difference is relative to “shortening” effect. It leads to lager
negative bending moment continuous. So that we just compare the differences of
bending moment between 2 software method are ETABS and SAFE. The result of the
comparison is given table 7.5
Table 7.5 The differences of bending moment between SAFE and ETABS
method
19.26
20.00 17.95
15.00
9.46
10.00 8.48 8.07
5.43
3.90
5.00 1.96
1.16 0.46 1.13
0.07
0.00
X2-X3 X3-X4 Y1-Y2 Y2-Y3 Y3-Y4 Y4-Y5
Positive moment at span Negative moment at edge
As the result of table 7.5, The bending moment from two different method give the
result quite similar. There are no big errors in any position. The maximum value is
below than 20% but the result in ETABS is more realistic. On the other hand, ETAB
can could simulate the combination between beam and slab, especially it can
determine slab self-weigh. So that we take the result from ETAB method to design
7.4 Steel area required calculate:
The nominal concrete cover is defined as the distance measured from the concrete
surface to the nearest surface of the reinforcing bar including links. The nominal cover
should protect steel against corrosion and fire and to give the reinforcing bar the
necessary embedment to ensure the safe transmission of bond forces without slipping.
cnom= cmin + ∆cdev
∆cdev is an allowance for construction deviations and should be taken as 10mm,
unless where and approved quality control system on cover (e.g in situ measurement)
is specified, in which case it can be reduced to 5mm
Cmin is minimum concrete cover sets to satisfy the requirement for safe transmission
of bond forces durability and fire resistance.
Minimum cover for durability
In order to transmit bond forces safely and to ensure adequate compaction of the
concrete the minimum cover should not be less than cmin,b given in table 7.6
35 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Table 7.6 Minimum cover, cmin,dur requirements with regard to durability
Structural Exposure Class according with regard to durability
Class X0 X1 XC2/XC3 XC4 XD1/XS1 XD2/XS2 XD3/XS3
S1 10 10 10 15 20 25 30
S2 10 10 15 20 25 30 35
S3 10 10 20 25 30 35 40
S4 10 15 25 30 35 40 45
S5 15 20 30 35 40 45 50
S6 20 25 35 40 45 50 55
(Source: Table 4.3N EN 1992-1-1)
The permissible combinations of member dimension and axis distance for beam, slab
are shown in Table 7.7, 7.8
Table 7.7 Minimum dimension and axis distance for beam for fire resistance
Standard fire Minimum dimension(mm)
resistance
Possible combination of a and b min
Simply supported Continuous
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
R60 bmin= 120 160 200 300 120 200 - -
a= 40 35 30 25 25 15 - -
R90 bmin= 150 200 300 400 150 250 - -
a= 55 45 40 35 25 25 - -
R120 bmin= 200 240 300 500 200 300 450 500
a= 65 60 55 50 45 35 35 30
R240 bmin= 280 350 600 700 280 500 650 700
a= 80 80 75 70 75 60 60 50
(Source: Table 5.5 and 5.6 EN 1992-1-2)
36 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Table 7.8 Minimum dimension and axis distance for slabs for fire resistance
Standard fire Slab thickness, Minimum dimension (mm)
resistance hs (mm)
One-way Two-way spanning
spanning
ly/lx≤1.5 1.5≤ly/lx≤2.0
R60 80 20 10 15
R90 100 30 15 20
R120 120 40 20 25
R240 175 652 40 50
(Source: Table 5.2a EN 1992-1-2)
The durability condition for KOBED TOWER has been chosen in Table 6.1 EN1990
Table 6.1 Durability and detailing requirement for construction
References
Lifespan Construction 60 years Table 2.1 EN 1990
Standard fire resistance R60 Section 5.7 BS-EN 1990

1-2
Environment XC1 Table 4.1 BS-EN 1992 1-
1
Depending on durability and detailing requirement for construction has been chosen
KOBED TOWER, the protection concrete layer is given by table 7.9.
Table 7.9 The thickness of cover cover
Minimum cover due to durability(mm) 15 Table 4.4N (for
structural class of
S4)
Minimum axis distance (mm) One- 30 Table 5.8 BS EN
way 1992 1-2 For R60
Two- 10
way
Identifier cover(mm) 25
Selective distance(mm) 25
37 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
The minimum area of reinforcement is specified as follows:
2
3
0.3( f ctm )
As ,min = 0.26 bd but not less than 0.0013bd
f yk
The maximum area of reinforcement are determined largely from the practical need
to achieve adequate compaction of the concrete around reinforcement . The limits
As,min specified by EC2 in Section 9.2 for tension or compression reinforcement
As ,max = 0.04bd
Where
b = mean width of the tension zone
fctm= mean values of the axial tensile strength of concrete
Assuming b= 1000mm and thickness of protection concrete layer a= 25 mm
Effective depth: d= h-a = 200-25 = 175mm
 2 2

3 3
0.3( f ) 0,3(2.9)
 As ,min = 0.26 ck
bd = 0, 26 .1000.170 = 337.92(mm2 )
  f yk 390


 As ,max = 0, 04 1000 170 = 6800(mm2 )
The steps to be followed in the design of rectangular beam can be summarized as

follows. Supposed the design bending moment is M, concrete strength is fck and steel
strength is fck, to determine the area of reinforcement, proceed as follows
M
1. Calculate K =
bd 2 f ck
2. Calculate Kbal = 0.363( − 0.44) − 0.116( − 0.44)2 = 0.167
3. If K≤ Kbal , compression reinforcement is not required , and

i. z = d (0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134)
M
ii. As =
0.87 f yk z
4. If K>Kbal, compression reinforcement is required , and

i. z = d (0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134)
ii. x= (d-z)/0.4
iii. Check d’/x
38 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
( K − Kbal ) f ck bd 2
iv. A =
'
if d ' / x  0.38 or
0.87 f yk (d − d ')
s
As' = if d ' / x  0.38 . Where fsc = 700(1-d’/x)
f sc (d − d ')
K bal f ck bd 2 f sc
v. As = + As' ( )
0.87 f yk z 0.87 f yk
By using ETABS software, the area of steel required of floor F9-F20 is given in table
7.10
Table 7.10 The area of steel required of slab from story F9-F20
Axis Moment (kNm/m) K Z(mm) Asreq(mm2/m)
Mid- Continuous Mid- Continuous Mid- Continuous Mid- Continuous

span edge span edge span edge span edge
X2- 27.38 -23.4 0.030 0.025 170.3 171 474 403
X3
X3- 21.38 -31.38 0.023 0.034 171.3 169.6 368 545
X4
Y1- 33.84 -36.19 0.037 0.039 169.1 168.7 590 632
Y2
Y2- 40.48 -54.51 0.044 0.059 167.9 165.3 711 972
Y3
Y3- 40.78 31.73 0.044 0.035 167.9 169.5 716 552
Y4
Y4- 32.94 -30.22 0.038 0.035 164.1 164.6 592 541
Y5
39 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Table 7.11 Provide steel for slabs
Axis Asreq(mm) D(mm) a(mm) As(mm2/m)
Mid- Continuous Mid- Continuous Mid- Continuous Mid- Continuous
span edge span edge span edge span edge
X2- 474 403 10 10 150 150 523 523
X3
X3- 368 545 12 12 200 200 565 565
X4
Y1- 590 632 12 12 150 150 754 754
Y2
Y2- 711 972 12 12 100 100 1131 1131
Y3
Y3- 716 552 12 12 150 200 754 565
Y4
Y4- 592 541 12 12 150 150 754 754
Y5
For constructed bar 6 200 141
To resist cracking of the concrete slabs, EC2 specify details such as minimum are of
reinforcement required in a section and limits to the maximum and minimum spacing
of bar.
principal
amax = min(3h, 400) = min(3  200, 400) = 400mm
sec ondary
amax = min(3.5h, 450) = min(3.5  200, 450) = 450mm
For control of deflection, two alternative method are described in EC 2 clause 7.4:
i. Limiting span to depth ratios, according to clause 7.4.2, and
ii. Calculation of actual deflection and checking it with a limit value, according
to clause 7.4.3
The equations to calculate the basic span-effective depth ratios, to control deflection
to a maximum of span/250 are given in EC2 as:
L    3

  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck 0 + 3.2 f ck ( 0 − 1) 2 
d    
40 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
L  0 1 ' 
  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck + f ck 
d   −  12
'
 
Where:
l/d is the limiting span/depth
K is the factor to take into account the different in structural system
0 is the reference reinforcement ratio = f ck 10−3
 is the required tension = 100 As,req/bd
' is the required compression reinforcement ratio =100 As,req/bd
Some typical value are given in Table 7.12 for rectangular section of class C30/35
concrete and for grade 390 steel
Structural System K Basic span-effective depth ratio
1.Simply supported beam, one/two 1.0 14 20

way simply supported slab
2. End span of continuous beam or 1.3 18 26
one-way continuous slab or two-
way spanning slab continuous
over one long side
3. Interior span of beam or one 1.5 20 30
way or two-way spanning slab
4. Slab supported on columns 1.2 17 24
without beam (flat slab) based on
longer span
5. Cantilever 0.4 6 8
The basic ratios are modified in particular cases as follows:

i. For flange section where the ratio of the flange width to the web width
exceed 3, the values should be multiplied by 0.8
ii. For beam and slabs, other than flat slab, with spans exceeding 7m, which
support partitions liable to damage by excessive deflection, the values should
be multiplied by 7/span
41 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
iii. Where more tension reinforcement is provided (As,prov) than that calculated
(As,req) multiply the values by As,prov/ As,req (upper limit = 1.5)
For control of deflection, checking the largest mid-span bending moment in short
edges. The basic span-effective depth ratios are given in table 7.13
Table 7.13 Checking deflection of slab from story F9-F20 of KOBED TOWER
Axis Asreq(mm2) Aspro(mm2) ρ0 ρ K Aspro/ (L/D) (L/D)
Asreq allow actual
Y1- 590 754 0.55 0.34 1.5 1.28 74.3 37.7

Y2
Y2- 711 754 0.55 0.41 1.5 1.04 55.3 46.86

Y3
Y3- 716 754 0.55 0.41 1.5 1.05 54.87 11.43

Y4
Y4- 592 754 0.55 0.35 1.5 1.27 52.28 38.82

Y5
L L
After checking deflection, the allowable limiting span/ depth ( ) allow  ( ) acutual so the
D D
design satisfies the deflection cracking conditions.
7.5 Crack calculation:
Design is based on EC2-1-1 Clause 7.3.4
Step 1: Calculate width wk
wk = sr ,max ( sm −  cm )
Where:
Sr,max is the maximum spacing
εsm is the mean strain in the reinforcement under the relevant
combination of loads
εcm is the mean strain in the concrete between cracks
Step 2: Calculate εsm - εcm
42 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
f ct ,eff
 s − kt (1 +  e  p ,eff )
 p ,eff s
 sm −  cm =  0.6
Es Es
Where:
σs is the stress in the tension reinforcement assuming a cracked section
αe is the ratio Es/Ecm
fct,eff is the mean value of the tensile strength of concrete which is effective at
the time when the cracks may first be expected to occur.
kt is a factor dependent on the duration of the load
kt=0.6 for short term loading
kt=0.4 for long term loading
ρp,eff =(As+ξ12Ap’)/Ac,eff
Ap ’ is the area of pre of post-tensioned tendons with Ac,eff
Ac,eff is the effective area of concrete in tension surrounding the reinforcement
heff =min[2.5(h-d),(h-x)/3,h/2)
s
ξ1 = is the adjusted ratio of bond strength taking into account the
p
different diameters of prestressing and reinforcing steel
ξ is the ratio of bond strength of prestressing and reinforcing steel,
according to EC2-1-1 Clause 6.8.2 Table 6.2
s is the largest bar diameter of the reinforcing steel
p is the equivalent diameter of tendon according to EC2-1-1 6.8.2
Step 3: Calculate the maximum final crack spacing
43 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
When reinforcement spacing  5(c +  / 2), the maximum final crack spacing may be
calculated as:
sr ,max = k3c + k1k2 k4 /  p ,eff
Where:
 is the bar diameter. Where a mixture of bar diameters is used in a
n112 + n222
section, an equivalent diameter, eq = , should be used. For a
n11  n22
section with n1 bars of diameter 1 and n2 bar of diameter 2 the
following expression should be used
c is the cover to the longitudinal reinforcement
k1 =0.8 for ribbed slabs; =1.6 for prestressing tendons
k2 =0.5 for flexure; =1.0 for pure tension
k3 =3.4 recommended in National Annex
k4 =0.425 recommended in National Annex
When reinforcement spacing  5(c +  / 2) , the maximum final crack spacing may be
calculated as:
Sr,max=1.3(h-x)
Where:
h is the overall depth of the section
x is the neutral axis depth of section
44 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
Step 4: Limit crack width
Figure 7.6 Recommended values of wmax mm

In this project , the slab is in XC1 so wk should be less than wk=0.4mm
Worked example
C30/37  Ecm =33kN/mm2
2Ac/u = 2(1000x200)/2(1000+200)=178; Dry atmosphere; Age at loading =28
  = 2.986
Ec,eff=Ecm/(1+  ) =33/(1+2.86)=8.3kN/m2
+Calculate the neutral axis depth of the cracked section
Figure 7.7 Crack width calculation example
x E 1000  x 2 210
b  x  =  e As (d − x); ( e = s )  =  523  (170 − x)
2 Ecm 2 33
 x = 31mm
M 27.38 106
+ Calculate the stress in the tension steel:  s = = = 276MPa
x 31
(d − )  As (200 − )  523
3 3
+ Calculate  p ,eff
45 | P a g e
SLAB DESIGN
 p ,eff = ( As + 12 Ap' ) / Ac ,eff
= (A s + 12 Ap' ) / ( hc ,eff  b)
523 + 0
= = 0.009
2  (200 − 170) 1000
+ Calculate  sm −  cm
f ct ,eff
 s − kt (1 +  e  p ,eff )
 p ,eff 
 sm −  cm =  0.6 s
Es Es
2.9
276 − 0.4  (1 + 6.36  0.007)
0.007 276
=  0.6 
210000 210000
= 0.00065  0.00079
  sm −  cm = 0.00079
+ Calculate maximum crack spacing sr,max

12
sr ,max = k3c + k1k2 k4 /  p ,eff = 3.4  20 + 0.8  0.5  0.425  = 294.6mm
0.009
+Calculate crack width wk

wk = sr ,max ( sm −  cm )= 294.6  0.00079=0.23mm
As,pro s sm-cm Check

Axi sm-cm sr,ma
MEd v new N/mm p,eff calculate wk wk<0.
s select x
mm2 2 d 4
X2- 27.3 0.00 0.0007 0.0007 0.23
523 276 0.00065 302 OK
X3 8 9 9 9 8
X3- 33.3 0.01 0.0006 0.0006 0.15
754 233 0.00064 230 OK
X4 8 3 7 7 4
Y1- 33.8 0.01 0.0006 0.0006 0.15
754 237 0.00065 230 OK
Y2 4 3 8 8 6
Y2- 40.4 0.01 0.0005 0.0005 0.10
1131 189 0.00057 176 OK
Y3 8 9 4 7 1
Y3- 37.6 0.01 0.0007 0.0007 0.18
754 263 0.00078 230 OK
Y4 8 3 5 8 0
Y4- 32.9 0.01 0.0006 0.0006 0.15
754 230 0.00062 230 OK
Y5 4 3 6 6 2
Table 7.14 Checking crack width condition
46 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
CHAPTER 8
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
8.1 Bubbledeck background:
BubbleDeck is a slab system that has become very popular in Europe and around the
world in the past decade. The system was invented in Denmark after a government
sponsored competition looked for new ways to constructing buildings, and in
particular new ways to enhance the flexibility and efficiency of de-sign using pre-
fabricated techniques. BubbleDeck won the competition and was successfully
introduced to large scale commercial construction in 1999 on the Wena tower in
Rotterdam, Holland. For the first time, it was possible to prefabricate a two-way
concrete slab economically. This report presents the re-sults of international research
into the section properties of BubbleDeck slabs, and proposes methods that allows it
to be designed to satisfy the requirements of the Building Code of Australia (BCA),
using first principles and international design guidance.
BubbleDeck is generally designed using conventional design methods for solid slabs
in accordance with current local standards of design and good practice. The guidance
included in this report is based on the best practice for the design of BubbleDeck
derived through experimental data and practical expertise carried out in Denmark,
Holland and Germany, and which has been adopted by the Standards Authorities in
the respective country. The recommendations from the research has also been
endorsed by the British Standard Institute in the UK, which recommends that
BubbleDeck be treated as a solid slab, with due regards to the impact of the void
formers.
8.1.1 Basic form of bubble deck slab:
47 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
Bubble Deck can be implemented as one of three alternatives:
1.In-situ application 2.Precast elements 3.Semi-precast elements

1. In-situ application - Bubble Deck slabs can be constructed as in-situ slabs.
The “bubbles” are placed in modules of top and bottom steel and are
effectively held in place. The modules are then placed on conventional
formwork, and the slab is poured in two parts; a first shallow pour is carried out
to provide enough weight to resist the uplift force on the bubbles. A second
pour, usually one day after the first pour, completes the slab. The in-situ
alternative can be very attractive for projects where the finished soffit of the
slab is domed or curved, or where access is restricted.
2. Precast elements - BubbleDeck slabs can be delivered to site as fully precast
elements. This options would still allow the substantial materials savings
provided by BubbleDeck, but it would limit the two-way benefit aspects of the
slab, if the spans under consideration are larger than the precast element. The
two-way action can be maintained by designing appropriate connections
between the elements.
3. Semi-precast elements - The most effective delivery method for BubbleDeck
slabs is through the use of semi-precast elements. These include the bubbles,
and most of the main reinforcement for the slab. The elements are then
stitched on site through a concrete pour. The semi-precast system offers great
cost benefits, and it provides a unique solution for achieving precast two-way
spanning slabs.
8.1.2 BubbleDeck slab profiles and characteristics
BubbleDeck slabs can theoretically be manufactured to any profile, but experience
around the world has shown that the following 5 cross sections cover most building
applications. BubbleDeck has been successfully used as transfer slabs with depths of
over 600mm. Mega-spans can be achieved when combined with post tensioning, as
was the case for the Danish Radio complex in Copenhagen (DR-Byen).
48 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
Because the distance between to column is from 9 – 14.8 (m) so student choose
bubble deck slab BD390
8.2 Bubble deck section properties
The typical BubbleDeck module is defined by the parameters a and D, where a is a
measure representing the matrix of the void formers in the slab and D is the overall
depth of the slab.
Figure 8.1 Basic Bubbledeck Geometry

Uncracked section properties
The second moment of area for the concrete part of the slab IBD,conc can be
expressed through the simple formula (Darmstadt University of Technology,
Investigation of BubbleDeck slabs, Professor Dr. Ing. Martina Schnellenbach-Held):
I Bd ,conc = D3 /12 − 0.124a3
49 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
Thus the uncracked transformed section’s second moment of area can then be
obtained assuming that the centre of gravity for the concrete cross section lies at D/2.
If the second moment of area Ieq,steel of the transformed steel area Aeq,steel, made up
from the top Asc (compression) and bottom Ast (tension) reinforcement areas which
centre of gravity is located at a depth deq,steel , the total uncracked second moment of
area of the BubbleDeck section becomes:
I BD,uncracked = I BD,conc + Ieq ,steel + Aeq ,steel ( D / 2 − deq ,steel )2
Assuming that the impact of the transformed steel on the centre of gravity of the total
transformed section does not shift the centre of gravity of the concrete section
significantly.
The equation above results in an approximate stiffness of the BubbleDeck slab of
around 90% of that of a solid slab with the same depth.
Thus, the uncracked second moment of area can be determined for both short and long
term conditions.
8.3 Strength in bending:
BubbleDeck omits a significant volume of concrete (compared to a solid slab) in the
central core of the slab, where stress levels are relatively insignificant when the
section is in bending. When designing for flexural resistance, the depth of the stressed
concrete in compression (often called the ‘stress block’) is concentrated within the
solid concrete between the outermost extent of the bubble and the slab surface,
whether the designer considers the stress block to be rectangular, recto-parabolic or
other shape in accordance with accepted design methodology.
Figure 8.2 Stress distribution trough BubbleDeck under normal loading

Sometimes, in heavily stressed slabs, the stress block will encroach slightly within the
bubble zone. Studies and tests have demonstrated this has an insignificant effect on
the resistance of a BubbleDeck slab in normal design situations. The following
recommendation has been adopted by the German Standard DIN 1045, and gives a
simple check which limits the extent with which the elastic neutral axis is allowed to
encroach within the bubble zone.
50 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
Figure 8.3 Compression zone encroach on bubble for heavily reinforced slabs
8.4 Step to calculation Bubbledeck slab:
Step 1: Define internal forces of slab by using SAFE, where:
- Slab thickness is h=0.34m
- The effect of the voids on the cracked section properties is less than that
manifested on the uncracked section. Hence, the cracked second moment of
area for BubbleDeck slabs can be taken simply as:
I BD ,crack = 0.9 I soild ,cracked
Thus, the cracked second moment of area can be determined for both short and
long-term conditions
Step 2: BubbleDeck slabs can be designed using conventional design principles if
this ratio is limited to 0.20, i.e. the stresses are allowed to redistribute locally, when
this ratio is less than 20%.
ms = M u 1.96 D / ( f c' h3 )  0.2
Where:
D=315(mm) – is the ball diameter
h= 390(mm) – is the depth of the slab
Mu is the design Moment
Step 3: Calculate strength in bending for bubble deck slab
Step 4: Calculate strength in shear of solid slab with the same thickness, so that the
maximum allowable shear stress in the hollow areas of a BubbleDeck slab is:
VBD Rd,c = 0.6VRd ,c
Step 5: Identify the shear forces surround column and wall to replace with solid slab
with the same thickness
Step 6: Checking the punching shear at column head
51 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
8.5 Calculating the internal forces of slab by using SAFE
8.5.1 Bubbledeck slab model in SAFE:
Figure 8.4 Bubbledeck slab model
52 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
8.5.2 The internal forces of bubbledeck slab:
Figure 8.5 Bending moment in X axis
Figure 8.6 Bending moment in Y axis
53 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
8.6 Calculate the strength in bending of slab:
8.6.1 Materials characteristic:
Characteristic strength of concrete , fck= 25N/mm2
Characteristic strength of steel, fyk= 390N/mm2
- From the result in SAFE :
The largest negative bending moment : M-u= 396 kN/m2
1.96 DM − 1.96  0.315  396 10−3
ms
−
= = = 0.138  0.2
f ck h3 30  0.393
The largest positive bending moment : M+u= 260 kN/m2

1.96 DM − 1.96  0.315  260 10−3
ms
−
= = = 0.09  0.2
f ck h3 30  0.393
 Calculate bubble deck slab like solid slab
8.6.2 Calculate reinforcement in two-way
Figure 8.7 Bubble and steel arrangement

Base on the location of bubble, calculating reinforcement with I cross- section where :
54 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
- Dimension:
b=0.35 m ; h = 0.39 m ; hweb=0.07m; bweb=0.035m
Choose compression steel at= 0.075m  hot = 0.39 -0.075=0.315 m
Choose tension steel ab= 0.035m  hob = 0.39 -0.035=0.355 m
- Identify neutral axis :
hct' 0.07
M ct =  fcd bc hct (hot − ) = 0.9  30 1.5  0.35  0.07(0.315 −
' '
) = 277.83( kNm)
2 2
hcb' 0.03
M cb =  f b h (hob − ) = 0.9  30 1.5  0.35  0.03(0.355 −
' '
cd c cb ) = 145(kNm)
2 2
 The neutral axis in flange so calculated in section rectangular bxh=350mm
x 390 mm
- The maximum difference between the bending moment at mid-span and end-
span is 20%
- We choose the largest moment of each strip with b=0.35.The result is shown
in Table 19.1
Table 8.1 Steel arrangement of slab
Strip Mtt,
widt b=0.35 Selec
Strip
h M Mhc m As Asc t ρ
m Axis kNm kNm kNm mm2 mm2 steel (%) Reinforcement
2.00 -223.0 -178.4 -31.2 274.7 157 2ф10 0.23 ф14a250
2.00 X 84.0 100.8 17.6 155.2 157 2ф10 0.13
CS5
2.00 -134.0 -107.2 -18.8 165.0 157 2ф10 0.14 ф14a250
2.00 Y 91.0 109.2 19.1 168.1 157 2ф10 0.14 ф14a250
2.00 -352.0 -281.6 -49.3 397.9 157 2ф10 0.34 ф16a250
2.00 X 212.0 254.4 44.5 359.5 157 2ф10 0.31 ф16a250
CS6
2.00 -151.0 -120.8 -21.1 170.7 157 2ф10 0.15 ф14a250
2.00 Y 209.0 250.8 43.9 354.4 157 2ф10 0.30 ф14a250
2.00 -308.0 -246.4 -43.1 348.2 157 2ф10 0.30 ф16a250
2.00 X 170.0 204.0 35.7 288.3 157 2ф10 0.25 ф16a250
CS7
2.00 -323.0 -258.4 -45.2 365.1 157 2ф10 0.31 ф16a250
2.00 Y 207.0 248.4 43.47 351.0 157 2ф10 0.30 ф16a250
2.00 -209.0 -167.2 -29.3 236.3 157 2ф10 0.20 ф14a250
2.00 X 143.0 171.6 30.0 242.5 157 2ф10 0.21 ф14a250
CS8
2.00 -71.0 -56.8 -9.9 80.3 157 2ф10 0.07
2.00 Y 204.0 244.8 42.8 345.9 157 2ф10 0.30 ф14a250
2.00 -350.0 -280.0 -49.0 395.7 157 2ф10 0.34 ф16a250
CS9
2.00 X 153.0 183.6 32.1 259.4 157 2ф10 0.22 ф14a250
55 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
2.00 -255.0 -204.0 -35.7 288.3 157 2ф10 0.25 ф14a250
2.00 Y 89.0 106.8 18.7 150.9 157 2ф10 0.13
2.00 -19.0 -15.2 -2.7 21.8 157 2ф10 0.02
CS11
2.00 X 139.6 167.5 29.3 240.0 157 2ф10 0.20 ф14a250
2.00 -194.0 -155.2 -27.2 222.4 157 2ф10 0.19 ф14a250
CS14
2.00 X 100.0 120.0 21.0 171.9 157 2ф10 0.15 ф14a250
Where Mhc is adjustment value of moment; reducing negative moment at end-span to

balance moment at mid-span and end-span for simplifying the process steel
arrangement
8.7 Calculate the shear strength of Bubbledeck slab
8.7.1 Punching shear calculations
The procedure for designing for shear resistance consists of determining four main
conditions, as follows:
+ Checking for column shear failure at the perimeter of the column;
+ Determining the extent of the solid area around the columns, i.e. the area around the
columns where the bubbles are omitted;
+ Determining the minimum extent of the tension steel in the column area, i.e.
defining the minimum length of the steel reinforcement that is included in the shear
resistance calculation of the hollow section; and
+ Determining the shear reinforcement and its layout, as required.
Note that as the use of EC 2 is recommended, the analysis should include one load
case for shear check using the combination factors of Eurocode, namely:
Ed,dst = 1.35 G + 1.5 Q
8.7.2 Calculate the shear strength
The extent of the solid area around the column is determined by locating the perimeter
at which the shear stress in the slab falls below the shear resistance of the hollow slab,
including any tension column reinforcement.
The introduction of the voids in the slab reduces its shear strength. Studies carried out
at Denmark’s Technical University, Darmstadt University in Germany and Eindhoven
University in Holland have shown that the shear strength of a BubbleDeck slab can
conservatively be taken as the shear strength of a solid slab of the same depth
multiplied by a reduction factor of 0.6.
The maximum allowable shear stress in a solid slab is determined by:
VRd,c=CRd,ck(100ρIfck)1/3≥vmin; where
56 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
CRd ,c = 0.18 / 1.5 = 0.12
k = 1+ (200/d)1/2  2.0, where

d=dom= mean effective depth of the slab ( dox + doy)/2
I = ( Ix Iy )1/2  0.02 where
p Ix and pIy are the reinforcement ratios relating to the tension steel in the x and y
direction respectively, i.e. Ast,x / (bd) and Ast,y / (bd) respectively. The values
of ρlx and ρly should be calculated as mean values taking into account a slab
width equal to the column width plus 3d each side. Only column steel is taken
into account, disregarding the typical BubbleDeck top reinforcement.
Because we just calculated the shear strength of concrete and skipped the shear
strength of steel so :
VRd ,c = Vmin = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 32 = 0.467(MPa)
 VRd ,c  d = 0.4674  0.335 = 0.1566(kN / m) = 156.6(kN / m)
Shear strength of Bubbledeck slab is

VBD Rd,c = 0.6VRd ,c = 0.6 156.6 = 93.96(kN / m)
 The area of slab that had shear force ≥ VEd=93.96 (kN/m) is not placing bubble
and replace by solid slab with the same thickness
8.7.3 Calculate extend of solid area around columns
The control perimeter that defines the extent of the solid zone around the column can
be derived from the following expression:
Vmax VEd
U solid = =
VBDRd ,c d VBDRd ,c d
Where:
VEd is shear force
 is appropriate magnification factor
For structures where lateral stability does not depend on frame action between the slab
and the column, and where adjacent spans do not differ in length by more than 25%
the maximum design shear should be multiplied by the following factors, depending
on the location of the column in the slab.
57 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
Figure 8.8 Value of factor 
Column Ucol (m) β VEd(kN) Usoil (m) a (m)

C1 2.8 1.5 -618 9.9 1.12
C2 2.8 1.5 -435 6.9 0.66
C3 2.8 1.5 -237 3.8 0.16
C4 2.8 1.5 -218 3.5 0.11
C5 2.8 1.5 460 7.3 0.72
C6 2.8 1.5 320 5.1 0.37
C8 2.8 1.5 238 3.8 0.16
C9 2.8 1.5 280 4.5 0.27
C10 2.8 1.5 -404 6.4 0.58
C17 2.8 1.5 234 3.7 0.15
Vmax VEd
- By using formula U solid = = to calculate Usolid is not flexible
VBDRd ,c d VBDRd ,c d
compare to the second method is finding extent of solid slab of column which have
shear force larger than VBD Rd,c = 93.96(kN / m) ( because the distribution of shear force
on bubble deck slab is not equal). So student choose second method to find Usolid
8.7.4 Calculate extent of column tension reinforcement
In order to determine the minimum extent of main tension reinforcement around the
columns for which the requirements outlined in the section above are met, a similar
perimeter check needs to be carried out, taking into account only the typical top steel
of the BubbleDeck elements, without the column steel. The shear capacity of the
hollow slab with only top steel can be calculated using ρlx and ρly for the steel
included in the top mat only and a new perimeter calculated.
We choose the reinforcement ratios relating to the tension steel in the x and y
direction . The maximum allowable shear stress in a solid slab and extend of solid
slab is determined by:
VRd,c=CRd,ck(100ρIfck)1/3≥vmin; where
CRd ,c = 0.18 / 1.5 = 0.12
k = 1+ (200/d)1/2  2.0, where

58 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
d=dom= mean effective depth of the slab ( dox + doy)/2
I = ( Ix Iy )1/2  0.02
Table 8.2 Calculate the shear strength of Bubbledeck slab
VRd,c VBDRd,c
Column ρlx (%) ρly (%) ρl(%) (kN/m) (kN/m) Ved (kN) Usolid (m) a(m) Agc (mm2) Provide
C1 0.006 0.006 0.006 186.79 112.08 -618 8.27 0.87 1608 ф16a100
C2 0.006 0.006 0.006 186.79 112.08 -435 5.82 0.48 1608 ф16a100
C3 0.004 0.004 0.004 163.18 97.91 -237 3.63 0.13 1072 ф14a100
C4 0.004 0.004 0.004 163.18 97.91 -218 3.34 0.09 1072 ф14a100
C5 0.006 0.006 0.006 186.79 112.08 460 6.16 0.53 1608 ф16a100
C6 0.006 0.006 0.006 186.79 112.08 320 4.28 0.24 1608 ф16a100
C8 0.004 0.004 0.004 163.18 97.91 238 3.65 0.13 1072 ф14a100
C9 0.004 0.004 0.004 163.18 97.91 280 4.29 0.24 1072 ф14a100
C10 0.006 0.006 0.006 186.79 112.08 -404 5.41 0.41 1608 ф16a100
C17 0.004 0.004 0.004 163.18 97.91 234 3.59 0.12 1072 ф14a100
The perimeter usteel defines a minimum distance from the face of the column to which
the column steel must extend. The total length of the reinforcement bars over the
columns can then be determined using figure 19.5
Figure 8.9 Layout of reinforcement at column
8.8 Splice crack width check
59 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
The effect of the increased cover to the reinforcement at the splice, when the splice is
in a high stress area should be checked for maximum crack width. An initial analysis
of the strains induced by the service moment at the splice can be carried out to
determine the minimum area of steel required at the splice. Effectively, the designer
can simply check that the maximum strain caused by the service moment at the splice
is not greater than the strain caused by the maximum service moment of the element
taken at the depth of the splice steel.
Alternatively, the maximum crack width can be determined using the expression
proposed by Gergely & Lutz (1968) and adopted by the ACI Code and reproduced by
Rangan et al in “Concrete Structures”, p265. This should be limited to 0.3mm as
recommended by BS 8110.
Wmax = 0.0132 z  0.3mm, where
z is factor z=(hAb)1/3σst10-3
h is the cover to the outermost bar- here the cover to the splice bar
Ab is an effective concrete area surrounding each bar Ab=(2bt)
b is 1000mm (1m width)
t is twice the cover to the bar
σst is the steel stress under the service moment
Worked example :
C30/37  Ecm =33kN/mm2
2Ac/u = 2(1000x200)/2(1000+200)=178; Dry atmosphere; Age at loading =28
  = 2.986
Ec,eff=Ecm/(1+  ) =33/(1+2.86)=8.3kN/m2
+Calculate the neutral axis depth of the cracked section
60 | P a g e
BUBBLEDECK SLAB
x E
b  x  =  e As (d − x); ( e = s )
2 Ecm
1000  x 2 210
=  961 (340 − x)
2 33
 x = 58.66mm
+ Calculate the stress in the tension steel:
M 17.6 106
s = = = 71MPa
x 58.66
(d − )  As (340 − )  773
3 3
+Calculate crack width wk
wk = 0.0132 ( 50 1000  30  2 )  7110−3

1/3
= 0.135mm  0.3 mm
As,prov new ss Check

Slab Strip Layer MEd wk
mm2 N/mm2 wk<0.4
X 17.6 773 71 0.135 OK

CS5
Y 19.1 961 62 0.118 OK
X 44.5 961 145 0.275 OK

CS6
Y 43.9 961 143 0.271 OK
X 35.7 961 116 0.221 OK

CS7
Y 43.47 961 141 0.269 OK
X 30 961 97 0.185 OK
CS8
Y 42.8 961 139 0.265 OK
X 32.1 961 104 0.198 OK
CS9
Y 18.7 773 75 0.144 OK
CS11 X 29.3 773 118 0.225 OK
CS14 X 21 773 85 0.161 OK
Table 8.3 Checking crack width connection
61 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
CHAPTER 9
STAIR DESIGN
Stairs are essential part of every building since they lead form one floor to another and
connect different levels. It consist of a flight of steps, usually with one or more
intermediate landings provided between the floor levels. Figure 9.1 show and
explains the basic terminology of stairs
Figure 9.1 Stairs terminology

The dimension of stair should be such as to give the maximum comfort to the users,
which depends on the use of the building . For example, in public building the risers is
not more than 180mm, whereas in private building is not more than 200mm. The
going shall not be less than 255mm in public buildings and varies between 250mm to
400mm in private buildings. For comfort, the risers and going dimensions can be
proportioned according to the following formula: ( 2 x R)+G= 600mm
There are different types of stairs, which depend mainly on the type and function of
the building and on architectural requirements. The most common types are shown in
Figure 9.2
62 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
Figure 9.2 Types of stair

We have 2 similar stairs in KOBED TOWER which are free-standing stairs. The
reinforced concrete stairs should be designed generally similar to reinforced concrete
slabs, except as indicated otherwise in this section.
-Loads:
When considering the permanent load for the flights of stairs, care should be taken to
ensure that a sufficient allowance is made to cater weight of the steps and finishes as
well as the increase loading on plan occasioned by the inclination of the waist .
Where stair with open wells have two interesting landings at right angles to each
other, the loads on the areas common to both spans may be divided equally between
the spans
-Bending moments and shear forces:
Stair slabs and landing should be designed to support the most unfavorable
arrangements of design loads. For example, where a span is adjacent to a cantilever of
length exceeding one-third of the span of the slab, the case should be considered of
maximum load on the cantilever and minimum load on the adjacent span
Stairs which are continuous and constructed monolithically with their supporting slabs
or beam can be designed for bending moment of say FL/10, where F is the total
ultimate load.
-Effective spans:
63 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
The effective span of stairs spanning between beams or walls is the distance between
Centre-line of supporting beam or walls
The effective spans of stairs spanning between landing slabs is the distance between
Centre-line of supporting landing slabs, or the distance between the edges of the
supporting slabs plus 1.8m whichever is smaller
9.1 Stair structure:
- Stair of KOBED TOWER is free-standing stair
- Height of typical floor is 3.8m
- Layer structure of stair are including :
+ Tiles and granite with 1=24(kN/m3), T1= 2cm, n=1.1
+ Primary coat layer with cement=18(kN/m3), T2= 2cm, n=1.1
+ Stair with brick with brick=18(kN/m3), n=1.1
+ Concrete stair with concrete=25(kN/m3), T3= 15cm,n=1.1
+ Rough cast with cement=18(kN/m3), T4= 1.5cm, n=1.1

- According to architectural , each phase of stairs has 10 steps with:34
+ The length of going: G= 270mm
+ The height of riser: R=180mm
165
+ Slope of stairs: tg = = 33
250
Figure 9.3 Layer structure of stairs

64 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
The plan view of stairs of KOBED TOWER are shown in Figure 9.4 and Figure 9.5
Figure 9.4 Plan view of stair S1 in KOBED TOWER

9.2 Determine load-bearing capacity of stairs:
9.2.1 Dead load :
- Permanent load (excluding self-weight) affect on the step stair:
The thickness of tiles, granite and primary coat 2cm is determine by:
( R + G)  T1  cos  (180 + 270)  2  cos33

T =
'
= = 2.8(cm)
G 270
The thickness of brick layer is determined by:
R  cos  18  cos 33

T= = = 7.54(cm)
2 2
The permanent load (excluding self-weight) affect on the step stair is given in Table
8.1
65 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
Table 9.1 The permeant load affect on the step stair
Stair structure 
T(cm)
n gstandard gk
(kN/m3)
(kN/m2) (kN/m2)
Stair handrail 1.2 0.5 0.6
Tiles and granite 24 2.8 1.1 0.672 0.732
Primary coat 18 2.8 1.1 0.504 0.554
Brick 18 7.54 1.1 1.357 1.492
Rough-cast 18 1.5 1.1 0.27 0.297
Total 3.3 3.67
- Permanent load (excluding self-weight) affect on landing is given in Table 18.2

Table 9.2 The permeant load affect on the landing
Stair structure 
T(cm)
n gstandard gk
(kN/m3)
(kN/m2) (kN/m2)
Tiles and granite 24 2 1.1 0.48 0.528
Primary coat 18 2 1.1 0.36 0.396
Rough-cast 18 1.5 1.1 0.27 0.297
Total 1.11 1.22
9.2.2 Live load:

-Standard live load : pstandard =3(kN/m2)
- Calculated live load: pk = 3.6 (kN/m2)
9.3 Design stair S1:
9.3.1 Analysis and design of stairs :
The stairs calculation diagram is given in Figure 8.6 and Figure 8.7:
66 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
Figure 9.5 Plan view of stair S1
Figure 9.6 Cut plan view of stair S1

+ Materials:
Characteristic strength of concrete , fck=25N/mm2
Characteristic strength of steel, fyk= 500N/mm2
Assumed nominal concrete cover : =30mm
+ Average thickness:
67 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
y = h.[(G 2 + R 2 )1/2 / G] = 150  [(2702 + 1802 )1/2 / 270] = 180.28mm
Average thickness
t = [y + ( y + R)] / 2 = [180.28 + (180.28 + 180)] / 2 = 270.28mm
9.3.2 Analysis and design of stair:

+ Effective span, Le = La +0.5 (Lb1+Lb2)
La= Clear distance between supports
Lb1= The lesser of width of support 1 or 1.8m
Lb2= The less of width of support 2 or 1.8m
So, Le = 2.7 +0.5(1.06+1.2)=3.83m
+Total action:
F= [(270.28x25/1000+3.67)x1.35 +3.6*1.5]x(2.7+1.06/2)=62.91 (kN/m)
+ Bending moment:
M= FL/10= 62.91x 3.83 /10 = 24.09 kNm/m
+ Effective depth:
d=hF-a=140-30=110mm
K=M/bd2fck=24.09 x 106 /( 1000x1102x25)= 0.08 < Kbal=0.167
z = d [0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134] = 110  [0.5 + 0.25 − 0.08 /1.134] = 101.6  0.95d
➔ Compression reinforcement is not required

As = M/0.87fykz = 24.09 x 106 /(0.87x500x101.6) =545 mm2/m
Provided d12 a200 with Asprovided =565 mm2/m
+ Minimum and maximum reinforcement area
As,min= 0.26(fctm/fyk)bd=0.26x ( 2.6 /500)x1000x 120 = 162.24 mm2/m
As, max = 0.04 Ac = 0.04 x 1000 x 150 = 6000 mm2/m
+ Checking shear resistance:
VB = [ (62.91x(2.7+1.06/2)x1.35)-24.09] = 15.88 kN/m
VA = [62.91x(2.7+1.06/2)]-15.88= 47.03 kN/m
Design shear force , Ved = 47.03 kN/m
k= 1+ (200/d)1/2 ≤ 2.0
68 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
= 1 + ( 200/120)1/2=2.29
1 = Asl / bd  0.02
= 565 / (1000 120) = 0.0047  0.02
Vrd,c= [0.12xk(100ρ1fck)1/3]bd
= 0.12 x 2 x( 100x0.0047x25)1/3x1000x110 = 61.82 kN/m
Vmin =[0.035k3/2fck1/2]bd= 0.035 x 23/2 x 251/2 x1000 x110 /1000 = 54.45 kN/m
Because Vrd,c= 61.82 kN/m > VEd =54.45 kNm so stair S1 satisfied the shear
resistance condition
+ Checking deflection:
Percentage of required tension reinforcement
 = As ,req / bd = 493 / (1000 120) = 0.0041
Reference reinforcement ratio

0 = ( f ck )1/2 10−3 = 251/2 10−3 = 0.005
Factor for structural system, K=1.3

L    3

  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck 0 + 3.2 f ck ( 0 − 1) 2 
d    
3/2
L 0.005  0.005 
= 1.3[11 + 1.5 25 + 3.2 25  − 1 ] = 28.329
d 0.0041  0.0041 
Therefore, allowable span-effective depth ratio

(L/d)allowable= 28.329 x 1 x 565/493= 32.45
Actual span-effective depth
(L/d)actual= 3830/ 120 = 31.92 < (L/d)allowable
So, stair S1 is satisfied the deflection condition
+ Checking crack:
Main bar:
Smax, slabs = min(3h; 400)mm = min(3 150; 400) = 400mm
Max,bar spacing= 200 < Smax,slabs

Secondary bar:
Smax, slabs = min(3.5h; 450)mm = min(3.5 150; 450) = 450mm
69 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
Max bar spacing = 400 mm < Smax,slabs
9.3.2 Analysis and design of landing :
+ Effective span L=2.75m and width b =1.2m
+Total action:
F= [(145x25/1000+1.22)x1.35 +3.6*1.5]x1.2+ 15.88 = 30.21 (kN/m)
+ Bending moment:
M= FL/10= 30.21x 2.75 /10 = 28.56 kNm/m
+ Effective depth:
d=hF-a=145-30=115mm
K=M/bd2fck=28.56 x 106 /( 1200x1152x25)= 0.072 < Kbal=0.167
z = d [0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134] = 120  [0.5 + 0.25 − 0.072 /1.134] = 107.25  0.95d
➔ Compression reinforcement is not required

As = M/0.87fykz = 28.56 x 106 /(0.87x500x107.25) = 613 mm2/m
Provided d12 a150 with Asprovided =754 mm2/m
+ Minimum and maximum reinforcement area
As,min= 0.26(fctm/fyk)bd=0.26x ( 2.6 /500)x1200x 115 = 186.58 mm2/m
As, max = 0.04 Ac = 0.04 x 1200 x 145 = 6960 mm2/m
Design shear force , Ved =F/2=30.21*2.75/2=41.54 kN/m
k= 1+ (200/d)1/2 ≤ 2.0
= 1 + ( 200/115)1/2=2.32
1 = Asl / bd  0.02
= 754 / (1200 115) = 0.0055  0.02
= 0.12 x 2 x( 100x0.0055x25)1/3x2000x115 = 79.17 kN/m
Vmin =[0.035k3/2fck1/2]bd= 0.035 x 23/2 x 251/2 x1200 x115 /1000 = 68.31 kN/m
Because Vrd,c= 79.17 kN/m > VEd =41.54 kNm so landing of stair S1 satisfied the
shear resistance condition
70 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
 = As ,req / bd = 613 / (1200 115) = 0.0044

0 = ( f ck )1/2 10−3 = 251/2 10−3 = 0.005

L    3

  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck 0 + 3.2 f ck ( 0 − 1) 2 
d    
3/2
L 0.005  0.005 
= 1.3[11 + 1.5 25 + 3.2 25  − 1 ] = 20.179
d 0.0044  0.0044 

(L/d)allowable= 20.179 x 1 x 754/613= 24.82
+ Checking crack:
Main bar:
Max,bar spacing= [1200-2x25-12]/13 =86.769 < Smax,slabs

9.3.3 Analysis and design of beam DT1 :
Choose dimension of beam DT1 : b x h = 200 x 300

+ Slab self-weight :
g= 1.1 x 2500 x 0.20 x 0.5 + 2 x 1.3 x 1800 x 0.015 x 0.22 = 317.944 (daN/m)
71 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
+ Uniform load from slab transfer to beam DT1:
q1= 2.5x 0.81 x8.45x100 / 2.5 = 684.25 (daN/m)
+ Uniform load from stair transfer to beam DT1:
q2= 2x 1.35x1.2 x 14.04x100 / 2.5 = 1819 (daN/m)
 q = g + q1 + q2 = 318 + 684.25 + 1819 = 2821.25(daN / m) = 28.21(kN / m)
- Determine internal force:
Moment at mid – span
ql 2 28.21 2.52
M max = = = 7.34kNm
24 24
Moment at end – span
ql 2 28.21 2.52
M max = = = 14.69kNm
12 12
- Determine reinforcement requirement
d=h-a=300-30=270mm
+ At mid- span :
K=M/bd2fck=7.34 x 106 /( 200x2702x25)= 0.017< Kbal=0.167
z = d [0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134] = 270  [0.5 + 0.25 − 0.017 /1.134] = 266  0.95d
As = M/0.87fykz = 7.34 x 106 /(0.87 x 390 x 267) = 81 mm2

Provided 2d14 with Asprovided = 308 mm2
+ At end-span:
K=M/bd2fck= 14.69 x 106 /( 200x2702x25)= 0.034 < Kbal=0.167
z = d [0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134] = 270  [0.5 + 0.25 − 0.034 /1.134] = 262  0.95d
As = M/0.87fykz = 14.69 x 106 /(0.87 x 390 x 262) = 165mm2

Provided 2d14 with Asprovided = 308 mm2
72 | P a g e
STAIR DESIGN
Design shear force , Ved =F/2= 28.21 x 2.5/2=35.26 kN/m
= 0.12 x 2 x( 100x0.55x25)1/3x220x270 = 158.52 kN/m
Because Vrd,c= 158.52 kN/m > VEd = 35.26 kNm so beam DT1 satisfied the shear
resistance condition
 = As ,req / bd = 81/ (200  270) = 0.0015

0 = ( f ck )1/2 10−3 = 251/2 10−3 = 0.005

L  0 0 3

  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck + 3.2 f ck ( − 1) 2 
d    
3/2
L 0.005  0.005 
= 1.3[11 + 1.5 25 + 3.2 25  − 1 ] = 120.93
d 0.0015  0.0015 

(L/d)allowable= 120.93 x 1 x 1.5= 181.4
+ Checking crack:
Main bar:
73 | P a g e
WATER TANK
CHAPTER 10
WATER TANK
Tanks are storage vessels for liquids. They can have different appearances; some are
short and wide, others are tall and slim, some are small, others are large.. Tanks are
most often thin-walled with stepwise variable shell thickness with thicker wall
sections at the bottom of the tank and thinner at the top. Since they are thin walled
they are susceptible to buckling and there are conditions the shell construction must
meet. The conditions that has to be met are determined by the laws and regulations
that govern tank design. The National Board of Housing, Building and Planning
(Boverket) is the new Swedish authority for rules of tank design and the Eurocodes
are the new family of standards that should be followed. Sweco Industry AB is the
outsourcer of this thesis and wants to clarify what rules that apply now when the
Eurocodes are to be followed. The thesis project has produced a calculation document
in Mathcad for tank shell design according to the Eurocodes with stress calculations
according to membrane theory and linear elastic shell analysis. This thesis has also
produced a comparison of stresses calculated using membrane theory, linear elastic
shell analysis and finite element method (FEM). The comparison has been made for
numerical results given for an arbitrarily designed tank wall.
10.1 Water tank classification:
Water tank is divided into 3 types:
a
+ Low Water tank:  3; h  2a
b
a
+ High Water tank:  3; h  2a
b
a
+ Long-low Water tank:  3; h  2a
b
Where:
a is the long-span of water tank
b is the short-span of water tank
h is the height of water tank
Based on the water requirement of structure , we choose the dimension of the

water tank :
74 | P a g e
WATER TANK
Figure 10.1 Water tank layout

a 7.6
For = = 1.38  3; h = 3.9m  2a = 2  7.6 = 15.2m , therefor water tank of KOBED
b 5.5
TOWER is low water tank
10.2 Setting calculation diagram
10.2.1 Cover slab
a
The slab dimension a x b = 7.6 x 5.5 with = 1.38  2  The cover slab is two-way
b
slab. The calculation diagram of cover slab is shown in Figure 19.2
Figure 10.2 Cover slab calculation diagram

10.2.2 Wall of water tank
75 | P a g e
WATER TANK
Each wall worked as a fixed link with the bottom slab and other wall and supported at
three edges only .
a 7.6 b 5.5
We have = = 1.94  2 and =  2  Wall of water tank worked in two-way
h 3.9 h 2
in both long-span and short-span direction
The calculation diagram is depending on the water condition in the water tank
+ Full of water : Consider only water force affect to wall of water tank
+ With-out water: Consider only soil force affect to wall of water tank
10.2.3 Bottom slab
The calculation diagram is depending on the water condition in the water tank
+ Full of water : Calculate as simply supported slab
+ With-out water: Calculate by reaction forces affect by ground water
10.3 Determine the load bearing capacity of water tank
10.3.1 Cover slab
Choose the thickness of cover slab h=160mm
a. Dead load by 150mm concrete slab:
g1 = n1  h1   = 1,1 0,16  2500 = 440daN / m 2
b. Imposed load:
c. Live load:
- For reinforcement on top, it is not being used so that: p = 75daN / m2
d. Total load affects on slab:

q = g1 + g 2 + p = 1,35  (440 + 100) + 1,5  75 = 842daN / m 2

Choose the thickness of wall h=250mm
+When the water tank is fulfill of water
Wall is affected by water pressure. The water pressure is increased depend on
the depth on water tank . The formula of water tank is shown:
Pwater = n  (3.9 − z ) 10(kN / m 2 )
Where : n=1.1 is safety factor

76 | P a g e
WATER TANK
Figure 10.3 Water pressure affect on wall

+ When the water tank without water:
Based on the soil statistics report, the water tank in layer 1 where:
Layer Thickness Unit weight 
1 21 14.73
Wall is affected by groundwater pressure. The water pressure is increased

depend on the depth on water tank . The formula of water tank is shown:
Psoil = n  (3.9 − z )  14.73(kN / m 2 )
Where : n=1.1 is safety factor
Figure 10.4 Groundwater pressure affect on wall

10.3.3 Bottom slab
Choose the thickness of slab h= 300mm
77 | P a g e
WATER TANK
+When the water tank is fulfill of water
The affect of water pressure on bottom slab is head pressure with h=3.9m
p=nHw=1.13.910=42.9kN/m2
+ When the water tank without water:

The load affect on bottom slab is reaction of groundwater pressure where
pw=1.13.910=42.9kN/m2
10.4 Determine the internal force of water tank
10.4.1 Cover slab

A slab simply supported on its four sides will deflect about both axes under load and
the corner will tend to lift and curl up from the support, causing torsional moments.
When no provision has been made to prevent this lifting or to resist the torsion then
the moment coefficient of Table 19.1 may be used and the maximum moments are
given by
msx = asx nl 2 x
msy = asy nl 2 x
Where
n= total ultimate load per unit area

lx= length of shorter side
ly = length of longer side
αsx and αsy are the moment coefficient from Table 19.1
ly/lx 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.75 2.0
78 | P a g e
WATER TANK
αsx 0.062 0.074 0.084 0.093 0.099 0.104 0.113 0.118
αsy 0.062 0.061 0.059 0.055 0.051 0.046 0.037 0.029
Table 10.1 Bending moment coefficient for simply supported two slab
L1 L2 L2/L1 q (kN/m2) Moment Moment

coefficient (kNm)
5.5 7.6 1.38 8.42 αsx=0.0978 24.9
αsy=0.0518 13.2
Table 10.2 Bending moment of cover slab
+ When the water tank is fulfill of water
Figure 10.5 Moment 1-1 of wall
Figure 10.6 Moment 2-2 of wall

The largest moment of wall are:
79 | P a g e
WATER TANK
- Moment 1-1 : M1-1 = 64.51 kNm/m
- Moment 2-2 : M2-2 = 27.71 kNm/m
10.4.2 Bottom slab
+ When the water tank is fulfill of water

Using SAP2000 to simulate the water tank with spring K=216 kN/mm
Figure 10.7 SAP 2000 model
Figure 10.8 Moment 1-1 of bottom slab
80 | P a g e
WATER TANK
Figure 10.7 Moment 1-1 of bottom slab
Result:
The maximum of bending moment 1-1 : M1-1= 105.17 kNm/m
The maximum of bending moment 1-1 : M2-2= 55.64 kNm/m

+ When the water tank without water
The internal force is calculated the same as cover slab is with calculation diagram is
shown
Figure 10.10 Calculation diagram of bottom slab (without water)

81 | P a g e
WATER TANK
L1 L2 L2/L1 q (kN/m2)
Moment Moment
coefficient (kNm)
5.5 7.6 1.38 42.9 αsx=0.0978 126
αsy=0.0518 67.22
Table 10.3 Bending moment of bottom slab
10.5 Steel area required calculate:
10.5.1 Cover slab
Choose a=20mm  d= h-a = 160-20= 140 mm
M 24.9 106
K1 = = = 0.042
bd 2 f ck 1000 1402  30
0.042
z1 = 140  (0.5 + 0.25 − ) = 134.6mm
1.134
M 24.9 106
As1 = = = 545.21mm 2 / m
0.87 f yk z 0.87  390 134.6
Choose d10a100 with As= 785 mm2/m

M 13.2 106
K2 = = = 0.022
bd 2 f ck 1000 1402  30
0.022
z2 = 140  (0.5 + 0.25 − ) = 137.2mm
1.134
M 13.2 106
As2 = = = 284mm2 / m
0.87 f yk z 0.87  390 137.2

Choose a=20mm  d= h-a = 250-20= 230 mm
M 64.51106
K1 = = = 0.041
bd 2 f ck 1000  2302  30
0.041
z1 = 230  (0.5 + 0.25 − ) = 221.4mm
1.134
M 64.51106
As1 = = = 859mm2 / m
0.87 f yk z 0.87  390  221.4
82 | P a g e
WATER TANK
M 27.71106
K2 = = = 0.017
bd 2 f ck 1000  2302  30
0.017
z2 = 230  (0.5 + 0.25 − ) = 226.4mm
1.134
M 28.56 106
As2 = = = 361mm2 / m
0.87 f yk z 0.87  390  226.3
10.5.3 Bottom slab

Choose a=15mm  d= h-a = 300-15= 285 mm
M 126 106
K1 = = = 0.052
bd 2 f ck 1000  2852  30
0.052
z1 = 285  (0.5 + 0.25 − ) = 271.4mm
1.134
M 126 106
As1 = = = 1369mm 2 / m
0.87 f yk z 0.87  390  271.4

M 67.22 106
K2 = = = 0.028
bd 2 f ck 1000  2852  30
0.028
z2 = 285  (0.5 + 0.25 − ) = 277.9mm
1.134
M 67.2 106
As2 = = = 713mm 2 / m
0.87 f yk z 0.87  390  277.9
83 | P a g e
WATER TANK
10.6 Deflection check
Component Asreq(mm2) Aspro(mm2) ρ0 ρ K Aspro/ (L/D) (L/D)

Asreq allow actual
Cover slab 545 785 0.55 0.39 1.5 1.44 50.68 39.28
Wall 605.94 754 0.55 0.26 1.5 1.24 77.39 23.91
Bottom slab 1369 1539 0.55 0.48 1.5 1.12 31.13 19.29
Table 10.4 Deflection check of water tank

10.7 Crack check
As,prov
ss esm-ecm esm-ecm Check
Component MEd new rp,eff sr,max wk
N/mm2 calculated select wk<0.4
mm2
Cover slab 24.9 785 246 0.020 0.00085 0.00070 0.00085 172 0.147 OK
Wall 64.51 1131 268 0.028 0.00104 0.00076 0.00104 140 0.146 OK
Bottom slab 126 1539 242 0.051 0.00101 0.00069 0.00101 108 0.109 OK
Table 10.5 Crack check of water tank
84 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
CHAPTER 11
FRAME DESIGN
11.1. Determine the load-bearing capacity of frame:
a. Dead load by 200mm concrete slab and beam:
b. Imposed load:
-Ceiling + MEP systems: g3 = 50daN / m 2
- Brick wall with thickness 200 mm: g 4 = 300daN / m 2
c. Live load:
- For slabs S6, it is being used for restroom so that: p1 = 480daN / m 2
-From slab S1-S5, it is being used for office so that: p2 = 200daN / m2
d. Wind load:
The basic wind velocity vb (100y,10’,B) correspond to wind pressure terrain at
construction site in Ho Chi Minh city has been calculated:
vb = 30.28 (m/s)
1
Basic wind pressure: qb =  .vb 2 = 0.5 1.25  30.282 = 0.57(kN / m3 )
2
The mean wind velocity vm(z) at a height z above the terrain depends on the terrain
roughness and orography and on the basic wind velocity, vb, should be determined
using the formula:
vm ( z) = cr ( z)c0 ( z ) vb
The roughness factor, cr(z), accounts for the variability of the mean wind velocity at
the site of the structure due to the height above ground level, the ground roughness of
the terrain upwind of the structure in the wind direction considered.
zmin
cr ( z ) = kT ln , for (0  z  zmin )
z0
z
cr ( z ) = kT ln , for ( zmin  z  z0 )
z0
Where:
z0 = 1 is roughness length defined in table 4.1 in EN1991
zmin= 10m is the minimum height defined in table 4.1 in EN1991
85 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
zmax= 200m is the maximum height
0.07
Namely terrain factor kT = 0.19   0 

z 1 0.07
= 0.19  ( ) = 0.234
 0.05  0.05
z0, zmin depend on the terrain category. Recommended values are given in Table 9.1
depending on five representative terrain categories
Table 11.1- Terrain categories and terrain parameters
Terrain category z0 zmin
m m
0 Sea or coastal area exposed to the open sea 0.003 1
I Lakes or flat and horizontal area with negligible 0.01 1
vegetation and without obstacles
II Area with low vegetation such as grass and isolated 0.05 2
obstacles (trees, buildings) with separations of at
least 20 obstacle heights
III Area with regular cover of vegetation or buildings or 0.03 5
with isolated obstacles with separations of
maximum 20 obstacle heights (such as villages,
suburban terrain, permanent forest)
IV Area in which at least 15 % of the surface is covered 1 10
with buildings and their average height exceeds 15 m
NOTE: The terrain categories are illustrated in A.1
The turbulence intensity Iv(z) at height z is defined as the standard deviation of the
turbulence divided by the mean wind velocity.
kI
Iv ( z ) = ;( zmin  z  zmax )
z
C0 ( z ) .ln( )
z0
I v ( z ) = I v ( zmin ) ;( z  zmin )
Where:
86 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
kI is the turbulence factor. The value of kI may be given in the Nation Annex. The
recommended value kI is 1
C0 is the orography factor equal 1
Z0 is the roughness length equal 1 according to table 4.1 in EN1991
Peak velocity pressure qp(z) at height z, which includes mean and short-term velocity
fluctuations, should be determined.
1
q p ( z ) = (1 + 7.I v ( z )).  .vm2 ( z ) = Ce ( z )qb = Ce  0.57
2
Where:
ρ=1,25kg/m3 is the air density , which depends on altitude, temperature and
barometric pressure to be expected in the region during
windstorms
Ce(z) is the exposure factor
qb is the basic velocity pressure
The force coefficient cf of structural elements of rectangular section: according EN
1991 section 7.6
c f = c f ,0 r 
cf,0 is the force coefficient of rectangular sections with sharp corners and without free-
end flow as given by Figure 7.23 EN1991
87 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
d 35
In X direction: = = 0.75 ; cf,0x=2.15
b 46.6
d 46.6
In Y direction: = = 1.33 ;; cf,0y=1.95
b 35
 r is the reduction factor for square sections with rounded corner. We choice  r =1
  is the end-effect factor for elements with free-end flow as defined in table 7.13
EN1991
- The solidity ratio 
A
=
Ac
Where:
A is the sum of the projected areas of the members and gusset plates of
the face projected normal to the face: A =  bi .li +  Agk
l is the length of the lattice

d is the width of the lattice
bi,li is the width and length of the individual member
Agk is the area of the gusset plate k
Ac=l x d is the area enclosed by the boundaries of the face projected normal to
face
The relationship between solidity ratio  and slenderness  are given in figure 7.36
EN1991
88 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
With  =1:
l 80.8
In X direction: x = min(1.95 ;70) = min(1.95  = 3.38;70) = 3.38 ;   , x = 0.65
b 46,6
= 4.5;70) = 4.5 ;   , y = 0.68

l 80.8
In Y direction: T y = min(1.95 ;70) = min(1.95 
b 35
So, the force coefficient of structural elements of rectangular section:
In X direction: c f , x = 2.15 x0.65 = 1.4
In Y direction: c f , y = 1.95 x0.68 = 1.33
Structural factor cscd: according 6.3.1 EN 1991
1 + 2.k p .I v ( zs ). B 2 + R 2
cs cd =
1 + 7.I v ( zs )
Where:
zs is the reference height for determining the structural factor
kp is the peak factor defined as the ratio of the maximum value of the
fluctuating part of the response to its standard deviation
Iv is the turbulence intensity
B2 is the background factor, allowing for the lack of full correlation of the
pressure on the structure surface
R2 is the resonance response factor, allowing for turbulence in resonance
with the vibration mode
The procedure to be used to determine kp, Band R may be given in the National
Annex B EN 1991
The reference height Zs is determined in Figure 6.1 EN1991
89 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
Because our construction is a vertical structure like building:

Zs=max(0.6h,zmin)=max(0.6 x80.8,10)=48.8m
The turbulence intensity: I v ( Z e ) = 1

= 0.26
48.8
ln
1
The background factor B2 allowing for the lack of full correlation of the pressure on
the structure surface may be calculated using :
1
B2 = 0.63
 b+h 
1 + 0.9  
 L ( zs ) 
Where:
b, h is the width and height of the structure
L(zs) is the turbulent length scale at reference height zs defined in Figure 6.1.It
is on the safe to use B2=1
The turbulent length scale L(zs): According to Anex B.1 EN1991

z
L( z ) = Lt   for z  z min
 zt 
L( z ) = L ( zmin ) for z< z min
The recommend value for Lt and zt are: zt=200m; Lt=300m
 = 0.67 + 0.05ln( z0 ) = 0.67 + 0.05ln(1) = 0.67

0.67
So the turbulent length scale L( ze ) = 300  

48.8 
 = 163.45m
 200 
So the background factor B2:
90 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
In X direction: 1 1
Bx2 = = = 0.57
b + h 0.63 46.6 + 80.8
1 + 0.9  ( ) 1 + 0.9( )
L ( ze ) 163.45
In Y direction: 1 1
By2 = = = 0.58
b + h 0.63 35 + 80.8
1 + 0.9  ( ) 1 + 0.9( )
L ( ze ) 163.45
The resonance response factor R2 allowing for turbulence in resonance with the
considered vibration mode of the structure should be determined:
2
R = .S L ( zs , n1, x ).Rh (h ) Rb (b )
2
2
Where:
 is the total logarithmic decrement of damping
SL is the non-dimensional power spectral density function

Rh ,Rb is the aerodynamic admittance functions
The aerodynamic admittance functions Rh, Rb for a fundamental mode shape may be approximated:
1 1
Rh = − (1 − e −2h ); Rh = 1 for h =0
h 2h2
1 1
Rb = − (1 − e −2b ); Rb = 1 for b =0
b 2b2
4.6  h 4.6  b
With: h = . f L ( zs , n1, x ) and b = . f L ( zs , n1, x )
L( zs ) L( zs )
Mean wind velocity at altitude Zs:

48.8
vm ( Z s ) = cr ( Z s )  c0 ( Z s )  vb = 0.234  ln  1 30.28 = 16.34(m / s )
1
Using ETABS software to calculate the structural period of KOBED TOWER , the
result is given in table 9.2
Table 11.2 The structural period of KOBED TOWER
Mode Period Axis
1 2.167 X
2 2.058 Y
3 1.693 X
4 0.707 X
5 0.569 Y
6 0.464 X
7 0.374 X
91 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
8 0.306 Y
9 0.281 X
10 0.267 X
11 0.227 Y
12 0.217 X
n.L( z )
The natural frequency n and non-dimensional frequency f L ( z, n) = is a non-
vm ( z )
dimensional frequency determined by the frequency n=n1,v the natural frequency of the
structure un Hz, by the mean velocity vm(z) and the turbulence length scale L(z)
In X direction:
1
n1, x = = 0.46
2.167
n L ( Z e ) 0.46 163.45
f L ( Z s , n1, x ) = 1, x = = 4.62
vm ( Z e ) 16.34
In Y direction:
1
n1, y = = 0.49
2.058
n1, y L ( Z e ) 0.49 163.45
f L ( Z s , n1, y ) = = = 4.86
vm ( Z e ) 16.43
The wind distribution over frequencies is expressed by the non-dimensional power

spectral density function SL(z,n), which should be determined:
nSv ( z, n) 6.8  f L ( z, n)
S L ( z , n) = =
 2 5
v
(1 + 10.2  f L ( z, n)) 3
where Sv(z,n) is the one-sided variance spectrum

In X direction:
6.8  f L ( Z s , n1, x ) 6.8  4.62
S L ( Z s , n1, x ) = 5
= 5
= 0.049
(1 + 10.2  f L ( Z s , n1, x )) 3
(1 + 10.2  4.62) 3
In Y direction:
6.8  f L ( Z s , n1, y ) 6.8  4.86
S L ( Z s , n1, y ) = 5
= 5
= 0.048
(1 + 10.2  f L ( Z s , n1, y )) 3
(1 + 10.2  4.86) 3
92 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
Factor  h , b :
In X direction:
4.6  80.8
h =  4.62 = 10.5
163.45
4.6  46.6
b =  4.62 = 6.38
163.45
In Y direction:
4.6  80.8
h =  4.86 = 11.05
163.45
4.6  35
b =  4.86 = 4.79
163.45
So the aerodynamic admittance Rh, Rb:
In X direction:
1 1
Rh = − (1 − e−210.5 ) = 0.091
9.64 2  9.64 2
1 1
Rb = − (1 − e−26.38 ) = 0.14
6.24 2  6.24 2
In Y direction:
1 1
Rh = − (1 − e−211.05 ) = 0.086
10.83 2 10.83 2
1 1
Rb = − (1 − e −24.79 ) = 0.19
4.69 2  4.69 2
-The total logarithmic decrement of damping  : According Annex F.5 EN1991
 = s + a + d
Because our construction is reinforcement concrete building, so s

 = 0.1
and
 d = 0 and
the equivalent mass per per unit area of the structure which for rectangular
μe=973.65(kg/m2)
c f . .vm ( Z e )
a =
2.n1.e
In X direction:
1.4 1.25 16.34
a = = 0.049
2  0.46  973.65
 = 0.049 + 0.1 = 0.15
93 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
In Y direction:
1.33 1.25 16.34
a = = 0.042
2  0.48  973.65
 = 0.042 + 0.1 = 0.142
So we can determine the resonance response factor R2:
2
R =
2
.S L ( zs , n1, x ).Rh (h ) Rb (b )
2
In X direction:
2
R2 =  0.049  0.091 0.14 = 0.021
2  0.15
In Y direction:
2
R =
2
 0.048  0.086  0.19 = 0.027
2  0.142
-The peak factor kp, defined as the ratio of the maximum value of the fluctuating part
of the response to its standard deviation,
0.6
k p = max( 2 ln(vT ) + ,3)
2 ln(vT )
Where:
v is the up-crossing frequency
T is the averaging time for the mean wind velocity, T = 600
seconds.
The up-crossing frequency v should be obtained :
R2
v = n1, x . ; v  0.08Hz
B2 + R2
Where n1,x is the natural frequency of the structure, which may be determined using
The limit of ν ≥ 0,08 Hz corresponds to a peak factor of 3,0.
In X direction:
94 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
0.027
v = 0.42  = 0.088
0.57 + 0.027
0.6
k p = max( 2 ln(600  0.088) + ,3) = max(3.03,3) = 3.03
2 ln(600  0.088)
In Y direction:
0.027
v = 0.48  = 0.102
0.58 + 0.027
0.6
k p = max( 2 ln(600  0.102) + ,3) = max(3.09,3) = 3.08
2 ln(600  0.102)
The detailed procedure for calculating the structural factor cscd is given
1 + 2.k p .I v ( zs ). B 2 + R 2
cs cd =
1 + 7.I v ( zs )
Where:
Zs is the reference height for determining the structural factor
kp is the peak factor defined as the ratio of the maximum value of the fluctuating
part of the response to its standard deviation
Iv is the turbulence intensity
B2 is the background factor, allowing for the lack of full correlation of the pressure
on the structure surface
R2 is the resonance response factor, allowing for turbulence in resonance with the
vibration modes
NOTE1: The size factor cs take into account the reduction effect on the wind action due
to the non-simultaneity of occurrence of the peak wind pressure on the surface and
be obtained:
1 + 2.k p .I v ( zs ). B 2
cs cd =
1 + 7.I v ( zs )
NOTE 2 The dynamic factor cd take into account the increasing effect from vibrations
due to turbulence in resonance with the structure and may be obtained
95 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
1 + 2.k p .I v ( zs ). B 2 + R 2
cs cd =
1 + 7.I v ( zs ). B 2
In X direction:
1 + 2  3.03  0.26  0.57 + 0.027

cs cd = = 0.776
1 + 7  0.26
In Y direction:
1 + 2  3.08  0.26  0.58 + 0.027

cs cd = = 0.789
1 + 7  0.26
-Wind force acting on a structure or a structural component may be determined by:
Fw = cs cd .c f .q p ( ze ). Aref
where:
cs cd is the structural factor
cf is the force coefficient for the structure or structural element
qp(ze) is the peak velocity pressure at reference height ze
Aref is the reference area of the structure or structural element
Table 11.3 Summary table of wind calculation data on two-axis
X direction Y direction qb
Z0 (m) Zmin Vb(m/s)
cs cd cf cs cd cf (kN/m2)
0.776 1.40 0.789 1.33 1 10 0.57 30.28
-Wind calculation data:
Floor Altitude(m) h(m) Bx As,ref(m2) Ce qb(kN/m2) Fx(kN)

Floor 2 7 7 46.6 267.95 1.176 0.674 196.27
Floor 3 11.5 4.5 39.7 178.65 1.266 0.726 140.89
Floor 4 16 4.5 39.7 168.725 1.488 0.853 156.34
Floor 5 20 4 39.7 154.83 1.644 0.942 158.55
Floor 6 23.8 3.8 35.5 134.9 1.770 1.014 148.70
Floor 7 27.6 3.8 35.5 134.9 1.880 1.077 157.92
Floor 8 31.4 3.8 35.5 134.9 1.977 1.133 166.11
Floor 9 35.2 3.8 35.5 134.9 2.065 1.183 173.49
Floor 10 39 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.145 1.229 178.19
Floor 11 42.8 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.219 1.271 184.31
Floor 12 46.6 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.287 1.311 189.97
Floor 13 50.4 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.350 1.347 195.25
Floor 14 54.2 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.410 1.381 200.19
96 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
Floor 15 58 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.466 1.413 204.84
Floor 16 61.8 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.519 1.443 209.24
Floor 17 65.6 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.569 1.472 213.41
Floor 18 69.4 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.617 1.500 217.37
Floor 19 73.2 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.662 1.526 221.14
Floor 20 77 3.8 35.1 133.38 2.706 1.551 224.75
Floor 21 80.8 3.8 14.9 28.31 2.747 1.574 48.44
Table 11.4 Result of wind forces calculation in X direction
Floor Altitude(m) h(m) By As,ref(m2) Ce qb(kN/m2) Fy(kN)

Floor 2 7 7 35 201.25 1.176 0.674 141.85
Floor 3 11.5 4.5 29 130.5 1.266 0.726 99.03
Floor 4 16 4.5 29 123.25 1.488 0.853 109.89
Floor 5 20 4 29 113.1 1.644 0.942 111.45
Floor 6 23.8 3.8 20.8 79.04 1.770 1.014 83.84
Floor 7 27.6 3.8 20.8 79.04 1.880 1.077 89.04
Floor 8 31.4 3.8 20.8 79.04 1.977 1.133 93.66
Floor 9 35.2 3.8 20.8 79.04 2.065 1.183 97.82
Floor 10 39 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.145 1.229 76.21
Floor 11 42.8 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.219 1.271 78.82
Floor 12 46.6 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.287 1.311 81.25
Floor 13 50.4 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.350 1.347 83.50
Floor 14 54.2 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.410 1.381 85.62
Floor 15 58 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.466 1.413 87.61
Floor 16 61.8 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.519 1.443 89.49
Floor 17 65.6 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.569 1.472 91.27
Floor 18 69.4 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.617 1.500 92.96
Floor 19 73.2 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.662 1.526 94.58
Floor 20 77 3.8 15.6 59.28 2.706 1.551 96.12
20 80.8 3.8 7.6 14.44 2.747 1.574 23.77
Table 11.5 Result of wind forces calculation in Y direction
We compare the result from EC2 method and ETABS software and the result is given
in table 9.6 and 9.7
EC2 ETABS
Floor Fx (kN) Fy (kN) Fx (kN) Fy (kN)
2 196.27 141.85 157.79 115.70
3 140.89 99.03 133.65 98.00
4 156.34 109.89 146.30 107.28
5 158.55 111.45 133.28 95.00
6 148.70 83.84 140.06 82.38
7 157.92 89.04 148.78 87.50
97 | P a g e
FRAME DESIGN
8 166.11 93.66 156.51 92.05
9 173.49 97.82 161.64 72.11
10 178.19 76.21 167.92 74.91
11 184.31 78.82 173.69 77.49
12 189.97 81.25 179.03 79.87
13 195.25 83.50 184.01 82.10
14 200.19 85.62 188.68 84.18
15 204.84 87.61 193.07 86.13
16 209.24 89.49 197.21 87.98
17 213.41 91.27 201.14 89.74
18 217.37 92.96 204.88 91.40
19 221.14 94.58 208.44 92.99
20 224.75 96.12 257.27 117.77
21 48.44 23.77 45.43 23.26
Table 11.6 Comparison wind forces between EC2 and ETABS method
Fx (kN) Fy (kN)
20.00
18.00
16.00
14.00
12.00
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
Floor 2
Floor 3
Floor 4
Floor 5
Floor 6
Floor 7
Floor 8
Floor 9
Floor 10
Floor 11
Floor 12
Floor 13
Floor 14
Floor 15
Floor 16
Floor 17
Floor 18
Floor 19
Floor 20
Floor 21
Table 11.7 The differences of wind forces between EC2 and ETABS method
As we can see from the table, two different method give the result quite similar. There
are no big errors in any position. The result from ETABS is seemed to be more
precisely so we will take the result from ETABS to design.
98 | P a g e
SEISMIC ACTIONS AND EARTHQUAKE RESISTANCE
CHAPTER 12
SEISMIC ACTIONS AND DESIGN OF STRUCTURES FOR
EARTHQUAKE RESISTANCE
12.1 Fundamental requirements
- No-collapse requirement:
The structure shall be designed and constructed to withstand the design seismic
action without local or global collapse, thus retaining its structural integrity and
a residual load bearing capacity after the seismic events. The design seismic
action is expressed in terms of: a) the reference seismic action associated with a
reference probability of exceedance, PNCR, in 50 years or a reference return
period, TNCR, and b) the importance factor γI (see EN 1990:2002 and (2)P and
(3)P of this clause ) to take into account reliability differentiation.
NOTE 1 The values to be ascribed to PNCR or to TNCR for use in Viet Nam be
found in TCVN 9386-2012. The recommended values are PNCR =10% and
TNCR = 475 years.
NOTE 2 The value of the probability of exceedance, PR, in TL years of a
specific level of the seismic action is related to the mean return period, TR, of
this level of the seismic action in accordance with the expression TR = -TL /
ln(1- PR). So for a given TL, the seismic action may equivalently be specified
either via its mean return period, TR, or its probability of exceedance, PR in TL
years.
- Damage limitation requirement :
The structure shall be designed and constructed to withstand a seismic action
having a larger probability of occurrence than the design seismic action,
without the occurrence of damage and the associated limitations of use, the
costs of which would be disproportionately high in comparison with the costs
of the structure itself. The seismic action to be taken into account for the
“damage limitation requirement” has a probability of exceedance, PDLR, in 10
years and a return period, TDLR
NOTE 3 The values to be ascribed to PDLR or to TDLR for use be found in
TCVN 9386-2012. The recommended values are PDLR =10% and TDLR = 95
years.
12.2 Ground condition
Ground types A, B, C, D, and E, described by the stratigraphic profiles and parameters
given in Table 11.1 and described hereafter, may be used to account for the influence
of local ground conditions on the seismic action. This may also be done by
additionally taking into account the influence of deep geology on the seismic action
99 | P a g e
Table 12.1: Ground types
Parameters
Ground Description of stratigraphic
NSPT cu
type profile vs,30 (m/s) (blows/30cm) (kPa)
Rock or other rock-like
geological formation,
A including at most 5 m of > 800 _ _
weaker material at the
surface.
Deposits of very dense sand,
gravel, or very stiff clay, at
least several tens of metres in
B 360 – 800 > 50 > 250
thickness, characterised by a
gradual increase of echanical
properties with depth.
Deep deposits of dense or
medium dense sand, gravel
70 -
C or stiff clay with thickness 180 – 360 15 - 50
250
from several tens to many
hundreds of metres.
Deposits of loose-to-medium
cohesionless soil (with or
D without some soft cohesive < 180 < 15 < 70
layers), or of predominantly
,fsoft-to-firm cohesive soil.
A soil profile consisting of a
surface alluvium layer with vs
values of type C or D and
E thickness varying between
about 5 m and 20 m,
underlain by stiffer material
with vs > 800 m/s.
Deposits consisting, or
containing a layer at least 10
m thick, of soft clays/silts < 100
S1 _ 10 - 20
with a high plasticity index (indicative)
(PI > 40) and high-water
content
Deposits of liquefiable soils,
of sensitive clays, or any
S2
other soil profile not included
in types A – E or S1
The site should be classified according to the value of the average shear wave
velocity, vs,30, if this is available. Otherwise the value of NSPT should be used.
100 | P a g e
The average shear wave velocity vs,30 should be computed in accordance with
the following expression:
30
vs ,30 =
hi

i =1, N vi
where hi and vi denote the thickness (in metres) and shear-wave velocity (at a shear
strain level of 10–5 or less) of the i-th formation or layer, in a total of N, existing in the
top 30 m.
According to NSPT <15, the ground type of KOBED TOWER is D.
12.3 Seismic action
12.3.1 Seismic zones
For most of the applications of EN 1998, the hazard is described in terms of a
single parameter, i.e. the value of the reference peak ground acceleration on type A
ground, agR. Additional parameters required for specific types of structures are given
in the relevant Parts of EN 1998.
Note The reference peak ground acceleration on type A ground, agR, for use
in a country or parts of the country, may be derived from zonation maps found
in Appendix H, Part 1 TCXDVN 375-2006
Because our project is located in District 7, Ho Chi Minh city, according to
Appendix H, Part 1 TCXDVN 375-2006 , the reference peak ground acceleration is
agR = 0.0846
However, the plots in Fig. 1.2.1 somehow illustrate the dependence of the importance
factor on the mean return period chosen for design. Buildings in EN 1998-1 are
classified in 4 importance classes depending on:
+ The consequences of collapse for human life;
+ Their importance for public safety and civil protection in the immediate post-
earthquake period
+ The social and economic consequences of collapse.
The definition of the buildings belonging to the different importance Classes is given
in Table 1.2.1 reproduced from EN 1998-1
101 | P a g e
Table 1.2.1 Importance classes and recommended values for importance factors
for buildings
Importance Importance factor I
Buildings
class (recommended value)
Buildings of minor importance for public safety, e.g.
I 0,8
agricultural buildings, etc.
Ordinary buildings, not belonging in the other
II 1,0
categories.
Buildings whose seismic resistance is of importance in
III view of the consequences associated with a collapse, 1,2
e.g. schools, assembly halls, cultural institutions etc.
Buildings whose integrity during earthquakes is of vital
IV importance for civil protection, e.g. hospitals, fire 1,4
stations, power plants, etc.
Importance class II is the reference case and is assigned to (ordinary) buildings for
which the reference seismic action is derived as indicated above. Accordingly, the
importance factor for this class of buildings is I = 1,0.
Importance class III corresponds to buildings with large human occupancy or
buildings housing unique and important contents as, for instance, museums or
archives.
Importance class IV corresponds to buildings essential for civil protection after the
earthquake, including buildings vital for rescue operations and buildings vital for the
treatment of the injured.
Importance class I corresponds to buildings of low economic importance and with
xlittle and rare human occupancy
The KOBED TOWER is classified at class II so that the importance factor for this
class of building is I = 1,0.
12.3.2 Behavior factor for horizontal seismic actions
The upper limit value of the behavior factor q, introduced to account for energy
dissipation capacity, shall be derived for each design direction as follows:
q=q0kw≥1.5
where
qo is the basic value of the behavior factor, dependent on the type of the structural
system and on its regularity in elevation
kw is the factor reflecting the prevailing failure mode in structural systems with
walls
For buildings that are regular in elevation, the basic values of qo for the various
structural types are given in Table 10.2
102 | P a g e
Table 12.2: Basic value of the behaviour factor, qo, for systems regular in elevation
STRUCTURAL TYPE DCM DCH

Frame system , dual system, coupled wall 3,0αu/α1 4,5αu/α1
system
Uncoupled wall system 3,0 4,0αu/α1
Torsionally flexible system 2,0 3,0
Inverted pendulum system 1,5 2,0
α1 and αu are defined as follows:

α1 is the value by which the horizontal seismic design action is multiplied in
order to first reach the flexural resistance in any member in the structure, while
all other design actions remain constant.
αu is the value by which the horizontal seismic design action is multiplied, in
order to form plastic hinges in a number of sections sufficient for the
development of overall structural instability, while all other design actions
remain constant. The factor αu may be obtained from a nonlinear static
(pushover) global analysis
When the multiplication factor αu/α1 has not been evaluated through an explicit
calculation, for buildings which are regular in plan the following approximate values
of αu/α1 may be used.
+ Frames or frame-equivalent dual systems.
- One-storey buildings: αu/α1=1,1;
- Multistorey, one-bay frames: αu/α1=1,2;
- Multistorey, multi-bay frames or frame-equivalent dual structures: αu/α1=1,3.
+ Wall- or wall-equivalent dual systems.
- Wall systems with only two uncoupled walls per horizontal direction: αu/α1=1,0;
- Other uncoupled wall systems: αu/α1=1,1;
- Wall-equivalent dual, or coupled wall systems: αu/α1=1,2.
The factor kw reflecting the prevailing failure mode in structural systems with
walls shall be taken as follows:
1,00, for frame and frame-equivalent dual systems 

 
kw = (1 +  o ) / 3  1 but not less than 0,5 for wall − equivalent and torsionally 
 flexible size 
 
where αo is the prevailing aspect ratio of the walls of the structural system may be
determined from the following expression:
103 | P a g e
o =  hwi / lwi
where
hwi is the height of wall i
lwi is the length of the section of wall
The structural type of KOBED TOWER is uncoupled wall system so that the basic
value of the behavior factor is determined from the following expression:
q0 = 3,0
The factor kw = 1,00 for frame and frame-equivalent systems so the upper limit value
q = q0  kw  1.5
of the behavior factor q is :
= 1 3 = 3  1.5
12.3.3 Design spectrum for elastic analysis
For the horizontal components of the seismic action the design spectrum, Sd(T), shall
be defined by the following expressions:
 2 T 2,5 2 
0  T  TB : Sd (T ) = ag .S.  + ( − )
 3 TB q 3 
2,5
TB  T  Tc : Sd (T ) = ag .S .
q
 2,5  TC 
Sd (T ) = ag .S .
TC  T  TD :  q  T 
  .a
 g
 2,5  TCTD 
Sd (T ) = ag .S .
T  TD :  q  T 2 

  .ag
Where:
T is the vibration period of a linear single degree of freedom system;
ag is the design ground acceleration on type A ground ( ag=γI.agR);
TB is the lower limit of the period of the constant spectral acceleration branch;
104 | P a g e
TC is the upper limit of the period of the constant spectral acceleration branch
TD is the upper limit of the period of the constant spectral acceleration branch
S is the soil factor;
Sd(T) is the design spectrum
q is the behaviour factor
β is the lower bound factor for the horizontal design spectrum.
Note The value to be ascribed to β for use in a country can be found in its National
Annex . The recommended value for β is 0,2
For the five ground types A, B, C, D and E the recommended values of the parameters
S, TB, TC and TD are given in Table 11.3 for the Type 1 Spectrum and in Table 11.4 for
the Type 2 Spectrum. Figure 10.1 and Figure 10.2 show the shapes of the
recommended Type 1 and Type 2 spectra, respectively, normalized by ag, for 5%
damping
response spectra
Ground
S TB (s) TC (s) TD (s)
type
A 1,0 0,15 0,4 2,0
B 1,2 0,15 0,5 2,0
C 1,15 0,20 0,6 2,0
D 1,35 0,20 0,8 2,0
E 1,4 0,15 0,5 2,0
E (5% damping)
105 | P a g e
response spectra
Ground
S TB (s) TC (s) TD (s)
type
A 1,0 0,05 0,25 1,2
B 1,35 0,05 0,25 1,2
C 1,5 0,10 0,25 1,2
D 1,8 0,10 0,30 1,2
E 1,6 0,05 0,25 1,2
E (5% damping)
12.3.4 Earthquake resistance calculation for KOBED TOWER:

- Identified specification information:
+ The ground type is D
+ The reference peak ground acceleration at District 7, Ho Chi Minh city is agR
= 0.0846
+ Importance factor  = 1
The design ground acceleration on type A ground ag= x agR =0.0846 x1x9.81 =0.83
q = q0  kw  1.5
The upper limit value of the behavior factor q is :
= 1 3 = 3  1.5
The parameter describing the recommended Type 1 elastic response spectra of ground type
D is : S = 1.35; TB = 0.2; TC = 0.8; TD = 2
106 | P a g e
Table 12.5 Table of design spectrum and the vibration period of a linear single
degree of freedom system on horizontal direction
0≤T≤TB ↔0≤T≤0.2 TB ≤T≤TC ↔0.2≤T≤0.8
T Sd T Sd
0 0.747 0.2 0.934
0.1 0.840 0.4 0.934
0.15 0.887 0.6 0.934
0.2 0.934 0.8 0.934
TC ≤T≤TD ↔0.8≤T≤ 2 TD ≤T ↔2≤T
T Sd T Sd
0.8 0.934 2.5 0.239
1 0.747 3 0.166
1.5 0.498 3.5 0.122
2 0.373 4 0.093
Figure 12.3 The basic shape of the elastic response spectrum
1.000
0.900
0.800
0.700
0.600
0.500
0.400
0.300
0.200
0.100
0.000
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
107 | P a g e
The basic shape of response spectrum by using ETABS software is shown in Figure
12.4
Figure 12.4 The basic shape of the elastic response spectrum in ETABS model
Because the shape of response spectrum in two different method are the same, in
order to determine the seismic action , ETABS software methods will be applied to
solve this problem. The result of seismic action of KOBED TOWER is given in Table
10.5, Figure 10.6
Table 12.6 The seismic action of KOBED TOWER
Earth X Earth
(kN) Y(kN)
Floor
21 149.1167 94.45
Floor
20 362.6367 268.0509
Floor
19 383.6525 300.782
Floor
18 315.0066 258.5669
Floor
17 248.7432 217.022
108 | P a g e
Floor
16 188.7199 180.5092
Floor
15 138.5261 150.8991
Floor
14 102.5104 129.1526
Floor
13 81.7632 112.6024
Floor
12 75.7803 98.2796
Floor
11 84.5022 89.3136
Floor
10 103.6327 85.8802
Floor 9 125.7271 85.9304
Floor 8 174.8999 107.1814
Floor 7 193.9568 115.329
Floor 6 194.1388 118.4848
Floor 5 179.9771 118.7374
Floor 4 225.3139 172.1037
Floor 3 168.7582 152.6808
Floor 2 101.0748 100.498
Figure 12.6 The seismic action of KOBED TOWER
The seismic action at KOBED TOWER

Floor 21
Floor 20
Floor 19
Floor 18
Floor 17
Floor 16
Floor 15
Floor 14
Floor 13
Floor 12
Floor 11
Floor 10
Floor 9
Floor 8
Floor 7
Floor 6
Floor 5
Floor 4
Floor 3
Floor 2
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Earth Y Earth X
109 | P a g e
CHECKING PEAK DISPLACEMENT OF KOBED TOWER
CHAPTER 13
CHECKING PEAK DISPLACEMENT OF KOBED TOWER
13. Checking peak displacement of KOBED TOWER:
According TCXD 1998-1997, horizontal displacement at peak of high-rise building is
analyzed by elastic method must be satisfied following conditions:
 f  1
For frame-wall system:    in which : f is the horizontal displacement at peak
 H  150
of structure and H is the height of structure form the ground.
H
  f  = 0.124m = 124mm with the height of KOBED TOWER H=80.8m
750
The load combination is used to check the peak displacement of structure:

Name Factor
Wind X 1.0
Wind Y 1.0
DDx 1.0
DDy 1.0
Windcheck Envelope(Wind X,Wind Y)
Earthcheck Envelope(DDx,DDy)
The result of peak displacement of KOBED TOWER is given in table 11.1:

Table 13.1 Peak displacement of KOBED TOWER
Checking
Displacement condition
X direction Y direction
fx (mm) fy (mm)  f = fx 2 + f y2
Windcheck 61.09 21.98 64.92 OK
Earthcheck 63.43 41.24 75.66 OK
By using ETABS software , we can see that the peak displacement which is caused by
the seismic action satisfied the condition in TCXD 1998-1997
110 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
CHAPTER 14
BEAM DESIGN
Reinforced concrete beam design mainly includes the producing member njdetails
which will adequately resist the ultimate bending moments, shear forces. Design and
detailing of the bending reinforcement must allow for factors such as anchorage bond
between the steel and concrete. Arrangement of rebar is constrained both by the rules
of Eurocode and by practical considerations such as empirical tolerances, clearance
between bars and market-availability of bar sizes and lengths.
Beams, slabs and columns are assumed to be casted in-situ which all act together to
form a continuous load-bearing structure. The reinforcement in continuous beam must
be designed to satisfy the continuity over support and mid-span locations. In addition,
transverse reinforcement should be provided adequately to unite the slab and the
beam. The bending moment envelope is generally a series of sagging moments at mid-
spans and hogging moments at supports.
14.1 Design for flexure:
Figure 12.1 shows the beam cross- section, strains, and stresses distribution at the
ultimate limit state of singly reinforced rectangular beam.
Figure 14.1 Singly reinforced section with rectangular stress block

Notation:
h= Overall depth fyk= Characteristic strength of
reinforcement
b= Width of section; z = Lever arm
d = Effective depth
As= Area of tension reinforcement
s = Depth of stress block
fck= Characteristic strength of concrete
x = Neutral axis depth
111 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
The step to be followed in the design of rectangular beam can be summarized as
follows. Supposed the design bending moment is M, beam section is b x d, concrete
strength is fck and steel strength is fyk, to determine the area of reinforcement proceed
as follows
Step 1: Carry out analysis of beam to determine effective design moment MEd
(ETABS envelope combo)
Step 2: Determine the effective depth d with cnom=25mm
M
Step 3: Determine the coefficient K = ; Kbal = 0.167
bd 2 f ck
+ Case A if K≤ Kbal ➔ No compression reinforcement is required

+ Case B if K≥ Kbal ➔ Compression reinforcement is required
Step 4: Determine lever arm
+ Case A z = d (0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134)
+ Case B z = d (0.5 + 0.25 − Kbal /1.134)
Step 5: Calculate the area of required tension ( compression) reinforcement

M
+ Case A As =
0.87 f yk z
+ Case B As' = if d ' / x  0.38 or
0.87 f yk (d − d ')
A =
'
if d ' / x  0.38
f sc (d − d ')
s
K bal f ck bd 2 f sc
and As = + As' ( )
0.87 f yk z 0.87 f yk
Where fsc = 700(1-d’/x) ; x= (d-z)/0.4

Step 6: Check minimum and maximum reinforcement requirements A
 f 
+ Minimum  min = max 0.26  ctm ;0.0013
 f yk 
+ Maximum max = 4%
112 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
14.2 Design for shear:
Structural members in reinforced concrete have to resist shearing forces, which
seldom act on their own but in combination with flexure, axial force and sometimes
torsion. Failure of reinforced concrete be in flexural shear often may not lead to an
immediate collapse by itself. However, it can be significantly reduced flexural
strength as well as ductility. Hence, the state of the shear failure is treated by the Code
as an ultimate limit state for design purpose.
The behaviour of reinforced concrete beam under shear is very complex, mainly
because of its nonhomogeneity
14.2.1 Shear in a homogeneous beam
In a homogenous elastic beam a vertical shear forces causes complimentary shear
stress and diagonal tensile and compressive stresses of the same magnitude as shown
in Figure 12.1
The direction of the principal compressive stresses have the curve of a suspend chain.
Near the support where the shearing forces are greater, stresses have the curve of a
suspended chain . Near the support where the shearing forces are greater, the
principal stresses become inclined and the greater the shear force , the greater the
angle of inclination. The tensile stresses due to shear are liable to cause diagonal
cracking of the concrete near to the support so that shear reinforcement must be
provided
14.2.2 Design method
In EC method of shear design is known as The Variable Strut Inclination Method. In
this method the reinforced concrete bema in shear is represented by an analogous
truss as shown in Figure 12.2. The concrete acts as the top compression member and
as the diagonal compression members inclined at an angle  to the horizontal. The
bottom chord is the horizontal tension steel and the vertical links are the transverse
tension members. The angle of concrete strut varies, depending on the shear force
applied.
113 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
Figure 14.2 Assumed truss model for the strut inclination method
Three important parameters need to be considered in the derivation of design
equations are the compressive strength of the diagonal concrete strut, the required
shear reinforcement for vertical ties, and the additional tension required in the bottom
chord member.
14.2.3 Design procedure
The following procedure can be use for determining vertical shear reinforcement.
Step 1: Determine design shear force VEd
Step 2: Determine the concrete strut capacity for cot θ=1.0 and cot θ=2.5 ( θ =22o and
θ =45o respectively)
0.36bwdf ck (1 − fck / 250)
VRd max =
(cot  + tan  )
Step 3: If VEd >VRd,max cot θ = 1.0 Redesign section

Step 4: If VEd >VRd,max cot θ = 2.5, use cot θ = 2.5, and calculate the shear
reinforcement as follows :
Asw VEd 0.513VEd
= =
s 0.78 f yk d cot  f yk d
114 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
Step 5: VRd,max cot θ = 2.5< VEd< VRd,max cot θ = 1.0
 VEd 
+ Calcultae  = 0.5sin −1  
 0.18bw d . fck (1 − f ck / 250) 
Asw VEd
+ Calculate shear link as : =
s 0.78 f yk d cot 
Step 6: Calculate the minimum links required by EC2: CI 9.2.2
Asw 0.08bw f ck
=
s f yk
Step 7: Calculate the additional longitudinal tensile force caused by shear
 Ftd = 0.5VEd cot 
14.3 Checking deflection and cracking:

In order to serves its intended purpose, a structure must be safe and serviceable. A
structure is safe, if it is able to resist without distress and with sufficient margin of
safety, all forces which are likely to act on it during its lifetime. Serviceability, in
addition, implies that deformation of structures such as deflections, cracking and other
distortions under load shall not be excessive.
Excessive deflection for example lead to sagging of floor, crushing of partitions,
buckling of glass enclosures, ill lifting doors and windows, poor drainage,
misalignment of machinery and excessive vibration.
It is therefore, becomes important to control the deflection and cracking of reinforced
concrete, so that the serviceability condition of structure under normal load is
satisfactory
14.3.1 Deflection:
For control of deflection, method limiting span to depth ratios are described in EC2
clause 7.4:
L  0 0 3

  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck + 3.2 f ck ( − 1) 2 
d    
L  0 1 ' 
  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck + f ck 
d   −  12
'
 
Where:
l/d is the limiting span/depth
K is the factor to take into account the different in structural system
115 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
0 is the reference reinforcement ratio = f ck 10−3
 is the required tension = 100 As,req/bd
' is the required compression reinforcement ratio =100 As,req/bd
Some typical value are given in Table 13.1for rectangular section of class C30/35
concrete and for grade 390 steel
Structural System K Basic span-effective depth ratio
1.Simply supported beam, 1.0 14 20

one/two way simply supported
slab
2. End span of continuous beam 1.3 18 26
or one-way continuous slab or
two-way spanning slab
continuous over one long side
3. Interior span of beam or one 1.5 20 30
way or two-way spanning slab
4. Slab supported on columns 1.2 17 24
without beam (flat slab) based on
longer span
5. Cantilever 0.4 6 8
The basic ratios are modified in particular cases as follows:

i. For flange section where the ratio of the flange width to the web width
exceed 3, the values should be multiplied by 0.8
ii. For beam and slabs, other than flat slab, with spans exceeding 7m, which
support partitions liable to damage by excessive deflection, the values should
be multiplied by 7/span
iii. Where more tension reinforcement is provided (As,prov) than that calculated
(As,req) multiply the values by As,prov/ As,req (upper limit = 1.5)
The limitations necessary to satisfy the requirements will vary considerably according
to the nature of the structure and its loadings, but for reinforced concrete the following
may be considered as reasonable guides;
116 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
i. Final deflection of a beam, slab or cantilever subjected to quasi-permanent
loads should not exceed span/250
ii. For the deflection which takes place after the application of finishes of fixing
of partition should not exceed span/500 to avoid damage to fixtures and
fittings.
14.3.2 Cracking:
Cracks are induced in reinforced concrete elements as a result of:
i. Flexural tensile stress due to ending under applied loads;
ii. Diagonal tension stress due to shear under applied loads;
iii. Volume changes due to shrinkage, creep, thermal and chemical effects;
iv. Splitting along reinforcement due to bond and anchorage failure
The primary objective of crack control is to limit the width of individual cracks. This
is required not only for aesthetic reasons, but more importantly, for durability and
particularly for corrosion protection of reinforcement. For control of crack, two
alternative methods are described in EC2 clause 7.3
i. Control of cracking without direct calculation, according to clause 7.3.3
ii. Calculation of crack widths and checking it with a limit value, according to
clause 7.3.4
In the absence of specific requirements (e.g water tightness) the crack width may be
limited to 0.3mm in all exposure classes under quasi-permanent combination of loads.
In the absence of requirements for appearance, this limit may be relaxed to 0.4mm for
exposure classes X0 and XC1
Flexural cracking is generally controlled by providing a minimum area of tension
reinforcement and limiting bar spacing or limiting bar sizes
a. Minimum reinforcement area
The provision of the minimum steel are ensured that the reinforcement does not
yield when the concrete in the tension zone cracks with a sudden transfer of
stress to the reinforcement. This could cause the uncontrolled development of
a few wide cracks. When ever this minimum area is provided, then yield should
not occur and cracking will then be distributed throughout the section with a
greater number of cracks but of lesser width, As,min is given by the expression,
As ,min = kc kf ct ,eff Act / f yk
Where
kc = stress distribution coefficient
117 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
k = non-linear stress distribution coefficient
= 1.0 for webs with h ≤300mm or flanges < 300m wide
= 0.65 for webs h≥800mm or flanges < 300m wide
fct,eff = tensile strength of concrete at time of cracking with a suggested
minimum of 3N/mm2
Act = area of concrete within tensile zone- defined as that area which
is in tension just before the initiation of the first crack
b. Maximum spacing of reinforcement
Cracking due to loading is minimized by ensuring that maximum spacing
between longitudinal reinforcing bars in beam is limited to that given in Table
12.2. The spacing depends on the stress in the reinforcement which should be
taken as the stress under the action of the quasi-permanent loadings. The quasi-
permanent loading ins taken as the permanent load, Gk, plus a proportion of the
variable load, Qk, depending on the type of structure. The calculation of stress
level, fs, cane be complicated and an acceptable approximation (for office and
domestic situations) is to be taken as,
f yk Gk + 0.3Qk A 1
fs =   s ,req
1.15 (1.35Gk + 1.5Qk ) As , prov 
Table 14.2 Maximum bar spacing for crack control

Steel stress Maximum bar spacing (mm)
(N/mm2) Wk=0.4mm Wk=0.3 mm
160 300 300
200 300 250
240 250 200
280 200 150
320 150 100
360 100 50
c. Maximum bar size:

When considering load-induced cracking bar diameter may be restricted
as indicated in Table 12.3. This table is based on C30/37 concrete and
25mmm cover as an alternative to limiting spacing.
118 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
Table 14.3 Maximum bar diameters for crack control
Steel stress Maximum bar spacing (mm)
(N/mm2) Wk=0.4mm Wk=0.3 mm
160 40 32
200 32 25
240 20 16
280 16 12
320 12 10
360 10 8
400 8 6
450 6 5
Beam with a total depth of 1000mm or more, where the main reinforcement is
concentrated in only a small proportion of the depth, should be provided with
additional skin reinforcement to control cracking on the sides faces of the beam as
shown in Figure 12.3
Figure 14.3: Skin reinforcement to control cracking
119 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
14.4 Worked example of beam design
Figure 14.4 Envelope moment diagram of beam
Figure 14.5 Envelope moment diagram of beam
120 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
Figure 14.6 Envelope shear diagram of beam
Figure 14.7 Envelope shear diagram of beam
121 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
Within the scope of this document, the detailed procedure of beam Y1-Y2/X3 of level
10 is demonstrated. The preliminary design of beam Y1-Y2/X3 is 400x600
Flexural design
Step 1: Carry out analysis of beam to determine effective design moment MEd
(ETABS envelope combo)
Step 2: Determine the effective depth d

d= h-d’= 600-25=575mm
Step 3: Determine the coefficient K with Kbal = 0.167
M mid 224 106
K= = = 0.056  0.167
bd 2 f ck 400  5752  30
M sup prot 414 106

K= = = 0.104  0.167
bd 2 f ck 400  5752  30
Step 4: Determine lever arm
zmid = d (0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134) = 600  (0.5 + 0.25 − 0.056 /1.134) = 545mm
zsup port = d (0.5 + 0.25 − K /1.134) = 600  (0.5 + 0.25 − 0.0104 /1.134) = 516mm
Step 5: Calculate the area of required tension ( compression) reinforcement

M mid 224 106
As ,mid = = = 1212mm 2
0.87 f yk zmid 0.87  390  545
➔ Provide 4d22 As,mid=1521mm2

M sup port 414 106
As ,sup port = = = 2364mm 2
0.87 f yk zsup port 0.87  390  516
➔ Provide 6d22+ 2d20 As,support= 2909mm2

Step 6: Check minimum and maximum reinforcement requirements A
122 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
 f   2.6 
Minimum min = max 0.26  ctm ;0.0013 = max 0.26  ;0.0013 = 0.0017
 f yk   390 
Maximum max = 4%
As ,mid 1212 A 2429
mid = = = 0.0053 ; sup port = s ,sup port = = 0.011
bd 400  575 bd 400  575
Because min = 0.17%  m id , sup port  max = 4% so that beam Y1-Y2/X3 satisfied
reinforcement requirements conditions
Shear design
Step 1: Run the ETABS analysis to obtain shear force VEd result ( envelope combo)
25
0.36  400  575  30  (1 − )
0.36bw df ck (1 − f ck / 250) 250 10−3 = 1117.8kN
VRd max = =
(cot  + tan  ) 1+1
25
0.36  400  575  30  (1 − )
0.36bw df ck (1 − f ck / 250) 250 10−3 = 754kN
VRd max = =
(cot  + tan  ) 2.5 + 1/ 2.5
Because VEd < VRd,cot θ=2.5< VRd,cot θ=1 , selecting the angle of concrete strut cot θ=2.5
Step 3: Calculate the shear reinforcement for beams with vertical stirrups as follows :
 102
Asw  0.78 f yk z cot   0.78  390  502  2.5
s= = 2 = 277mm
VEd 217 103

 102
Asw f ywk  (0.8  255)
smin = = 2 = 200mm
0.08bw f ck 0.08  400  25
Step 5: Calculate the maximum links required by EC2: CI 9.2.2
123 | P a g e
BEAM DEISIGN
smax = 0.75d = 0.75  575 = 431mm
Step 6: Select spacing for vertical stirrup
sselect = min(ss , smin , smax ) = 200mm  Provide d10s100mm

 Ftd = 0.5VEd cot  = 0.5  217  2.5 = 271.25kN

M Ed 414
Because  F = 271.25kN  = = 824.7kN , it satisfy the additional
td
z 0.502
longitudinal tensile force caused by shear requirements
Step 8: Check beam deflection by limiting span to depth ratio
Because  = 0.0053  0 = 30 10 = 0.0055 so that the value of l limiting span to

−3
depth ratio is :
L    3

  0 : = K 11 + 1.5 f ck 0 + 3.2 f ck ( 0 − 1) 2 
d    
 0.0055 0.055 3

= 1.3 11 + 1.5 30 + 3.2 30( − 1) 2 
 0.0053 0.053 
= 29.55
As , provide 1521
Because beam Y1-Y2/X3 with span L=7800mm and = = 1.245  1.5
As ,required 1212
L 7 L 7800

  = 29.55  1.245 = 33    = = 13.57
 D allow 7.8  D actual 575
➔ Beam Y1-Y2/X3 satisfy the beam deflection condition

Step 9: Check beam cracking by control of cracking without direction calculation
Maximum spacing of reinforcement:
f yk Gk + 0.3Qk A 1 390 9 + 0.31 5 1212 168
fs =   s ,req =    = 141N / mm 2
1.15 (1.35Gk + 1.5Qk ) As , prov  1.15 1,35  9 + 1,5  2 1521 224
According to ANNEX A , the maximum spacing of reinforcement smax=300mm and

the maximum bar size dmax= 32mm. By selecting spacing for vertical stirrup for beam
Y1-Y2/X3 is d10s100m , the beam cracking conditions is satisfied
124 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Post tension beam is a combination of conventional beam reinforcement and additional
protruding high-strength steel tendons, which are consequently subjected to tension
after the concrete has set.
Advantages Disadvantages
- Reduces or eliminates shrinkage

cracking therefore no joints or fewer
- Since there are a number of tendons
joints are needed
and wires spread inside the post tension
- Cracks that do form are held tightly beam, it can result in corrosion. But
together largely, this tendency to corrode depends
on the quality of the material used.
- It allows slabs and other structural
members to be thinner - Complexity of work
- It allows us to build beam on expansive - Poor workmanship can lead to

or soft soils accidents
- It lets us design longer spans
Comment: By analysis of advantages and disadvantages of above beam systems and

cooperate with the architectural solution, choose post-tensioning beam with drop panels
for floor 1 – roof
15.1 Materials
15.1.1 Concrete
For pre-stressed concrete beam, it is highly recommended to choose a high strength
concrete, with this type of building, student chose concrete C30/37 with specification
in Chapter 3.
For fire resistance R60 and durability of 50 years, student already choose the nominal
concrete cover for beam is cnom = 30mm
15.1.2 Non- prestressing reinforcement
See chapter 3
15.1.3 Tendon
Choose pre-stressing 7 wire low relaxation strand (per ASTM A416):
125 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Table 15.1 Specification of 7 wire low relaxation strand ASTM A416
ASTM A416, Grade 270K
Diameter d = 12.7 mm
Ultimate strength fpk = 1860 MPa

Yield strength fp0.1k = 1670 MPa
Strand area Aps = 100 mm2
Young modulus Ep = 195000 MPa
Wobble friction k = 0.0048 rad/m
Draw-in  = 6 mm
Curvature coefficient  = 0.2
15.2 Preliminary sizing

The minimum thickness is preliminary selected according to “Technical report 43 –
Post-tension Concrete Floor – Design handbook”
Table 15.2 Minimum thickness of PT beam
Section type Impose load L/h ratio
(kN/m2) 6m≤L≤13m
2.5 25
5.0 22
10. 18
The largest span is 8.2 m and applied imposed load is qk = 3kN/m.
hb 
1
 L max = 328mm Try hs = 350mm
25
1
b b   L max = 1640mm Try bd = 1700mm
5
126 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
15.3 Loads
15.3.1 Permanent loads and imposed loads
Permanent and imposed loads applied on beam in chapter in Chapter 14
15.3.2 Load combinations
Permanent and variable actions will occur in different combinations, all of which must
be taken into account in determining the most critical design situation for any structure.
See Table 15.3
Table 15.3 Design values of actions for PT - slab design
PT- PT- PT-

Combinations DEAD FINISHED LIVE
TRANFER FINAL HYPER
Characteristic 1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 -
Frequent 1.0 1.0 0.5 - 1.0 -
Quasi-permanent 1.0 1.0 0.3 - 1.0 -
Initial 1.0 - - 1.15 - -
ULS 1.35 1.35 1.5 - - 1.0
15.4 Tendon arrangement

Nominal concrete cover cnom = 30mm,
Choose strengthening reinforcement d10 at mid-span and d10 at fix-end support.
The eccentricity of tendon over column is shown in below figure:
Figure 15.1 Tendons eccentricity over column
127 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
15.4.1 Distance between center of tendon to below surface of beam
a ' = 30 + 10 + 12 = 46mm → Choose a’ = 50mm

2
15.4.2 Tendon profile
Figure 15.2 Presentative tendon profile

Distance from CGC to center of tendons:
350
+ Fixed-end supports: e1 = − 50 = 125mm
2
350
+ Mid-span: e1 = − 50 = 125mm
2
15.4.3 Estimating of stress losses
The initial jacking stress should be equal 60% to 80% of tendon’s ultimate stress fpk
Choose pi = 0.8f pk = 0.8 1860 = 1488MPa
1488  100
Initial jacking force for 1 strand: Pjo = f pi  A po = = 148.8kN
1000
Losses due to elastic shortening of concrete:
As strands are tensioned, the structure will shorten elastically. In most build floors, this
shortening is insignificant in terms of losses, therefore, the elastic shorten of concrete
con be neglected. However, for particular design, student will calculate the elastic
shortening of concrete in 1-meter width strip with 1 tendon for presentative calculation:
co
The stress loss is given by: es = 0.5   Ep
E ci
128 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Where co is the stress in the concrete adjacent to the tendon after transfer
P 148.8  1000
co = = = = 0.25MPa (per unit width of slab)
A 1700  350
E ci is modulus of elasticity of the concrete at the time of transfer

(choose the time of transfer is 7 days)
 f +8
0.3
E ci = 22000   ci  = 29962MPa
 10 
Where f ci = 20MPa , concrete compressive strength at the time of 7

days.
Therefore, es = 0.5 

0.25
 195000 = 0.81MPa (0.1% of initial stress)
29962
0.81 100
Force loss due to elastic shortening: PES = es  A po = = 0.081kN
1000
Conclusion: Shortening is insignificant in terms of losses therefore, the elastic shorten
of concrete con be neglected.
Friction losses in the tendon:
Friction losses can be calculated in accordance with BS8110. However, it is the view
of the Working Party that the following calculations are more realistic. The losses are
due to the friction resulting from the change in angle of the tendon and unintentional
‘wobble’ in the tendon.
PFL = Po (1 − e−x(+) )
Where: Po = stressing force at anchor, Po = 148.8kN
 = friction coefficient
 = angle change in tendon from anchor to point considered (radians
 = 41 + 42
 = wobble factor (radians/m)
129 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.3 Typical geometry of tendon profile for internal span

Therefore, total drape = 350 – 50 – 50 = 250mm for span X2-X3 and C-B
If point ‘c’ is in the center of the span,  = (16 x total drape)/L2
16  0.25
So, X2−X3 = = 0.092
6.62
16  0.25
X3−X4 = = 0.0594
8.22
The values of the friction coefficient will depend on the pre-stressing system chosen
and friction coefficient and wobble factor can be provided from the pre-stress system
supplier.
 = 0.2 and  = 0.0048 rad/s
Table 15.4 Friction losses in 1 tendon
Free
Position X2 Span X3 Span X4
End
x (m) 0.00 0.60 3.90 7.20 11.30 15.40
 PFL
0.00 6.71 38.58 54.07 62.76 78.27
(kN)

0.00 67.15 385.82 540.71 627.63 782.72
fFL(MPa)
Pafter FL
148.80 142.09 110.22 94.73 86.04 70.53
(kN)
Wed set or draw-in stress loss

Most post-tensioning systems used in buildings depend on a wedge-based system for
anchoring. In order for the wedges to grip, there must be a small movement of the strand
130 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
into the anchorages. A typical value is 6mm. the draw-in effect is as shown in Figure
15.3
Figure 15.4 Loss of pre-stress due to wedge draw-in

Where  is the wedge draw-in = 6mm
 =    +   is the average relative friction loss per unit length, =

L 
0.2
 = 0.0048
 8e
=
L L2
f pi 1488
 po = = = 0.00763
Ep 195000
x =  /  po
Table 15.5 Maximum stress loss due to wedge draw-in
L (m)  x (m) Case anchor (MPa)

16 0.0017 21.25 B 73.1411936
Table 15.6 Stress loss due to wedge draw-in for 1 tendon
Position X2 Span X3 Span X4 Free end
x 0 4.1 8.2 11.5 14.8 15.4
  SL (MPa) 0 18.74 37.48 52.57 67.66 70.40
 PSL (kN) 0 1.87 3.75 5.26 6.77 7.04
131 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
anchor  postion
*Note: Stress losses at points are interpolated: SL =
L
Short term stress losses:
PST = PES + PFL + PSL
Table 15.7 Short-term stress loss in tendon
Position Free End X4 Span X3 Span X2
 PES (kN) 0.152 0.152 0.152 0.152 0.152 0.152
 PFL (kN) 0.00 4.76 16.43 29.25 38.10 47.31
 PSL (kN) 4.32 3.95 2.95 1.96 0.98 0.00
Ppmo (kN) 144.33 139.94 129.26 117.44 109.56 101.34
fpmo (MPa) 1443.32 1399.40 1292.64 1174.40 1095.65 1013.37
Long term losses:
The long term losses are taken from Freysinet company:  LT =150 MPa = 10%
15.4.4 Preliminary determination of quantity of tendon

Estimation of balancing load:
wBL = 0.6g = 0.6  25  0.3 = 4.5kN / m2

To calculate the bending moment due to the balancing load, student use SAFE to
support the calculation for preliminary determination of quantity of strands which are
needed.
132 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.5 Strip moment due to balance load (W)
Jacking load for a strip is:
M BL
PBL =
z
Where MBL is bending moment due to balance loads
z is the eccentric of tendon from jacking point
Number of strand is:
PBL
n= 1
Ppmt
1
Where Ppmt is average effective jacking force after short-term losses
Table 15.8 Preliminary selection number of strands
Strip z (mm) M (kNm) PBL (kN) Ppmt (kN) n Choose
CSA1 125 77.16 617.28 104.54 5.90 8
*Note: the number of strands is chosen above is for preliminary design and will be
modified to suitable and satisfy all criteria.
15.5 Check flexural adequacy at SLS
133 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Table 15.9 Allowable stress using ‘design strip’ approach
Location In Compression In Tension
Support 0.4fck(t)1 With bonded renforcement Without bonded reinforcement
Span 1.2fctm(t) 0.4fctm(t)

1
If ducitility check is carried out this limit may be exceeded.
2
The spacing of tendons or bars should be ≤ 500mm, otherwise the stress for ‘without
bonded reinforcement’ should be used.
15.5.1 Serviceability Check at Transfer state:
• With Initial combination: 1.0DEAD + 1.15 PT-TRANSFER
Figure 15.6 Initial combination in SAFE

Allowable stress:
P ( M D + M PT )max
 = −    
A S
Allowable compressive stress: −  = 0.4fck (t) = 0.4  20 = 8MPa (at 7 days)
Allowable tensile stress:
  = 1.2  0.3f ck (t) = 1.2  0.3   20 = 2.65MPa

+ 2/3 2/3
(at 7 days)
Total effective jacking force:

P = n  Ppmt
First moment of area:
134 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
bh s 2
S=
6
b = width of strip,
hs = height of slab, 0.5m for drop panel area, 0.3m for middle span
The stress check at the transfer state will be calculated in Appendix E. The (-) signal
presents for compressive stress and (+) presents for tensile stress.
15.5.2 Serviceability Check at Service state:
The stresses in the concrete for prestressed concrete flexural members at service loads,
and after all prestress losses have occurred, are checked against the following limits
(TR-43):
• Frequent combination:
1.0DEAD + 1.0FINISHED + 0.5LIVE+ 1.0 PT-FINAL
Figure 15.7 Frequent combination in SAFE

max
P M
Allowable stress:  = −  Comb _ C   

A S
  = 0.4fck = 0.4  30 = 12MPa

−
Allowable compressive stress:
  = 1.2  fctm = 1.2  2.9 = 3.48MPa

+
Allowable tensile stress:
Total effective jacking force: P = n  Ppmt
135 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
bh s 2
First moment of area: S= ,
6
b = width of strip,
hs = height of beam, 0.5m for drop panel area, 0.3m for middle span
The stress check at the service state will be calculated in Appendix E. The (-) signal
presents for compressive stress and (+) presents for tensile stress.
15.6 Check serviceability
15.6.1 Crack width control
The allowable crack width for members reinforced with unbonded tendons (Quasi-
permanent load combination) is 0.3 mm, and for bonded tendon (Frequent load
combination) is 0.2 mm. Since in this example the maximum computed tensile stress is
within the threshold limit, crack width calculation is not required.
15.6.2 Deflection control

15.6.2.1 Generals
The deflected shape of a member is related to the curvatures by the equation:
1 d 2a
=
rx dx 2
1
Where: is the curvature at x;
rx
a is the deflection at x.
Deflections may be calculated directly from this equation by calculating the curvatures
at successive sections along the member and using a numerical integration technique.
Alternatively, the following simplified approach may be used:
1
a = KL2
rb
Where: L is the effective span of the member;
1
is the curvature at mid-span or, for cantilevers, at the support
rb
section; K is a constant that depends on the shape of the bending
moment diagram appropriate to the complete load, given in below table.
136 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.8 Values of K corresponding to different type of loadings
The curvature of any section may be calculated by:
1 M
=
rb E c I
Where: M is the moment at the section considered;

I is the curvature at mid-span or, for cantilevers, at the support
section;
Ec is the short-term modulus of the concrete
137 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
15.6.2.2 Procedure to calculate the deflection by theoretical method

Step 1: Calculate the instantaneous curvature under the total load
• Characteristic combination: 1.0DEAD+1.0FINISHED+1.0LIVE+1.0PT-

FINAL
1 M
• Curvature: = Combo _ C
rb1 Ecm (t)I
1
• Deflection: a1 = KL2
rb1
Step 2: Calculate the instantaneous curvature under the permanent load
• Permanent combination: 1.0DEAD+1.0FINISHED+0.3LIVE+1.0PT-FINAL

1 MCombo _P
• Curvature: =
rb2 E cm (t)I
1
• Deflection: a 2 = KL2
rb2
Step 3: Calculate the long-term curvature under the permanent load
• Permanent combination: 1.0DEAD+1.0FINISHED+0.3LIVE+1.0PT-FINAL

1 MCombo _P
• Curvature: =
rb3 E3I
1.15E cm
Where: E3 = ;
1+ 
 is creep coefficient
1
• Deflection: a 3 = KL2
rb3
Step 4: Add to this curvature the shrinkage curvature calculated from the following
equation:
1 S
=  cs  e
rcs I
1
Where: is the curvature due to shrinkage;
rcs
cs is the free shrinkage strain;
138 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
S is the first moment of area of the reinforcement about the centroid;
I is the second moment of area of the section;
e is the effective modular ratio,
Es
e =
E c,eff
E cm
E c,eff =
1 +  ( , t 0 )
Step 5: Calculate total long-term deflection:
 1 1  1 1 
a max = KL2  −  + + 
 rb1 rb2  rb3 rcs 
15.6.2.3 Long-term deflection by empirical formula
For empirical purpose, the total long-term deflection can be determined by
wlt = (1 + )  wint
Where: w int is the instantaneous deflection under quasi-permanent combination
15.6.2.4 Worked example

Theoretical method
Student uses SAFE software to determine the moment due to combinations with 1 meter
width strip in middle span.
Figure 15.9 Considered strip to determine deflection in SAFE

Table 15.10 Moment in ‘DEFLECTION STRIP’
Strip OutputCase M3
Text Text kN-m
DEFLECTION STRIP COMBO_CHARACTERISTIC 51.28
139 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
DEFLECTION STRIP COMBO_PERMANENT 43.57
Step 1: Calculate the instantaneous curvature under the total load
M Combo _ C = 51.28 kNm
E cm (7days) = 22 ( f ci + 8 ) / 10  = 22 ( 25 + 8 ) / 10 

0.3 0.3
= 31476MPa
bh 3 1000  3503
I= = = 3.57 109 mm4
12 12
1 51.28 106
= 1000 = 4.56 10−4 (1/ m)
rb1 31476  3.57 109
Step 2: Calculate the instantaneous curvature under the permanent load
M Combo _P = 43.57kNm
1 43.57 106
= 1000 = 3.88 10−4 (1/ m)
rb2 31476  3.57 109
Step 3: Calculate the long-term curvature under the permanent load

In EN 1992-1-1:2004, the final creep coefficient is determined by using diagram which
depended on the age of the concrete t0, class of cement and the notional size h0 = 2Ac/u,
where Ac is the concrete cross-sectional area and u is the perimeter of that part which is
exposed to drying. S is the slow-gain strength cement
N is the normal-gain strength cement
R is the rapid gain strength cement
2  1000  350
h0 = = 350mm ; t 0 = 7days ; Cement class R
1000  2
Therefore, (,t o ) = 3
1.15E cm 1.15  33000
E3 = = = 9487.5MPa
1+  1+ 3
1 43.57 106
= 1000 = 1.29  10−3 (1/ m)
rb3 9487.5  3.57  109
140 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.10: Method for determining the creep coefficient for concrete
Step 4: Calculate the shrinkage curvature:
• First moment of reinforcement: Choose  10s300 for distributed rebar

nd3 4  103
S= = = 392.7 ( mm3 )
32 32
Ecm 33000
• Effective modulus of elasticity: Ec,eff = = = 8250MPa
1 +  ( , t 0 ) 1+ 3
Es 210000
• Effective modular ratio: e = = = 25.45
Ec,eff 8250
• Total shrinkage strain: cs = cd + ca

Where:  cd is the drying shrinkage strain
 ca is the autogenous shrinkage strain;
ca (  ) = 2.5 ( fck − 10 ) 10−6 = 2.5 ( 30 − 10 ) 10−6 = 5 10−5
The final drying shrinkage strain cd (  ) = k h cd,0
141 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Where: kh is a coefficient depending on the notational size ho
Table 15.11 Values for kh

ho (mm) kh ho (mm) kh
100 1.0 350 0.737
200 0.85 ≥500 0.70
The basic drying shrinkage strain  cd,0 is calculated from
  f 
cd,0 = 0.85 ( 220 + 110 ds1 )  exp  − ds2 cm    10−6  RH
  f cmo  
  RH 3 
RH = 1.55 1 −   
  RH 0  
Where: f cm is the mean compressive strength (MPa), fcm = 38MPa , See Table
3.2
f cmo = 10MPa
ds1 is a coefficient which depends on the type of cement
= 3 for cement Class S

= 4 for cement Class N
= 6 for cement Class R
ds2 is a coefficient which depends on the type of cement
= 0.13 for cement Class S
= 0.12 for cement Class N
= 0.11 for cement Class R
RH is the ambient relative humidity (%) and RH0 = 100%
  RH 3    80 3 
RH = 1.55 1 −    = 1.55 1 −    = 0.7564
  RH 0     100  
(average humidity in Ho Chi Minh city RH = 80%)
142 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
The basic drying shrinkage strain  cd,0 :
  38  
cd,0 = 0.85 ( 220 + 110  6 )  exp  −0.11    10−6  0.7564
  10  
cd,0 = 3.725 10−4 (Cement class R: Rapid gain strength)
The final drying shrinkage strain cd (  ) = k h cd,0 = 0.737  3.725 10−4 = 2.7453 10−4
Total shrinkage strain:

cs = cd + ca = 5 10−5 + 2.745310−4 = 3.245310−4
The curvature due to shrinkage:
1 392.7
= 3.2453  10−4  25.45   1000 = 9.08  10−7 (1 / m)
rcs 3.57  10 9
Step 4: The long-term deflection is calculated by:

 1 1  1 1 
a max = KL2  −  + +  K = 0.104 1 −  
 rb1 rb2  rb3 rcs   10 
=
M sup port
=
−4.89 − 5.61
= 0.4375
Mspan 24
 0.4375 
Therefore, K = 0.104 1 −  = 0.09945
 10 
a max = 0.09945 14.82 ( 4.56 10−4 − 3.88 10−4 ) + 1.29 10−3 + 9.08 10−7 
L 14800
a max = 0.0296m = 29.6mm  = = 59.2mm
250 250
Empirical method:
To determine the total long-term deflection by empirical formula, student uses SAFE
software to determine the instantaneous deflection under quasi-permanent combination
QUASI_PERMANENT = 1.0DEAD+1.0FINISHED+0.3LIVE+1.0PT-FINAL
Moreover, the final creep coefficient has been determined in above section:
(,t o ) = 3
143 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Instantaneous deflection: wint = 3.22mm

The long-term deflection:
L
w max = (1 +  ) w int = (1 + 3)  3.22 = 12.88mm  = 59.2mm
250
Figure 15.11 Instantaneous deflection under quasi-permanent combination
Conslusion: The long-term deflections calculated by theoretical method and empirical

formula are similar with the difference  = 13% . The result from empirical formula is
larger than that from theoretical method because the empirical formula ensures the
safety and conservation. Therefore, the empirical formula is quite accurate and reliable.
15.7 Check flexural capacity
15.7.1 Computability theory
15.7.1.1 Computability hypothesis
• Flat section maintains flat state before and after deformation

• The deformation of the bonded reinforcement and tendon are subjected to tensile
or compression have the same deformation with the surrounding concrete them.
• Ignore the tensile strength of concrete.
• The stresses of the compressive concrete area are derived from stress and strain
diagrams.
• The stresses of the reinforcement and tendons are derived from the stress and
strain diagrams corresponding design.
144 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.12: Instantaneous strain distributions at three stages of loading
• The initial deformation in the prestressed tendon is taken into account when
calculating the stress value in the tendon
• The compressive concrete deformation must be limited to cu2 or cu3 depending
on the stress and deformation diagrams used. Deformation in the reinforcement
and prestressed cables must be limited to  ud
Figure 15.12: Approximate stress and strain diagrams in compressive area of

concrete
145 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Considered cases and flexural design at ULS
Figure 15.13: Simplified rectangular stress block

In Figure 6.16, to simplify the calculation, choose rectangular block stress and strain
diagram as Figure 6.17.
Ultimate limit state conditions of section: Mu  Mn
 x   x 
M n = f ps A p  d p −  + Asfs  ds − 
 2   2 
Where: Mn is bending moment resistance of section with tendons and rebar
Mu is design bending moment at ultimate limit state (ULS) with

hyperstatic moment due to tendons.
fs is ultimate stress of rebar at ULS
f ps is ultimate stress of tendon at ULS
• Case 1: Post-tensioning tendon is adequate

When M u < M 0 , the amount of post-tensioning steel is adequate to resist the design
n
moment M u . Where M 0 is bending moment resistance of section with only tendons

n
and without rebar
• Case 2: Post-tensioning tendon plus tension reinforcement

In this case, the amount of post-tensioning steel, Ap, alone is not sufficient to resist M
Mu > M0 n
146 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
and therefore the required area of tension reinforcement is computed to supplement the
post-tensioning steel to satisfy the condition M u  M n . Required area of reinforcement
is determined by assuming x, then repeat the calculation until Mn  Mu
• Case 3: Post-tensioning tendon plus tension reinforcement is not adequate

Mu  Mn
Provide compressive reinforcement to increase the moment resistance of section to
satisfy the condition: M u  M 'n
Where M 'n is moment resistance of section with tendons, tensile reinforcement and
compressive reinforcement.
Otherwise, increase the strength of concrete or increase the depth of the section to
increase the moment resistance of section.
Neutral axis depth limit

The maximum depth of neutral axis xmax at the considered section should be smaller
than xu. EN1992-1-1 recommended:
x u  0.45ds with fck  50MPa
x u  0.35ds with fck  50MPa

Procedure for flexural design
Step 1: Determine the maximum depth of neutral axis x u = x max to Section 5.8.1.3.
Step 2: Determine the bending capacity of section in case of there are only tendons
provided.
Step 2-1: Determine the depth of neutral axis
Based on equilibrium compression-tension equation C=T in Figure 5.17, determine the

depth of neutral axis:
C = Cc = fcdbx
T = Tps = f ps A p
f ps Ap
C = T  fcdbx = f ps Ap  x =
fcdb
147 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
f ps is determined in Step 3 corresponding to bonded and unbonded tendon
Section 3.1.7 EN1992-1-1 recommended for  and  :

 = 0.8;  = 1 with fck  50MPa
f ck − 50 f − 50
 = 0.8 − ;  = 1 − ck with fck  50MPa
400 200
Step 2-2: Calculate the bending resistance of section
 x 
M 0n = A p f ps  d p − 
 2 
• If x  x max and M n > M u , section is adequate and satisfied the ULS condition
0
• If x  x max and M n > M u , section is adequate and satisfied the ULS condition
0
but the height of compressive area is too large. It means that number of tendons is larger
than required quantity.
• M 0n < M u , section is not adequate, need to provide tensile reinforcement or
tendons according to Step 3. To be economical, choose the option that provide tensile
reinforcement to balance the tendon ratio and reinforcement ratio.
0
Step 3: In case of section with only tendon is not adequate to bending moment M n <
M u . Provide the tensile reinforcement and determine the moment resistance of section.
Assume the depth of neutral axis x ( x  x max ), then carry out the repeat calculation
from Step 3-1 to Step 3-3 to find the area of tensile reinforcement As.
Step 3-1: Determine the stress of tendon

a/ Bonded tendon
f pk
f ps = Epp  ;
s
 p =  pe +  p
Pe
pe =
ApEp
148 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
0.0035 ( d p − x )
p =
x
Where:  pe is the effective strain of tendon due to effective jacking force;
 p is the strain due to external loads;
b/ Unbonded tendon
f pk
f ps = Epp  ;
s
 p =  pe + 100MPa
Step 3-2: Determine the stress of tensile reinforcement
0.0035 ( ds − x )
s = ;
x
f yk
f s = E s s 
s
Step 3-3: Determine the area of tensile reinforcement

area of tensile reinforcement and then the bending resistance of section:
C = Cc = f cd bx
T = Tps + Ts = f ps A p + f s A s
fcd bx − f ps Ap
C = T  As =
fs
Bending resistance of section is determined by:
 x   x 
M n = A p f ps  d p −  + As fs  ds − 
 2   2 
Step 3 is repeated until M u  M n and corresponding As is the required area of tensile

reinforcement.
149 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
If x = x max and M u  M n , compressive reinforcement is needed (doubly

reinforcement) as Step 4. Otherwise, increase number of tendon, strength of concrete or
the depth of section and then repeat from Step 1
Step 4: If the result in Step 3 M n < M u . Provide the compressive reinforcement.
Required resistance moment of compressive reinforcement:
Mn = Mu − Mn
Sectional area of compressive reinforcement is determined as:
M n
As' = with
( 0.87f − fcd )( ds − ds' )
s
'
 x max − ds' 
f = cu Es 
'
  0.87f yk
 x max 
s
Additional tensile reinforcement needed to be balance compressive reinforcement:
M n
Aso =
0.87f yk ( ds − ds' )
Total sectional tensile reinforcement:
A s = Aso + As
Step 5: Check the ductile failure control at the ultimate load condition
Ductile failures are associated with large deformations at the ultimate load condition.
Ductility is generally acceptable if the depth of the neutral axis at the design resistance
x is less than about 0.3d, where d is the effective depth to the line of action Tps. EN
1992-1-1 [1] requires that in regions of plastic hinges, x/d should not exceed 0.45 when
fck  50MPa and 0.35 when fck  50MPa
f ps A pd p + f s A s d s
d=
f ps A p + fs As
x  0.45d with fck  50MPa
x  0.35d with fck  50MPa
Step 6: Check the minimum un-tensioned reinforcement to distribute cracking
150 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
• At column position: A s,min = 0.075%A c

• At span zone: There are no minimum requirements. This reinforcement should
extend at least to within a distance of 0.2 x L, measured from the centre of the support.
It should be placed at a spacing of 3 x slab thickness or 500mm, whichever is the lesser.
15.7.1.2 Worked example
Figure 15.14: Strip moment diagram under ULS
In this Section, strip design for SSA1 will be demonstrated below.

Effective depth of reinforcement:
Choose  10 for top and bottom distributed reinforcement
( 2 ) = 315mm
ds = h − ( cnom +  / 2 ) = 350 − 30 + 10
ds' = h − ( cnom +  / 2 ) = 350 − ( 30 + 10 ) = 315mm for middle span position

2
ds' = h − ( cnom +  / 2 ) = 350 − ( 30 + 10 ) = 315mm for drop panel position

2
Effective depth of tendon:
d p = h − a p = 350 − 50 = 300mm for middle span positions

d p = h − a p = 350 − 50 = 350mm for drop panel positions
Step 1: Determine the maximum depth of neutral axis x u = x max
x max = 0.45ds = 0.45  315 = 141.75mm
Step 2: Determine the bending capacity of section in case of there are only tendons
provided.
Step 2-1: Determine the depth of neutral axis
151 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM

depth of neutral axis:
f cd bx = f ps A p (5-1-1)
f ck 30
Where: f cd = = = 26.09MPa
 c 1.15
b = 8200mm
 = 0.8;  = 1 with fck  50MPa
Calculate the stress in tendon f ps :  p =  pe +  p
Pe 0.0035 ( d p − x )
pe = and  p =
ApEp x
Where: Pe = 384.8SkN ; Ap = 8 100 = 800mm2
E p = 195000MPa
384.8  1000
 pe = = 2.46  10−3
800  195000
0.0035 ( 240 − x )
 p =
x
 0.0035 ( 300 − x ) 
f ps = p E p =  4.93 10−3 +  195000 (5-1-2)
 x 
From equation (5-1-1) and (5-1-2), we have:
 0.0035 ( 300 − x ) 
1 26.09  0.8x  8200 =  2.46 10−3 +  195000  800
 x 
 x = 30.46mm
Substitute x = 28.33mm into equation (5-1-2):
 0.0035 ( 300 − 30.46) 

f ps = p E p = 2.46 10−3 +  195000
 30.46 
f pk 1860
f ps = 6519MPa  = = 1617.39MPa
s 1.15
152 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Substitute f ps = 1617.39MPa into equation (5-1-1) to recalculate x:
f ps A p 1617.39  800
x= = = 7.56mm
f cd b 26.09  0.8  8200
f pk
Substitute x = 7.56mm into equation (5-1-2): f ps = 26880MPa  = 1617.39MPa
s
Choose f ps = 1617.39MPa
Therefore, x = 7.56mm
Step 2-2: Calculate the bending resistance of section
 x   0.8  7.56  −6
M 0n = A p f ps  d p −  = 800  1617.39  300 −   10
 2   2 
M0n = 384kNm  MEd = 180kNm
Therefore, the section with only tendons is adequate, ignore step 3
Step 4: Ignore this step (because tendons and tensile reinforcement in section is
adequate)
Step 5: Check the ductile failure control at the ultimate load condition
1617.39  800  300

d= = 300mm
1617.39  800
x 15
= = 0.05  0.45
d 300
15.8 Shear design
Step 1: Run the SAFE analysis to obtain shear force VEd result ( envelope combo)
Figure 15.15: Strip shear diagram under ULS
153 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
30
0.36 1700  300  30  (1 − )
0.36bw df ck (1 − f ck / 250) 250 10−3 = 2423.52kN
VRd max = =
(cot  + tan  ) 1+1
30
0.36 1700  300  30  (1 − )
0.36bw df ck (1 − f ck / 250) 250 10−3 = 1671.39kN
VRd max = =
(cot  + tan  ) 2.5 + 1/ 2.5
Because VEd < VRd,cot θ=2.5< VRd,cot θ=1 , selecting the angle of concrete strut cot θ=2.5
Step 3: Calculate the shear reinforcement for beams with vertical stirrups as follows :
 102
Asw  0.78 f yk z cot   0.78  390  315  2.5
s= = 2 = 303mm
VEd 124 103

 102
Asw f ywk  348
smin = = 2 = 146.77mm
0.08bw f ck 0.08 1700  25
Step 5: Calculate the maximum links required by EC2: CI 9.2.2

smax = 0.75d = 0.75  315 = 236.25mm
Step 6: Select spacing for vertical stirrup

sselect = min(ss , smin , smax ) = 146.77mm  Provide d10s100mm

 Ftd = 0.5VEd cot  = 0.5 124  2.5 = 155kN
M Ed 124
Because  F = 155kN  = = 247kN , it satisfy the additional longitudinal
td
z 0.502
tensile force caused by shear requirements
15.9 Anchorage zone
15.9.1 Bearing stresses behind anchorages
Local concrete bearing failures can occur in post-tensioned members immediately
behind the anchorage plates if the bearing area is inadequate or the concrete strength is
too low. The design resistance FRdu that can be supported on a bearing area Ac0 is
specified in EN 1992-1-1 [2] as:
Ac1
FRdu = A c0f cd  3f cd Ac0
Ac0
154 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Where: f cd is the design compressive strength of the concrete at the time of first
loading
A c0 is the bearing area
A c1 is the largest area of the concrete supporting surface that is geometrically

similar to and concentric with Ac0, with maximum dimensions as indicated in Figure
6.19 (taken from EN 1992-1-1)
Figure 15.16: Design distribution areas for determination of bearing

resistance awforce
Worked example:
Use S Range Anchorages from Freyssinet with unit 5S13 for 5 strands, 3S13 for 3
strands with the specifications as:
With anchorage block dimension: M x N = 300x130mm
Ac0 = 300 130 = 39000mm2
Ac1 = 39000  3 = 117000mm2
f ck 20
f cd = = = 13.3MPa at t = 7 days
 c 1.5
Jacking force:
P = n  Pj = 5  148.8 = 744kN
The design resistance FRd:
155 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
39000 13.3  117000

FRdu = 39000 = 898.4kN  P OK!
1000
156 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.17 S Range Anchorage specification from Freyssinet
15.9.2 Anti-burst reinforcement
Anti-burst reinforcement shall be placed around the anchorage to adequately transfer

the prestressing force from the anchorage to the structure while limiting the concrete
cracking. Anti-burst arrangement is the result of load transfer test results on concrete
blocks under European Technical Approval procedure and is defined by the following
tables as a combination of helical steel (1) and additional reinforcement (2).
The table below has been adapted from Freyssinet European Technical Approval and
S Range testing to reinforcement bars.
157 | P a g e
CHAPTER 15
POST-TENSION BEAM
Figure 15.18 Anti-burst reinforcement schedule according to Freyssinet manual
158 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
CHAPTER 16
COLUMN DESIGN
A column is a structural element, which is subjected to axial compressive forces.
Columns in a structure carry loads from the beam and slabs down to the foundations.
Although primarily carry axial load, columns may also have to resist bending moment
due to the continuity of the structure and eccentricity of loading.
EC2 Clause 5.3.1(7) defines column as a compression member where the greater
cross-sectional dimension does not exceed four times the smaller dimension (h≤4b)
and the height is at least three time the section depth. The column section is generally
square or rectangular, but circular and other shapes are used in special cases. The
dimension of column and definition of design parameter are given in Figure 13.1
Figure 16.1: Column dimension and notation

16.1 Classification of columns:
16.1.1 Braced and unbraced column
A column may be considered to be braced if it is not responsible for carried lateral
load for the whole structure which means lateral stability is provided by walls or
bracing struts. Otherwise, if lateral loads are transmitted into the column, it shall be
159 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
considered to be unbraced where these loads are resisted by bending actions of the
column.
16.1.2 Slender and non-slender column:
Column may be classified into slender or non-slender depending on its sensitivity to
second-order effect (P-∆effect). Column can be deemed to be non-slender when
design actions are not significantly affected by their deformation (P-∆effect is deemed
to be small). Second order effect may be ignored provided the slenderness ratio of
columns does not exceed a particular limiting value. Second order effect may be
ignored provided the slenderness ratio of column does not exceed a particular limiting
value. Second order effect also can be ignored if they are less than 10% of the
corresponding first order bending moments.
Slenderness ratio provide a measure of vulnerability to failure of the column by
elastic instability or buckling. Short column with low slenderness ratio invariably fail
under ultimate loads with the material reaching its ultimate strength, and not by
buckling. On the other, slender column with very high slenderness ratio are in danger
of buckling under relatively low compressive loads as shown in Figure 13.2
Figure 16.2 Failure modes of column

16.1.2 Slenderness classification:
The process of determining whether column is slender or short is demonstrated below.
Step 1: Find the radius of gyration of the uncracked concrete section i
I
i=
A
Where:
I is the second moment of area of the section about the x or y axis.
160 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
A is the cross-sectional area of the column.
Step 2: Effective length of column
Effective length is a length used to account for the shape of the deflection curve or it
can also be defined as buckling length. For columns in regular frames, an effective
length can be determined:
Braced columns
 k1  k2 
l0 = 0.5l  1 +  1 + 
 0.45 + k1   0.45 + k2 
Unbraced columns

  k .k   k  k  
l0 = l  max  1 + 10 1 2  ; 1 + 1  . 1 + 2  
k1 + k2   1 + k1   1 + k2  
 
 
Where:
k1, k2 are the relative flexibilities of rotational restrains at ends 1 and 2
respectively
k1 and k2 can be taken as:
k = column stiffness/  beam stiffness = ( EI / l )column /  2 ( EI / l )beam
EI is the bending stiffness of compression member

l is the clear height of compression member between end restrains at
each end
Notes: k=0 is the theoretical limit for rigid rotational restraint, and k=∞ represents the
limit for no restraint atall. Since fully rigid restrains is rare in practice, a minimum
value of 0,1 is recommended for k1 and k2
Step 3: Limiting slenderness ratio
Eurocode 2 states that second order effects may be ignored if they are less than 10%
of the first effects. Ass an alternative, if the slenderness (λ) is less than the
slenderness limit (λmin), then the second order effects may be ignored
Slenderness ratio:
l0
=
i
Where:
l0 = the effective length of the column
161 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
i = the radius of gyration about the axis considered
Slenderness ratio:
20  A  B  C
lim =
n
Where:
A= 1/(1+0.2φeff) : φeff = effective creep ratio
B = (1 + 2 )0.5 :
 = As f yd / ( Ac fcd ) is the mechanical reinforcement ratio
C=1.7-rm : rm=Mo1/Mo2
n= NEd/(Acfcd) : is the relative normal force
NEd : the design ultimate axial load in the column
Mo1,Mo2 : are the first order moments at the end of the column with
M o 2  M o1
fyd : is the design yield strength of the reinforcement

fcd : is the design compressive strength of concrete
If φeff,  and rm are not known, A=0.7; B=1.1 and C=0.7 may be used
Conclusion:
If λ<λmin : The column behave as short column that second order effects can be
ignored.
If λ>λmin : The column behaves as slender column then second order effects
must be considered
16.2 Effect of biaxial bending
Clause 5.8.9 of EC2 stated that separate design in each principal direction,
disregarding biaxial bending, may be made as a first step. No further check is
necessary if
(a) y / z  2 and z / y  2
(b) (ey / heq ) / (ez / beq )   2 or (ez / heq ) / (ey / beq )   2
where:
b,h are the width and depth of a section
162 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
beq = iy 12 and h eq = iz 12 for an equivalent rectangular section
λy, λz are the slenderness ratio with respect to y- and axis respectively
ey=MEdy/NEd ; eccentricity along y-axis
ez= MEdz/NEd ; eccentricity along z-axis
MEdy is the design moment about y-axis. Including second order moment
MEdz is the design moment about z-axis. Including second order moment
NEd is the design value of axial load in the respective load combination
Figure 16.3: Definition of eccentricities ey and ez

If the above conditions are not fulfilled, biaxially bent columns may be designed to
satisfy the following simplified criterion.
a
 M Edz   M Edy 
a
  +    1.0
 M Rdz   M Rdy 
Where
MRdy is the moment resistance in y-axis
MRdz is the moment resistance in z-axis
a is the exponent
for circular and elliptical cross section: a=2
163 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
for rectangular cross section:
NEd/Nrd 0.1 0.7 1.0
a 1 1.5 2.0
with linear interpolation for intermediate values

NRd= Acfbd+Asfyd, design axial resistance of section
Ac is the gross area of the concrete section
As is the area of longitudinal reinforcement
16.3 Design of moment
For the design of columns, the elastic moments from the frame action should be used
without any redistribution. For slender columns, a non-linear analysis may be carried
out to determine the second order moments; alternatively use the nominal stiffness
method (Clause 5.8.7 EC2), or nominal curvature method (Clause 5.8.8 EC2). Only
nominal curvature method will be discussed here. The design moment is;
M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 M
Where
M0Ed = The 1st order moment including the effect of imperfection
M2 = The nominal 2nd order moment
The design bending moment can b e defined as:
For braced slender column:
MEd = Max{M02, M0E+M2, M01+ M2,NEd.e0}
Where
M 01 = Min{ M top , M bot } + N Ed .ei
M 02 = Max{ M top , M bot } + N Ed .ei
NEd = The ultimate axial load
e0 = Max{h / 30,20mm}
ei = l0 / 400
Mtop, Mbot = Moments at the top and bottom of the column
M0E= 0.6Mo2 + 0.4Mo1 ≥ 0.4 Mo2
164 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Mo1 and Mo2 should have the same sign if they give tension on the same side,
otherwise opposite sign.
M2 = The nominal second order moment = NEd.e2
e2= The deflection =(l/r)l0/c
l0= The effective length
c = A factor depending on the curvature distribution, normally ≈ 10
l/r= The curvature= Kr.Kφ. l/r0
Kr= axial load correction factor= (nu-n)/(nu-nbal)<1
n = N Ed / ( Ac f cd ), n u = 1 + w , n bal = 0.4
where,
w = As f yd / ( Ac f cd )
Kφ = creep correction factor= 1+βφef≥1

where, φef = effective creep ratio= jM0Eqp/M0Ed
=0 if (φ<2,M/N>h,l<75)
β = 0.35 +fck/200-λ/150
l/r0= εyd/(0,45d)=(fyd /Es)/(0.45d)
For non-slender column can be designed ignoring second order effects and
therefore the ultimate design moment, MEd=MO2
16.4 Design of longitudinal reinforcement
The area of longitudinal steel reinforcement can be determined by the following
methods:
1. Using design chart
2. A solution of the basic equations, or
3. An approximate method
Design chart are usually used for column having a rectangular or circular cross-section
and a symmetrical arrangement of reinforcement. The basic equations or approximate
methods can be used when an unsymmetrical arrangement of reinforcement is
required , or when the cross section is non-rectangular.
Design of a section subjected to bending plus axial load should be in accordance with
the principles of equilibrium, compatibility of strains, and stress-strain relationship.
Figure 13.4 represents the cross-section of a member with typical and stress
distribution
165 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Figure 16.4 Stress block diagram for columns

Two expression can be derived for the area of steel required, one for the axial loads
and the other for the moments
AsN / 2 = ( NEd − fcd bdc ) / ( f sc − f st ) c 
Where
AsN / 2 = Area of reinforcement required to resist axial load

NEd = Axial load
fcd = Design value of concrete compressive strength
fsc,fst = stress in compression and tension reinforcement
b= breadth of section
 c = Partial factor for concrete

dc = Effective depth of concrete in compression
AsM / 2 =  M − fcd bdc (h / 2 − dc / 2) / (h / 2 − dc / 2)( f sc + f st ) c 
= The total area of reinforcement required to resist moment

Realistically, these can only solve iteratively and therefore either computer
software or column design chart as shown in Figure 13.5 may be used
166 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Figure 16.5 Example of column design chart

16.5 Worked example of column design
Figure 16.6 Moment 2-2 diagram for CB11
167 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Figure 16.7 Moment 3-3 diagram for CB11

Within the scope of this document, the detailed procedure of column C4 of level
Basement 1 is demonstrated. The preliminary design of column C4 is 750x900 and the
beam effects diagram is shown Figure 13.8
Figure 16.8 Beam effect of column C4

168 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Flexural design
Step 1: Carry out analysis of beam to determine moment MEd in both direction
(ETABS CB11)
Step 2: Determination of non-slender or slender column
+Material : fck = 30 N / mm2 ; f yk = 390N / mm2
+Dimension and size

Column: b x h=800 x 800 mm
lx = 3700-500 = 3200mm; ly =3700-500=3200mm
+Beam:
Main beam: b x h= 300x500mm
l1= 6600mm; l2 =8200mm
Sec.beam: b x h= 300x500mm
l1= 7800mm; l2 =7800mm
+Moment of inertia, I = bh3 / 12
Column:
Ixx= 800 x 8003/ 12 = 3.41 x1010 mm4
Iyy= 800 x 8003/ 12 = 3.41 x1010 mm4
Beam:
169 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Main beam: I= 300x5003/12= 3.13 x109 mm4
Sec.beam: I= 300x5003/12= 3.13 x109 mm4
+Stiffness, K=EI/l
Column:
Kxx= 3.41 x1010/3200 = 10.66 x106 mm4
Kyy= 3.41 x1010/3200 = 10.66 x 106 mm4
Beam:
Main beam:
Kmb1= 3.13 x109 /6600 = 0.5 x 106 mm4
K mb2= 3.13 x109 /8200 = 0.38 x 106 mm4
Sec.beam:
KSb1= 3.13 x109 /7800 = 0.4 x 106 mm4
K Sb2= 3.13 x109 /7800 = 0.4 x 106 mm4
+Relative column stiffness, k = K col / 2 (  K beam )
x-axis:
Top end : k2 = 10.66/ 2 (0.5+0.38)= 6.05
Bot end : k1 = 10.66/ 2 (0.5 +0.38)= 6.05
y-axis:
Top end : k2 = 10.66/ 2 (0.4+0.4)= 6.66
Bot end : k1 = 10.66/ 2 (0.4+0.4)= 6.66
+Effective length of column,
 k1  k2 
l0 = 0.5l 1 + 1 + 
 0.45 + k1  0.45 + k2 
  6.05  6.05   6.05  6.05  

l0 x = 3200.max  1 + 10   ; 1 + 1 + 
  6.05 + 6.05   0.45 + 6.05  0.45 + 6.05  
= 3200  max(5.59;1.93) = 17888mm
170 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
  6.66  6.66   6.66  6.66  
l0 y = 3200.max  1 + 10   ; 1 + 1 + 
  6.66 + 6.66   0.45 + 6.66  0.45 + 6.66  
= 3200  max(5.86;1.94) = 18752mm
+Radius of gyration, i=(I/A)1/2

ix = [3.41x1010/(800x800)] ½= 230
iy = [3.41x1010/(800x800)] ½= 230
+Slenderness ratio,
x = 17888 / 230 = 77.7

y = 18752 / 230 = 81.53
1
+Slenderness limit , lim = 20. A.B.C / n 2
A=0.7; B=1.1; C=1.7-rm where rm=(M01/ M02)

xaxis: rm=-184/204=-0.9
CZ=1.70+0.9=2.6
yaxis: rm=-58/118=-0.49
CZ=1.70+0.49=2.2
n=NEd/(Acfcd) = 7257 x 103 / (800x800x0.85x30/1.5) =0.67
1
xaxis: lim = 20  0.7 1.1 2.6 / ( 0.67) 2 = 48.91
1
yaxis: lim = 20  0.7 1.1 2.2 / ( 0.67 ) 2 = 41.39
Because lim  x , y so that column C4 in combo 11 is slender in both direction

Step 3: Durability, bond and fire resistance
Min. cover with regard to bond, Cmin,b= 20mm
Min. cover with regard to durability, Cmin,dur= 15mm
Min. required axis distance for R60 fire resistance asd = 36mm
Min. concrete cover with regard to fire,
Cmin = asd − link − bar / 2 = 36 − 6 − 20 / 2 = 20mm

Allowance in design for deviation, ∆Cdev = 10mm
171 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Nominal cover, Cnom = Cmin + Cdev = 20 + 10 = 30mm

Step 4: Design moment
+ First Order Moment
The imperfection moment = Ned.ei=Ned(lo/400) = 7257 x ( 3.2/400)= 58 kNm
The first order moment including the effect of imperfection,
xaxis:
Mo1,x= 184+58 =242 kNm
Mo2,x= 204+58 =262 kNm
MoE= 0.6Mo2 + 0.4 Mo21 ≥ 0.4 Mo2
= 0.6 x 262 + 0.4 x (-242)≥ 0.6 x 262
= 157.2 kNm
yaxis:
Mo1,x= 58+58 =118 kNm
Mo2,x= 118+58 =176 kNm
MoE= 0.6Mo2 + 0.4 Mo1 ≥ 0.4 Mo2
= 0.6 x 176+ 0.4 x (-116) ≥ 0.6 x 176 =105.6 kNm
+Second Order Moment
The deflection e2= (l/r)lo2/c
xaxis: nu= 1 + Asfyd/(Acfcd) =1+1963.5 x 0.87 x 390/(800x800x0.85x30/1.5)
=1.061
n = Ned/(Acfcd)= 7257 x103/(800x800x0.85x30/1.5)=0.67
Kr= (nu-n)/(nu-nbal)<1= (1.061-0.67)/(1.061-0.4) = 0.59
 = 0.35 + fck / 200 − x /150 = 0.35 + 30 / 200 − 77.77 /150 = −0.018

K = 1 + ef  1 = 1 + (−0.033) 1.54  1
=1
1/ro= (0.87fyk/Es)/(0.45d)= (0.87 x 390/210000)/(0.45 x739)= 4.86 x 10-6
(l / r ) = K KR .(l / r0 ) = 1 0.59  4.86 10−6 = 2.87 10−6

e2= (l/r)lo2/c = 2.87 x 10-6 x 178882 /10 = 91.83 mm
172 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
yaxis: nu= 1 + Asfyd/(Acfcd) =1+1963.5 x 0.87 x 390/(800x800x0.85x30/1.5)
=1.061
n = Ned/(Acfcd)= 7257 x103/(800x800x0.85x30/1.5)=0.67
Kr= (nu-n)/(nu-nbal)<1= (1.061-0.67)/(1.061-0.4) = 0.59
 = 0.35 + fck / 200 − y /150 = 0.35 + 30 / 200 − 81.53 /150 = −0.044

K = 1 + ef  1 = 1 + (−0.06) 1.54  1
=1
1/ro= (0.87fyk/Es)/(0.45d)= (0.87 x 390/210000)/(0.45 x739) =4.86x 10-6
(l / r ) = K KR .(l / r0 ) = 1 0.59  4.86 10−6 = 2.87 10−6

e2= (l/r)lo2/c = 2.87 x 10-6 x 187522 /10 = 100.92 mm
The nominal second order moment M2=NEd.e2
xaxis: M2 =7257 x 91.83/1000 = 666.41 kNm
yaxis: M2 =7257 x 100.92/1000 = 732.38 kNm
The minimum moment Mmin= NEd.eo
xaxis: eo=h/30≥20= 900/300= 30mm
Mmin= 7257 x 30 /1000 = 217.71 kNm
yaxis: eo=h/30≥20= 750/300= 25mm
Mmin= 7257 x 25 /1000 = 181.425 kNm
+ The design moment
M Ed = Max M o2 ; M oE + M 2 ; M o1 + 0.5M 2 ; M min 
xaxis: Mo2=262 kNm

MoE + M2= 157.2 + 666.41 = 823.61 kNm
Mo1 +0.5xM2= 242 + 0.5x 666.41 = 575.21 kNm
➔ MEd,x = 823.61 kNm
yaxis: Mo2=176 kNm
MoE + M2= 105.6 + 732.38 = 837.88 kNm
Mo1 +0.5xM2= 118 + 0.5x 732.38= 484.19 kNm
➔ MEd,y = 837.88 kNm
173 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
+ Reinforcement design
d2 = C + link + bar / 2 = 30 + 6 + 25 / 2 = 48.5

As,min= 0.1NEd/ fyd = 0.1 x 7257 x 103 / ( 0.87x 390)= 2138.81 mm2
As,max= 0.04Ac= 0.04x(800x800)=25600 mm2
xaxis:
N/bhfck = 7257x103 / ( 800x800x30)=0.378
M/bh2fck= 823.61x106 / ( 800x8002x30)= 0.0536
➔ Asfyk/bhfck = 0.05
➔ As = 0.05 x (800x800x30) /390 = 2461 mm2
➔
Provide 8d25 , Asx,provide = 3927 mm2
yaxis:
N/bhfck = 7257x103 / ( 800x800x30)=0.378
M/bh2fck= 837.88x106 / ( 800x8002x30)= 0.0544
➔ Asfyk/bhfck = 0.05
➔ As = 0.05 x (800x800x30) /390 = 2461 mm2
➔
Provide 8d25 , Asy,provide = 3927 mm2
+ Shear design
Required minimum diameter rebar:
bl ,min 25
sw,min = min{6mm, mm} = min{6mm, mm} = 6mm
4 4
Required maximum diameter rebar:
sw,max = min{20  bl ,min ,300,400} = min{20  25, 300, 400} = 300mm
➔ Choose links rebar : d6a300
+ Checking biaxial bending:
xaxis : Provide Asx = 3927 mm2
N 7257 103
= = 0.4
bhf ck 800  800  30
174 | P a g e
COLUMN DESIGN
Asx f yk 3927  390
= = 0.08
bhf ck 800  800  30
M
➔ = 0.085
bh 2 f ck
➔ M Rdx = 0.08  8003  30 = 1228.8kNm

yaxis : Provide Asy = 3927 mm2
N 7257 103
= = 0.4
bhf ck 800  800  30
Asx f yk 3927  390

= = 0.08
bhf ck 800  800  30
M
➔ = 0.09
bh 2 f ck
➔ M Rdx = 0.09  8003  30 10−6 = 1382.4kNm

The exponent a :
NRd = 0.567fckAc+0.87fykAs = (0.567 x 30 x 8002) x 10-3 + (0.87 x 390 x 3927)
x 10-3 = 12218 kN
N Ed 7257
= = 0.59 ➔ a =1.41
N Rd 12218
The imperfection need only be taken in one direction- where they have the most
unfavorable effect : MEd,x = 823.61 kNm ; MEd,y = 837.88 kNm
a
 M Edx   M Edy   823.61 1.41  837.88 1.41
a
  +  =
  1382.4 
+  = 0.976  1
 M Rdx   M Rdy   1382.4 
So that column C4 is satisfied the biaxial bending condition

16.6 Design result of column
In frame X3, the detail procedure of column C4, C11, C3 will be calculated in level
Basement 1 , Floor 2 , Floor 8 , Floor 14. The area of steel required of others floor
will be checked by ETABS software. The completely column design result is
demonstrated in Annex B.
175 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
CHAPTER 17
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
17.1 Design concept
Student designs the reinforcement for shear wall W20, W23 on Axis -X3’. The
preliminary dimension of shear wall is chosen as required in structural drawings
Figure 17.1- ETABS model of shear wall on frame X3’
176 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
Figure 17.2 Bending moment in shear wall – Combo 23
Figure 17.3 Shear force in shear wall – Combo 23
177 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
17.2 Shear wall flexural design
The Eurocode 2 does not provide clear instruction about shear wall method so student
only follows rules for wall reinforcement in EC2 9.6. Otherwise, for the design
method of wall, student may choose one among the three usual methods in Vietnam to
apply, including:
• Assuming that only end zones resist moment
• Approximation of reinforcement then rechecking with interactive diagram.
• Assuming elastic stress distribution
Student chooses the method “Assuming that only end zones resist moment” to
calculate in the design because of its quick execution. In practical, like columns, shear
walls resist a combination of axial force (NEd), moments in two directions (MX, MY)
and shear forces in two directions (Qx, Qy). However, due to the geometry of shear
walls with a length to thickness ratio of 4 or more, resistance strength of wall in the
direction parallel to the faces of the wall is considerably larger than the normal
direction. It is safe to ignore the minor effective load in the design.
17.2.1 Design method
This method states that reinforcement – placed in the two end zones of shear wall is
fully responsible for moment resisting. Besides, the effective axial load is assumed to
uniformly distributed along the wall length. It basically assumes:
• Tension stress acts on reinforcement.
• Compression stress acts both on reinforcement and concrete.
However, this method is limited within walls ranging 4m and below. For elements
with more than 4m, they will be divided into smaller sections having length equals to
4m each. The moment in these divided sections is still resisted by reinforcement in the
end zones of the wall. The axial force on these divided sections is distributed within
the range of each section. Regarding to reinforcement design, after obtaining the
couple force at the end zones, the area of reinforcement will be calculated following
the rules stated in ETABS v2016 Shear Wall Design Manual Eurocode 2-2004.
17.2.2 Design procedure
Step 1: Run the ETABS analysis to obtain pairs of major Moment Mx and the Axial
Load N from the most onerous load combination (filtering process is likely to the
design for column except that only major moment Mx is considered).
Step 2: Assume B is the length of the moment resisting zone. Consider the effective
axial force (NEd) and bending moment about X-axis (MX). The moment Mx is
equivalent to a couple force at the two end zones
Step 3: Determine the tension (or compression) force at the end zones and the axial
force at the middle section.
Tension (compression) force at end zones:
178 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
N Mx
Pten ( com) = . Ab 
A ( L − B)
Where:
A =L x t; is the horizontal cross-section area of the wall
Ab = Bt(c) x t; is the area of the designed end zone
Axial force at the middle wall zone:
N
Pmid = ( A − 2 Ab )
A
Figure 17.4 Internal forces and moment resisting zones in walls

Step 4: Calculate longitudinal reinforcement area.
Reinforcement area in tension zone:
Pten
As ,end =
f yd
Reinforcement area in compression zone:
Pcom
−  f cd Ab
Pmax Factor
As ,end =
f yd −  f cd
Where:
Pmax Factor is the coefficient considering about the buckling effect. It is
defined in the ETABS shear wall design preferences ( the
recommended value in ETABS is 0.8)
179 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
If As’ calculates as negative, no compression reinforcing is needed
Reinforcement area in the middle wall zone :
Pmid
−  f cd ( A − 2 Ab )
Pmax Factor
As ,mid =
f yd −  f cd
Step 5: Brief checking of the amount of reinforcement. If it is not satisfied, the end zone
length B is increased and return to Step 2. If B exceeds 0.2L, the wall’s thickness t shall be
increased.
Step 6: Check the resistance strength of wall by M-N interactive diagram
Step 7: Govern the amount of reinforcement based on EC2 rules
Vertical reinforcement
The area of the vertical reinforcement should lie between As,vmin and As,vmax
As,vmin=0.002 Ac ➔ ρmin=0.2 %
As,vmax=0.04Ac ➔ ρmax=4 %
The maximum distance between two adjacent vertical bars
sv,max = min [3t;400mm]
Horizontal reinforcement
Horizontal reinforcement running parallel to the faces of the wall (and to the free
edges) should be provided at each surface. It should not be less than As,hmin
As ,h min = max 0.25 As ,v ;0.001Ac 
The spacing between two adjacent horizontal bars

sh,max = 400mm
Transverse reinforcement
In any part of a wall where the total area of the vertical reinforcement in the two faces
exceeds 0,02 Ac, transverse reinforcement in the form of links should be provided in
accordance with the requirements for columns.
• Diameter of transverse reinforcement is 8 mm
• The spacing of transverse reinforcement s < sct,max =min[20d; 400mm]
• Spacing s should be reduced by a factor 0.6 in sections within a distance
equal to 4 x thickness of wall above or below a beam or slab.
180 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
17.3 Shear wall shear design:
The design theory for shear in wall is similar to beams . However, as the wall
geometry is unchanged along some elevations, walls have the same value of shear
resistance VRd. Therefore , for each set of wall height in the building, one typical wall
is taken and calculated for shear resistance.
17.4 Worked example of shear wall design
Student chooses to design one story of the wall W20 on frame X3’. The complete P1
design result is demonstrated in Annex C.
Pre-design data
Concrete class C30/37: fck= 30 MPa, fcd =17 MPa
Nominal concrete cover: cnom=30mm
Steel type : fyk=390 MPa, fyd =204 MPa
Flexural design:
Step 1: Run the ETBAS analysis to obtain the onerous pair of M-N of each wall
sections. In this calculation, wall W2 will checked at Floor 2
Story Combo N Mx
kN kNm
Floor 2 CB7 11020 1360
Floor 2 CB11 9771 -1473.46
Length of the moment resisting zone:

B=0.2L=0.2x2750= 550 mm
Step 2: Determine equivalent couple force:
CB7:
N Mx 11020 1360
Pten = Ab + =  (0.55  0.3) + = 2822kN
A ( L − B) 2.75  0.3 (2.75 − 0.55)
N Mx 11020 1360
Pcom = Ab − =  (0.55  0.3) − = 1586kN
A ( L − B) 2.75  0.3 (2.75 − 0.55)
N 11020
Pmid = ( A − 2 Ab ) =  (2.75  0.3 − 2  0.55  0.3) = 6612kN
A 2.75  0.3
CB11:
N Mx 9771 1473
Pten = Ab + =  (0.55  0.3) + = 2624kN
A ( L − B) 2.75  0.3 (2.75 − 0.55)
181 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
N Mx 9771 1473
Pcom = Ab − =  (0.55  0.3) − = 1285kN
A ( L − B) 2.75  0.3 (2.75 − 0.55)
N 9771
Pmid = ( A − 2 Ab ) =  (2.75  0.3 − 2  0.55  0.3) = 5863kN
A 2.75  0.3
Calculate longitudinal reinforcement area

CB7:
Pten 2822
As ,end = = 106 = 8326mm 2
f yd 339000
Pcom
−  f cd Ab 1586 − 117000  (0.55  0.3)
Pmax Factor
As ,end = = 0.8 106 = −2556mm2
f yd −  f cd 339000 − 117000
Pmid 6612
−  f cd ( A − 2 Ab ) − 117000  [2.75  0.3 − 2  (0.55  0.3)]
Pmax Factor 0.8
As ,mid = = 106 = −465mm2
f yd −  f cd 339000 − 117000
CB1:
Pten 2625
As ,end = = 106 = 7741mm 2
f yd 339000
Pcom
−  f cd Ab 1285 − 117000  (0.55  0.3)
Pmax Factor
As ,end = = 0.8 106 = −3724mm2
f yd −  fcd 339000 − 117000
Pmid 5863
−  f cd ( A − 2 Ab ) − 117000  [2.75  0.3 − 2  (0.55  0.3)]
Pmax Factor 0.8
As ,mid = = 106 = −3373mm2
f yd −  f cd 339000 − 117000
Choose the largest area of reinforcement in each zone:
As,end = 8626mm2 ; As,end = −3724mm2 ; As,mid = −3373mm2
Provide 18d25 for each of the end zones ( for symmetrical design)
As,endprov = 8863mm2 ;  prov = 1.083%
Provide 24d25 for the mid zone ( As,mid is negative  Provide based on rule)
182 | P a g e
SHEAR WALL DESIGN
As
= = 1% → As ,midreq = 4950mm2 → provide 12d25 (As ,midprov = 5890mm2 )
A − 2 Ab
Step 3: Brief checking the amount of reinforcement. Satisfying prov compared

to min and max.
Shear design
Step 1: Run the ETABS analysis to obtain the most onerous shear force
Story Combo V (kN)
Floor 2 C7 1009.72
Step 2: Determine the concrete strut capacity

0.36bw df cd (1 − f ck / 250)
VRd ,max =
cot  + tan 
0.36  400  4644.5(1 − 30 / 250)
cot  = 1 → VRd ,max = 10−3 = 5062kN
1+1
0.36  400  4644.5(1 − 30 / 250)

cot  = 2.5 → VRd ,max = 10 −3 = 3491kN
2.5 + 1
VEd =608 kN < V Rd,cotθ=2.5 =3461< VRd,cot θ = 5062 kN

Choose cot θ=2.5
Step 3: Calculate the shear reinforcement
  82
0.9 Asw f ywd cot  0.9  4644.5   0.8  235  2.5
s= = 2 = 406mm
VEd 608 103
Calculate the minimum links required

  82
0.9 Asw f ywd 0.9   0.8  235
s= = 2 = 135mm
0.08bw f ck 0.08  400  30
Calculate the maximum links required

s = 0.75d = 0.75  4644.5 = 3483mm
Choose spacing for vertical stirrup is min[s,smin,smax] and sselect should be rounded
down to 50 ➔ sselect =100mm ➔ Provide stirrups d8s100
183 | P a g e
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT
CHAPTER 18
18.1 Theory of geotechnical statistics
18.1.1 Objectives of the geotechnical investigation report
- To define the geotechnical cross-section based on geologic data and physuco-
mechanic properties of the soil at the construction site.
- To define underground water table level
- Based on the soil investigating and testing materials, this report will provide
the essential data foundation calculation task.
- Project: KOBED Tower office building.
- Location: At area C7B-01B – Zone A - Ward Tan Phu – District 7 –Hồ Chi
Minh City
18.1.2 Method of calculating standard characteristics and design value.
18.1.2.1 Division of soil layers
A soil layer is considered by the similarities of physico-mechanic of samples
obtaining by insitu test or in laboratory. The coefficient of variation V of all samples
is limited so as to be considered as one layer. V is determined by:

v= 100%
A
Where:
A=
 A : is the mean value of one characteristic
i
=  ( A − A)
i
2
: is the root-mean-square deviation
n −1
Ai : is the characteristic value of the ith sample obtained from one specific
experiment
n : is the number of conducted experiments or the number of samples in one
layer
18.1.2.2 Rules for deviation omissions
In a set of soil samples in one soil layers, the relationship between the coefficient of
variation v and the allowable coefficient of variation [v] is that :
v ≤ [v] ➔ the considered soil layer is satisfied.
184 | P a g e
v > [v] ➔ the value with large deviation shall be omitted.
Table 18.1- Allowable coefficients of variation
Soil characteristics Allowable coefficient of variation [v]
Specific gravity 0.018
Unit weight 0.05
In-situ moisture 0.15
Atterberg limit 0.15
Modulus of deformation 0.3
Shear strength 0.3
Uniaxial compressive strength 0.4
The manual omission of Ai out of the set is conducted when:
Ai − A  v   cm
Where:
σcm is the quadratic deviation.
1 n
 cm = 
n − 1 i =1
( Ai − A)2 for n > 25
1 n
 cm =  ( Ai − A)2 for n ≤ 25
n i =1
v is the standard statistic coefficient determined by the dependent on the

number of experiment samples
Table 18.2 Value of standard statistic coefficient v
n v n v n v n v n v n v
6 2.07 12 2.52 18 2.73 24 2.86 30 2.96 36 3.03
7 2.18 13 2.56 19 2.75 25 2.88 31 2.97 37 3.04
8 2.27 14 2.60 20 2.78 26 2.90 32 2.98 38 3.05
9 2.35 15 2.64 21 2.80 27 2.91 33 3.00 39 3.06
10 2.41 16 2.67 22 2.82 28 2.93 34 3.01 40 3.07
11 2.47 17 2.70 23 2.84 29 2.94 35 3.02 41 3.08
18.1.2.3 Determination of standard characteristics and design value
Standard characteristic
Applied for all characteristics except c and φ
n
A i
ATC = A = i =1
185 | P a g e
As for c and φ, the standard cTc and φTC is determined by the least square regression of
all the τ result of one soil layer in the direct shear test
The relationship between τ and σ is determined by the Coulomb-Terzaghi shear
strength equation
 = c +   tan 
Where:
c is the apparent cohesion.
σ is the normal stress
φ is the angle of internal friction or shearing resistance of the soil
Using the least square regression to determine c and φ
  − (c +  tan  )
2
= min
Take the derivation of both sides of the equation by c and tan φ


 ( i − c −  i tan  ) = 0
2
 tan 
 [−2 i ( i − c − tan  )] = 0

 ( i − c −  i tan  ) = 0
2
c
   −2( i − c −  i tan  = 0
Hence, we obtain the equation with two variables c and tan φ

n n n
 i i  i
  − c  − tan    2i = 0
 i =1 i =1 i =1
n n
  − nc − tan   = 0

i =1
i 
i =1
i
 n n n
 n   
i i −   − c  i
 tan TC = i =1 i =1 i =1

n n
 n   i
2
− (   i )2
 i =1 i =1
 1 n n
cTC = ( i − tan    i )

 n i =1 i =1
Design value
186 | P a g e
An = ATC (1   )
Where:
ta  v
ρ = ; is the accuracy index
n
In case of c and φ: ρ=tα x v
tα is the coefficient depending on reliability probability α
TCVN Limit State I: α=0.95
TCVN Limit State II: α=0.85
Table 18.3 Finding tα
Degree of freedom (n-1) with tα
R, (n-2) with c,φ α=0.95 α=0.85
2 1.34 2.92
3 1.25 2.35
4 1.19 2.13
5 1.16 2.01
6 1.13 1.94
7 1.12 1.90
8 1.11 1.86
9 1.10 1.83
10 1.10 1.81
11 1.09 1.80
12 1.08 1.78
13 1.08 1.77
14 1.08 1.76
15 1.07 1.75
16 1.07 1.75
17 1.07 1.74
18 1.07 1.73
19 1.07 1.73
20 1.06 1.72
25 1.06 1.71
30 1.05 1.70
40 1.05 1.68
60 1.05 1.67
18.1.2.4 Statistics note

During the statistic procedure, the limit is considered when the number of sample
n≥6. For unit weight  and moisture content W, if n<6 then statistics check if
187 | P a g e
conducted with v<[v] and the standard characteristic is equal to the mean value. For
cohesion c and friction angle φ from undrained direct shear test, if the number of
sample is 1 ( equivalent to 3 pairs (σ;τ): n=3) then only standard characteristics is
calculated. If the number of sample is greater or equal to 2( equivalent to 6 pairs (σ;τ):
n≥6) then the statistic based on limit states is conducted .
EXCEL formula LINEST shall be used to support statistics of cohesion c and friction
angle φ.
18.2 Worked example of geotechnical statistics calculation
In this document, only calculation for soil layer 3 is described in detail. The complete
statistics result for soil layers is shown in Annex D
Detailed calculation for soil layer 3
Fundamental properties of soil layer 3
Table 18.4 Physico-mechanic properties
No Borehole Sample Sample Moisture γsat γsub Gs WL WP e0 Max shear stress for each
depth W (kN/m3) (kN/m3) (%) (%) pressure τ (kPa)
(m) (%) 100 200 300 400
23.5- 44.3 78.5 94.6 116.3

35 BH1 UD12 24 29.67 18.8 9 2.71 38.7 22.62 0.869
25.5- 47.2 75.2 106.9 117.4
36 BH1 UD13 26 28.38 19.2 9.4 2.71 35.88 21.75 0.807
27.5- 50.7 76.9 102.6 130.1
37 BH1 UD14 28 25.53 19.3 9.5 2.7 33.81 20.65 0.753
26- 48.9 76.9 93.9 122.3
38 BH2 UD13 26.5 27.28 19.6 9.8 2.73 40.09 22.62 0.773
23.5- 54.1 84.2 95.8 142.1
39 BH3 UD12 24 19.67 20 10.2 2.69 25.28 15.37 0.611
25.5- 49.9 84.9 113.5 129.5
40 BH3 UD13 26 18.86 20.3 10.5 2.71 26.88 13.97 0.585
27.5- 60.7 84.1 104 142.6
41 BH3 UD14 28 18.2 20.3 10.5 2.7 27.53 14.32 0.57
29.5- 61 87.8 101.9 144.7
42 BH3 UD15 30 20.88 20 10.2 2.72 33.65 18.7 0.648
31.5- 61 87.8 101.9 144.7
43 BH3 UD16 32 20.3 20.3 10.5 2.73 35.31 15.84 0.615
35.5- 50.9 77.4 107.1 118.1
44 BH3 UD17 34 23.52 20.1 10.3 2.73 33.86 17.14 0.675
Average value A 23.33 19.8 10 2.71 33.1 18.3 0.686 52.3 81.1 102 130.3
Standard deviation σ 4.23 0.534 - 0.014 5.001 3.423 0.103 5.78 4.89 6.61 12.03
+ Saturated unit weight γsat

The mean unit weight
188 | P a g e
n
 1
197.6
= i =1
= = 19.76kN / m3
n 10
The root-mean-square deviation
1 n 1
 = 
n − 1 i =1
( i −  )2 =
10 − 1
 2.76 = 0.55
The coefficient of variation

 0.55
v= = = 0.028  [v] = 0.05
 19.76
 Satisfied to be considered as one soil layer with n=10  v = 2.41
The quadratic deviation
1 n 1
 cm = 
n i =1
( i −  )2 =
10
 2.76 = 0.53
The manual omission of Ai out of the set is conducted when
 i −   v   cm = 2.41 0.53 = 1.27
The standard characteristics

n
 1
197.6
 tc =  = i =1
= = 19.76kN / m3
n 10
The design value
- Design under Limit States I: α=0.95
With n-1=10-1=9, using the table  tα =1.83
t  v 1.83  0.028
= = = 0.016
n 10
Design value Limit States I:
 tt =  tc (1   ) = 19.76  (1  0.016) = 19.44 20.09kN / m3

- Design under Limit States II: α=0.85
t  v 1.10  0.028
= = = 0.010
n 10
189 | P a g e
Design value Limit States II:
 tt =  tc (1   ) = 19.76  (1  0.010) = 19.57 19.96kN / m3

Table 18.5- Statistic data of saturated unit weight
No Borehole Sample γsat  sat −  avg ( −  avg )
2
Note
sat
(kN/m3)
35 BH1 UD12 18.8 0.96 0.92 OK
36 BH1 UD13 19.2 0.56 0.31 OK
37 BH1 UD14 19.3 0.46 0.21 OK
38 BH2 UD13 19.6 0.46 0.21 OK
39 BH3 UD12 20 0.24 0.06 OK
40 BH3 UD13 20.3 0.54 0.29 OK
41 BH3 UD14 20.3 0.54 0.29 OK
42 BH3 UD15 20 0.24 0.06 OK
43 BH3 UD16 20.3 0.54 0.29 OK
44 BH3 UD17 20.1 0.34 0.12 OK
Total 197.6 4.88 2.76
10 Avg saturated unit 19.76
Number of sample n weight γavg
2.41 Root-mean-square 0.55
Statistics coefficient v deviation σγ
Variation coefficient v 0.028 v<[v]=0.05 OK
Quadratic deviation σcm 0.053 Error limit v,σcm 1.27
Standard unit weight γtc 19.76
Calculated unit weight γtt Limit States I (α=0.95) Limit States I (α=0.85)
tα 1.83 1.10
Ρ 0.016 0.01
Calculated unit weight γtt (19.44-20.09) (19.57-19.96)
+ Buoyant unit weight γsub

Calculation as above, the result is obtained in the following table:
Table 18.6- Statistic data of buoyant unit weight
γsub  sub −  avg ( −  avg )
2
No Borehole Sample Note
sub
(kN/m3)
35 BH1 UD12 9 0.96 0.92 OK
36 BH1 UD13 9.4 0.56 0.31 OK
37 BH1 UD14 9.5 0.46 0.21 OK
38 BH2 UD13 9.8 0.46 0.21 OK
39 BH3 UD12 10.2 0.24 0.06 OK
40 BH3 UD13 10.5 0.54 0.29 OK
190 | P a g e
41 BH3 UD14 10.5 0.54 0.29 OK
42 BH3 UD15 10.2 0.24 0.06 OK
43 BH3 UD16 10.5 0.54 0.29 OK
44 BH3 UD17 10.3 0.34 0.12 OK
Total 99.6 4.88 2.76
10 Avg saturated unit weight 9.96
Number of sample n γavg
Standard unit weight γtc 9.96
Calculated unit weight γtt Limit States I (α=0.95) Limit States I (α=0.85)
tα 1.83 1.10
Ρ 0.027 0.016
Calculated unit weight γtt (9.7-10.23) (9.81-10.12)
+ Moisture W
Table 18.7- Statistic data of moisture W
W − Wavg (W − Wavg )
2
No Borehole Sample W Note
sat
(%)
38 BH2 UD13 27.28 6.01 36.09 OK
39 BH3 UD12 19.67 1.6 2.57 OK
40 BH3 UD13 18.86 2.41 5.82 OK
41 BH3 UD14 18.2 3.07 9.44 OK
42 BH3 UD15 20.88 0.39 0.15 OK
43 BH3 UD16 20.3 0.97 0.95 OK
44 BH3 UD17 23.52 2.25 5.05 OK
Total 148.91 16.71 60.07
Number of sample n 7 Avg moiture Wavg 21.27
Standard value Wtc 21.27
191 | P a g e
+ Specific gravity Gs
Table 18.8 Statistics data of Specific gravity Gs
Gs − Gsavg (Gs − Gs )
2
No Borehole Sample Gs Note
avg
35 BH1 UD12 2.71 0.003 0.92 OK

36 BH1 UD13 2.71 0.003 0.31 OK
37 BH1 UD14 2.7 0.013 0.21 OK
38 BH2 UD13 2.73 0.017 0.21 OK
39 BH3 UD12 2.69 0.023 0.06 OK
40 BH3 UD13 2.71 0.003 0.29 OK
41 BH3 UD14 2.7 0.007 0.29 OK
42 BH3 UD15 2.72 0.017 0.06 OK
43 BH3 UD16 2.73 0.017 0.29 OK
44 BH3 UD17 2.73 0.012 0.12 OK
Total 27.13 4.88 2.76
Number of sample n 10 Avg specific gravity Gs 2.71
Standard value Gs 2.713
+Statistic data of Liquid limit WL
Table 18.9 Statistics data of Liquid limit WL
WL − Wavg (W − Wavg )
2
No Borehole Sample WL(%) Note
L
35 BH1 UD12 38.7 3.40 11.55 OK

36 BH1 UD13 35.88 3.78 14.30 OK
37 BH1 UD14 33.81 1.71 2.93 OK
38 BH2 UD13 40.09 7.99 63.86 OK
39 BH3 UD12 25.28 6.82 46.50 OK
40 BH3 UD13 26.88 5.22 27.24 OK
41 BH3 UD14 27.53 4.57 20.88 OK
42 BH3 UD15 33.65 1.55 2.41 OK
43 BH3 UD16 35.31 3.21 10.31 OK
44 BH3 UD17 33.86 1.76 3.10 OK
Total 320.99 40.01 203.76
Number of sample n 10 Avg Liquid limit WL 32.10
Standard value WL,tc 32.10
192 | P a g e
+Statistic data of Plastic limit WP

Table 18.10 Statistics data of Liquid limit WP
WP − Wavg (W − Wavg )
2
No Borehole Sample WP(%) Note
P
35 BH1 UD12 22.62 4.32 18.68 OK

36 BH1 UD13 21.75 3.45 11.92 OK
37 BH1 UD14 20.65 2.35 5.53 OK
38 BH2 UD13 22.62 4.32 18.68 OK
39 BH3 UD12 15.37 2.93 8.57 OK
40 BH3 UD13 13.97 4.33 18.73 OK
41 BH3 UD14 14.32 3.98 15.82 OK
42 BH3 UD15 18.7 0.4 0.16 OK
43 BH3 UD16 15.84 2.46 6.04 OK
44 BH3 UD17 17.14 1.16 1.34 OK
Total 182.98 29.7 105.48
Number of sample n 10 Avg Liquid limit Wp 18.30
Standard value WP,tc 18.298
+ Statistic data of Void ratio e0
Table 18.11 Statistics data of Void ratio e0
e0 − eavg (e − eavg )
2
No Borehole Sample e0(%) Note
0
35 BH1 UD12 0.869 0.18 0.03 OK

36 BH1 UD13 0.807 0.12 0.01 OK
37 BH1 UD14 0.753 0.06 0.036 OK
38 BH2 UD13 0.773 0.08 0.01 OK
39 BH3 UD12 0.611 0.08 0.01 OK
40 BH3 UD13 0.585 0.11 0.01 OK
41 BH3 UD14 0.57 0.12 0.01 OK
42 BH3 UD15 0.648 0.04 0.016 OK
43 BH3 UD16 0.615 0.08 0.01 OK
44 BH3 UD17 0.675 0.02 0.004 OK
Total 6.906 0.88 0.1
Number of sample n 10 Avg void ratio e0 0.69
193 | P a g e
Standard value eo,tc 18.298
+ Cohesion c and friction angle φ

Step 1: Check the shear stress τmax corresponding to each other pressure level and
remove the value with large error
Table 18.12 σ=100(kN/m3)
τ (kPa)  −  avg ( −  )
2
avg
35 BH1 UD12 44.3 8.57 73.44 OK

36 BH1 UD13 47.2 5.67 32.15 OK
37 BH1 UD14 50.7 2.17 4.71 OK
38 BH2 UD13 48.9 3.97 15.76 OK
39 BH3 UD12 54.1 1.23 1.51 OK
40 BH3 UD13 49.9 2.97 8.82 OK
41 BH3 UD14 60.7 7.83 61.31 OK
42 BH3 UD15 61 8.13 66.10 OK
43 BH3 UD16 61 8.13 66.10 OK
44 BH3 UD17 50.9 1.97 3.88 OK
Total 528.7 50.64 333.78
Number of sample n 10 Avg shear stress τavg 52.87
Standard value τtc 52.87
Table 18.13 σ=200(kN/m3)

τ (kPa)  −  avg ( −  )
2
avg
35 BH1 UD12 78.5 2.87 8.24 OK

36 BH1 UD13 75.2 6.17 38.07 OK
37 BH1 UD14 76.9 4.47 19.98 OK
38 BH2 UD13 76.9 4.47 19.98 OK
39 BH3 UD12 84.2 2.83 8.01 OK
40 BH3 UD13 84.9 3.53 12.46 OK
41 BH3 UD14 84.1 2.73 7.45 OK
42 BH3 UD15 87.8 6.43 41.34 OK
43 BH3 UD16 87.8 6.43 41.34 OK
44 BH3 UD17 77.4 3.97 15.76 OK
Total 813.7 43.9 212.64
194 | P a g e
Table 18.14 σ=300(kN/m )
3
τ (kPa)  −  avg ( −  )
2
avg
35 BH1 UD12 94.6 7.62 58.06 OK

36 BH1 UD13 106.9 4.68 21.90 OK
37 BH1 UD14 102.6 0.38 0.14 OK
38 BH2 UD13 93.9 8.32 69.22 OK
39 BH3 UD12 95.8 6.42 41.22 OK
40 BH3 UD13 113.5 11.28 127.24 OK
41 BH3 UD14 104 1.78 3.17 OK
42 BH3 UD15 101.9 0.32 0.10 OK
43 BH3 UD16 101.9 0.32 0.10 OK
44 BH3 UD17 107.1 4.88 23.81 OK
Total 1022.2 46 344.98
Table 18.15 σ=400(kN/m3)

τ (kPa)  −  avg ( −  )
2
avg
35 BH1 UD12 116.3 14.48 209.67 OK

36 BH1 UD13 117.4 13.38 179.02 OK
37 BH1 UD14 130.1 0.68 0.46 OK
38 BH2 UD13 122.3 8.48 71.91 OK
39 BH3 UD12 142.1 11.32 128.14 OK
40 BH3 UD13 129.5 1.28 1.64 OK
41 BH3 UD14 142.6 11.82 139.71 OK
42 BH3 UD15 144.7 13.92 193.77 OK
43 BH3 UD16 144.7 13.92 193.77 OK
44 BH3 UD17 118.1 12.68 160.78 OK
Total 1307.8 101.96 1278.9
195 | P a g e
Step 2: Use LINEST formula to determine the value of tan 

Table 18.16 – Use LINEST to determine σc, c and tan 
No Borehole Sample Max shear stress for each Linest result
pressure τ (kPA)
100 200 300 400
35 BH1 UD12 44.3 78.5 94.6 116.3 0.25489 27.695
36 BH1 UD13 47.2 75.2 106.9 117.4 0.01404 2.8692
37 BH1 UD14 50.7 76.9 102.6 130.1 0.9396 7.40835
38 BH2 UD13 48.9 76.9 93.9 122.3 591.877 38
39 BH3 UD12 54.1 84.2 95.8 142.1 32484.46 2085.582
40 BH3 UD13 49.9 84.9 113.5 129.5 Final result
41 BH3 UD14 60.7 84.1 104 142.6 tan tc 0.25489
tc
42 BH3 UD15 61 87.8 101.9 144.7 c 27.695
43 BH3 UD16 61 87.8 101.9 144.7 σtan 0.10477
44 BH3 UD17 50.9 77.4 107.1 118.1 σc 2.869244
Statistics calculation of cohesion c (kPa)

 c 2.87
Calculation the variation coefficient v = = = 0.104  [v]
ctc 27.70
 Satisfied to be considered as one soil layer
The design value

t  v 1.86  0.104
= = = 0.193
n 8
ctt = ctc (1   ) = 27.7  (1  0.193) = 22.36 33.04

196 | P a g e
t  v 1.10  0.104
= = = 0.115
n 8
ctt = ctc (1   ) = 27.7  (1  0.115) = 24.52 30.88
Statistics calculation of friction angle 

 tan  0.01048
Calculation the variation coefficient v = = = 0.0411  [v]
tan tc 0.25489
 Satisfied to be considered as one soil layer
The design value

t  v 1.86  0.0411
= = = 0.7645
n 8
ctt = ctc (1   ) = 0.25489  (1  0.07645) = 13.25 15.35

t  v 1.11 0.0411
= = = 0.04563
n 8
tan tt = tan tc (1   ) = 0.25489  (1  0.04563) = 13.68 14.93
197 | P a g e
18.3 Summary properties of all soil layers
Figure 18.3 Geotechnical profile
198 | P a g e
Table 18.17- Geological characteristics
Layer Borehole Depth of Depth of Thickness SPT,
the layer’s the layer’s of layer hammers
surface (m) bottom (m) (m)
BH1 0.0 2.0 2.0 -
BH2 0.0 2.0 2.0 -
A BH3 0.0 2.0 2.0 -
Mean value 0.0 2.0 2.0 -
Component Clay (2.9%), Slit (9.6%), Sand (87.5%)
BH1 2.0 21.0 19.0 0-3

BH2 2.0 21.5 19.5 0-2
1 BH3 2.0 21.2 19.2 0-2
Mean value 2.0 21.2 19.2 -
Component Clay (49%), Slit (47.5%), Sand (87.5%)
BH1 21 24 3 7
BH2 21.5 24.6 3.1 5-6
2 BH3 21.2 23.2 2 7
Mean value 21.2 23.9 2.7 -
BH1 24 29 5 9-11
BH2 24.6 26.7 2.1 12
3 BH3 23.2 32.1 10.9 9-16
Mean value 29.9 55.8 25.9 -
BH1 29 55.2 56.2 14-38
BH2 26.7 55.5 28.8 14-39
4 BH3 34.1 56.8 22.7 11-15
Mean value 29.9 55.8 25.9 -
Component Clay (9.7%), Slit (11.7%), Sand (74.1%),Gravel(3.4%)
BH1 55.2 59.2 4 20-22
BH2 55.5 58.9 3.4 30-31
5 BH3 56.8 61.3 4.5 28-30
Mean value 55.8 59.8 4.0 -
Component Clay (43.3%),Slit (40.5%),Sand (11.3 %),Gravel(3.4%)
BH1 59.2 100 >40.8 17-62
BH2 58.9 100 >41.1 19-70
6 BH3 61.3 100 >38.7 17-82
Mean value 59.8 100 402 -
Component Clay (43.3%),Slit (40.5%),Sand (11.3 %),Gravel(3.4%)
199 | P a g e
Table 18.18- Summary properties of all soil layers
Saturated Atterberg Limit Direct Shear Test
Moisture Unit Specific Void Liquid Plastic Liqudity Friction
Content Weight Gravity ratio Limit Limit Index Angle Cohesion
sat (degre
W (%) (kN/m3) Gs e0 WL(%) WP(%) IL e) c (kPa)
Layer Loose, yellowish gray, slity sand
A 17.63 2.65 NP
Very soft, blackish grey, Organic silt
Layer
1 tc=
86.93 14.73 2.62 2.33 80.19 44.15 1.18 03o30' Ctc= 5.6
Firm, blueish, gray, Lean clay with sand
Layer
2 tc=
29.23 18.70 2.70 0.87 37.55 19.36 0.54 11o04' Ctc= 19.5
Stiff, brownish yellow- whitish grey, Sandy lean clay
Layer
3 tc=
23.23 19.79 2.71 0.69 33.10 18.30 0.34 14o30' Ctc= 27.7
Medium dense to dense, whitish grey, yellowish brown, Stlity, clayey sand
Layer
4 tc=
18.39 20.38 2.67 0.55 22.26 16.07 1.36 25o20' Ctc=9.5
Very stiff, yellowish brown- whitish grey, Lean clay
Layer
5 tc=
21.73 20.30 2.71 0.62 39.74 20.26 0.25 17o12' Ctc=43.5
Medium dense to very dense, whitish grey, yellowish brown
Layer , Stlity, clayey sand
6 tc=
18.49 20.54 2.67 8.70 22.53 16.12 0.37 26o20' Ctc=10.1
Geotechnical comment and recommendation

• Soil layers 1, 2 are cohesive soil with large deformation and high
compressibility. It is not recommended to set the pile base here.
• Soil layers 3, 4, 5, 6 are good soil. The load capacity is average; the
compressibility and the deformation is relatively small. It is recommended to
set the pile base into soil layer 4 with the depth of 45m or deeper.
• Depending on the workload, the depth of the pile base is different when
designing pile foundation. During the design work. The load bearing capacity
of bored pile is designed to bored hole 1.
200 | P a g e
Figure 18.4 – Boring log of BH1
201 | P a g e
BORED PILE
CHAP 19
BORED PILE
19.1 Introduction to bored pile
19.1.1 General
Bored piles are a commonly-used form of building foundation that provides support
for medium large to large scale structures. Bored piles are responsible for transferring
loads to layers of soil or rock that have sufficient bearing capacity and suitable
settlement characteristics.
Bored piles are piles where the removal of spoil forms a hole for a reinforced concrete
pile which is poured in-situ. Afterward, the spoil is replaced by the pile.
Bored piles may not have reinforced steel when the load of the work only cause
stresses in the pile. In case of reinforcement steel requirement due to horizontal load
or compressive load along with concrete, the actual reinforcement is currently not cut
but stretched throughout the length of the pile.
19.1.2 Pros and cons
Table 19.1 Pros and cons of bored pile
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
Vibration-free. Reduce disturbance for High cost, complicated construction
adjacent region techniques
High load bearing capacity, suitable for The inspection work is expensive and
weak stratum complicated
Small amount of required reinforcement Friction on the side of the pile can be
in pile body significantly reduced compared to pile
and press
202 | P a g e
BORED PILE
19.2 Pre-design concept
19.2.1 Material of pile and pile cap
• Concrete class C30/37
Unit weight : = 25kN/m2
Characteristics compressive strength : fck = 30 MPa
Elastic modulus : E= 32837 MPa
• Reinforcement
For rebar diameter d<10mm and stair, use steel CI with :
Longitudinal bar tensile strength : Rs=255 MPa
Compression strength : Rsc=225 MPa
Stirrup tensile strength : Rsw=175 MPa
Characteristic yield strength : fyk= 390 N/mm2
Ultimate tensile strength : fu= 380 N/mm2
For rebar diameter d≥10mm and stair, use steel CIII with :
19.2.2 Preliminary sizing
+ Calculation is conducted in BH1. Water table level is at -2.1m
+ Elevation of the 3rd basement: -7.8m
+ Pile cap thickness: 2m
+ Elevation of pile cap bottom: -10.8 m
+ Lap length in pile body (100% lapped in one location): 54  =1350 mm = 1.35m (  =
25mm)
+ Concrete cover of pile: 50mm
+ Anchorage to pile cap: 36  = 900 mm.
 Crushed segment of pile head: 900+cnom =950mm = 0.95mm
203 | P a g e
BORED PILE
+ Concrete segment of pile clamping into pile cap: 150mm= 0.15m
+ Length of bored pile: 11.7 x6 -1.35x5=63.45m
+ Effective length of bored pile considered from the pile cap bottom:
63.45-0.95-0.15=62.4m
+ Elevation of bored pile base: -13.7 -62.4= 76.1 m ( Soil layer 6 , NSPT=38)
+ Cast-in-place pile with temporary casing ( EC2-1 Clause 2.3.4.2)
 The nominal cover diameter of pile: Dnom=1000mm
 The effective diameter of pile: D= Dnom -50 =950 mm

+ Ratio of Length/ Diameter: L/D=62.4/1.15=54<60
+ According to EC2-1-1 Clause 9.8.6, the recommended minimum longitudinal
reinforcement area in cast-in-place bored piles is min = 0.25% ( for Ac > 1.0m2). The
clear distance between bars should not exceed 200m measured along the periphery of
the pile
 Choose rebar for each section of pile:
Section 1: 16ϕ22; pprov=0.956% > 0.25% OK!

Figure 19.1 Bored pile cross-section
204 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.2- Geotechnical cross- section and depth of pile base
205 | P a g e
BORED PILE
19.3 Bearing capacity of bored pile

In the work of designing a pile foundation, a number of limit states should be
considered. According to EC7-1 Clause 7.6.1.1 (1)P, The design shall demonstrate
that exceeding the following limit states is sufficiently improbable:
• Ultimate limit states of compressive or tensile resistance failure of a single pile;
• Ultimate limit states of compressive or tensile resistance failure of the pile
foundation as a whole;
• Serviceability limit states in the supported structure caused by displacement of
the piles.
19.3.1 General
Compressive ground resistance for all ULSs is verified using the following
fundamental inequality:
Fcd ≤ Rcd
Where:
Fcd is the design axial compression load on a simple pile or group of piles at
the ULS, and Rc,d is the design value of the compressive ground
resistance of a single pile or group of pile at the ULS. The ULS loads
Fc,d are determined from the combination of actions which follow the
general format of the partial factor method ( EC0 Clause 6.4.3.2)
Rc,d is the design compressive resistance.
According to EC7-1 Clause 7.6.2.1( 2), the design compressive resistance is estimated
by summing the design base resistance Rbd and the design shaft resistance Rsd
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = Rbd + Rsd = +
b s
The characteristic base Rbk and the characteristic shaft resistance Rsk may be obtained
by calculating:
Rbk = Ab qbk and Rsk =  As,i qsk ,i

i
Where:
qbk is the unit base resistance
Ab is the pile’s base area
qsk,i is the unit shaft resistance in various strata
206 | P a g e
BORED PILE
As is the pile shaft area
Although the characteristic values are difficult to be identified exactly, some re-
statements are suggested to calculate the approximate value of Rcd which are relevant
to material, soil parameters and SPT result. Afterward, the results will then be
evaluated and selected.
The sets of partial factors is applicable to pile design in persistent and transient
situations for use with the three Design Approaches, are given in Table 17.2
Table 19.2- Sets of partial factors for pile design in persistent, transient situations
Design Approach Structural Action Geotechnical Ground reistance
action
DA-1
Combination 1 Set A1 Sets (M1) + A1 Sets(M1) + (R1)
Combination 2 Set (A2) Sets M2 + (A2) Sets(M1) + R4
DA-2 Set A1 Sets (M1) + A1 Sets (M1) + R2
DA-3 Set A1 Sets M2 + (A2) Sets M2 + (R3)
(A2), (M1), (R1) and (R3): sets A2 ( permanent actions), M1, R1 (driven piles in
compression) and R3 (all piles in compression) have values of partial factor equal to
1.0.
Unfavorable action, e.g. negative friction, or transverse loading
In the design of piles, Design Approaches 1 (DA-1) and 2 (DA-2) include resistance
factoring, i.e. when calculating the ground resistance, the partial factors for the ground
parameter are equal to 1.0 ( set M1 in EC7-1 Table A.4) while those for resistance are
greater than 1.0 (sets R4 or R1 – except for driven piles – for DA-1, and set R2 for
DA-2 in EC7-1 Tables A. 6 to A.8). In contrast, Design Approach 3 (DA-3) involves
material factoring, i.e. partial factors greater than 1.0 are applied to ground parameters
when calculating the ground resistance (set M2 in EC7-1 Table A.4) while those for
resistance are equal to 1.0 (set R3 for all piles in compression, in EC7-1 Tables A.6 to
A.8.
Table 19.3- Summary of the Design Approach
Approach Set ’ c’ cu b s
DA 1-1 M1+R1 1 1 1 1.25 1
DA 1-2 M1+R4 1 1 1 1.6 1.3
DA 2 M1+R2 1 1 1 1.1 1.1
DA 3 M2+R3 1.25 1.25 1.4 1 1
207 | P a g e
BORED PILE
19.3.2 ULS compressive resistance obtained from material

The design compressive resistance obtained from material may be determined by
Where:
f ck
fcd =  cc ; is the design value of concrete compressive strength
kfc
f yk
fyd = ; is the design yield strength of reinforcement
s
kf =1.1; is the material coefficient of concrete in foundation as defined in

EC2-1-1 Clause 2.4.2.5
αcc =0.85; is the reduction factor of concrete as defined in EC2-1-1 Clause
3.1.6 (1) P
Ac is the area pile’s cross-section
As is the area of longitudinal reinforcement in the pile
Worked example
Estimation of the design compressive resistance obtained from material
Rcd = f cd Ac + f yd As + Ac L bt
  d 2   f yk 
f ck  2
= ( cc ) +   (n ) + Ac L bt
kfc  4   s  4
30 103    0.9502   390  103     0.0222     0.9502 
= (0.85  ) +
  
  16  +   64.2  25
1.11.5  4   1.15   4   4 
=14154kN
19.3.3 ULS compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters

The design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters may be determined
by
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = +
b s
Characteristic base resistance ( Terzaghi’s method)
208 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Rbk = Ap q p
=  R 2p (1.3cN c +  c' N q + 0.3 DN
Where:
Rp is the radius of circular-section pile; Rp=1.15/2= 0.575m
c is the mean cohesion of the soil layer where the pile based is placed
σv’ =γ’∆L; is the vertical effective stress at the bottom of each layer to the
pile base
γ’ is the buoyant unit weight of the soil where the pila base is placed
The bearing capacity factors Nc, Nq and Nγ are, respectively, the contributions of
cohesion, surcharge, and unit weight of soil to the ultimate load-bearing capacity.
These parameters may be determined in Table 17.4
Table 19.4 Terzaghi’s bearing capacity factor
The pile base is placed at soil layer 6 with c’= 10.1 kPa; φ’=26.3
 Nc= 27.09; Nq=14.21; Nγ= 9.84
The effective stress at pile base

6
 v' =   1 Li = 4.9  7.3 + 8.9  3 + 10  5.6 + 10.6  25.6 + 10.5  4 + 10.7 16.9 = 621.7kPA
i =1
209 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Table 19.5- The calculated effective stress of soil layers
Layer Top Bottom Thickness γsat y’ σ’v
elevation elevation (m) (kN/m3) (kN/m3) (kPa)
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 14.7 4.9 35.8
2 -21 -24 3 18.7 8.9 62.5
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 19.8 10 118.5
4 -29.6 -55.2 25.6 20.4 10.6 389.8
5 -55.2 -59.2 4 20.3 10.5 431.8
6 -59.2 -76.1 16.9 20.5 10.7 612,7
Estimation of the characteristic base resistance:
Rbk =  R p2 (1.3cN c +  ' LN q + 0.3 DN )

=   0.5752  (1.3 10.1 27.09 + 612.7  14.21 + 0.3  10.7 1.15  9.84) = 9450kN
Characteristic shaft resistance
Rsk =  f s,i pL
Where:
fs,i is the unit friction resistance at soil layer ith
p is the perimeter of pile
∆L is the depth of soil layer ith surrounding the considered pile section
Two widely used methods (determine the unit friction resistance of soil) are
introduced:
α method: Calculate the undrained unit friction resistance fs (only cohesive
soils)
f s =  cu
Where:
α is the empirical adhesion faction. The American Petroleum
Institute (API. 1984.1987) suggests for α function of cu
cu − 25
 = 1− for 27< cu < 70 kPa
90
 = 1.0 for cu ≤ 25 kPa

 = 0.5 for cu ≥ 70 kPa
210 | P a g e
BORED PILE
β method: Calculated the drained unit friction resistance fs (both cohesive soil
and cohesionless soil)
f s =  vmid
'
( for sand in short-term)
f s =  vmid
'
+ c '( for sand in long-term)
Where:
σ’vmid is the vertical effective at the middle of the considered layer ∆L
β =Ktanφ’
K = 1-sinφ’ : is the earth pressure coefficient
The characteristic shaft resistance is determined in two states: short-term and long-term.
For cohesive soil, in short-term state, the following soil parameter is applied cu which
obtained from the UU triaxial test or the unconfined compression test. While, in long-term
state c’, ’, obtained from CU triaxial test, is applied.
For cohesionless soil, soil parameters are taken from the CU triaxial test for both long-term
and short-term states
Table 19.6-Soil parameters to determine shaft resistance
Soil layer Short-term Long term
qu (kPa) cu (kPa) φ’ tan φ’ c’ (kPa)
(degree)
1 19.1 9.55 14.8 0.26 11.1
2 - - 21.6 0.40 45.7
3 121.7 60.85 28.6 0.55 67.8
4 - - 35.9 -.72 4.4
*qu is obtained for Unconfined Compression Test
* φ’ is obtained from the CU Triaxial Test
It has been empirically proven that the unit friction resistance fs in the ground increases with
depth more or less linearly to a depth of L’ and remains constant thereafter. A conservative
estimate of L’ should be:
L’≈15 D=18m
 fs is constant from the depth -31.7m (layer 3) and below
211 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.3 – Unit frictional resistance for piles

Worked example :
+ Short- term state (DA 1-1)
• Soil layer 1 (Clay)
cu = 9.55 kPa
9.55 9.55
Apply set M1: cu = = = 9.55kPa
 cu 1
 =1
f s =  cu = 1 9.55kPa
Rsk = f s pL = 9.55  2.2  0.8  7.3 = 123kN

• Soil layer 2 (Sand)
φ’=21.6  tan φ’ =0.40
0.40 0.40
Apply set M1: tan  ' = ' = = 0.40  sin  ' = 0.37
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.37)  0.4 = 0.25
 v' ,mid ,2 =  v' ,1 +  2' (L2 / 2) = 35.8 + 8.9  (3/ 2) = 49.12kPa

f s =  vmid
'
= 0.25  49.12 = 12.3kPa
cu = 60.85 kPa
60.85 60.85
 cu 1
212 | P a g e
BORED PILE
cu − 25 60.85 − 25
 = 1− = 1− = 0.6
90 90
f s =  cu = 0.6  60.85 = 36.61kPa
Rsk = f s pL = 9.55  2.2  0.8  7.3 = 123kN

• Soil layer 4,5,6
fs = 36.61 kPa
Rsk =  f s pL = 36.611.15  (25.6 + 4 + 16.9) = 6151kN
Estimation of the short-term characteristic friction resistance
Rsk =  Rsk ,i = 252 + 133 + 741 + 6151 = 7276kN
+ Long-term state (DA 1-1)

φ’=14.8  tan φ’ =0.26

0.26 0.26
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.25)  0.26 = 0.2
 v' ,mid ,1 =  1' (L2 / 2) = 4.9  (7.3/ 2) = 17.9kPa

c’=11.1 kPa
11.1 11.1
Apply set M1: c ' = = = 11.1kPa
 c' 1
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.2 17.0 + 11.1 = 14.62kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 14.6 1.15  7.3 = 386kN
φ’=21.6  tan φ’ =0.40

0.40 0.40
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.37)  0.4 = 0.25
 v' ,mid ,1 = 1' (L2 / 2) = 35.8 + 8.9  (3/ 2) = 49.12kPa

c’=45.7 kPa
45.7 45.7
 '
c 1
213 | P a g e
BORED PILE
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.25  49.12 + 45.7 = 57.99kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 57.99 1.15  3 = 629kN
φ’=28.6  tan φ’ =0.55

0.55 0.55
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.48)  0.55 = 0.28
 v' ,mid ,1 = 1' (L2 / 2) = 62.5 + 10  (5.6 / 2) = 90.5kPa

c’=67.8 kPa
67.8 67.8
 c' 1
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.28  90.5 + 67.8 = 93.51kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 93.511.15  5.6 = 1892kN
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.28  90.5 + 67.8 = 93.51kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 93.511.15  (25.6 + 4 + 16.9) = 15710kN
Estimation of the long-term characteristic friction resistance
Rsk =  f s pL = 93.511.15  (25.6 + 4 + 16.9) = 15710kN
Estimation of the design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters

(DA 1-1)
Rbk Rsk 9450 7276
Short-term: Rcd = + = + = 14836kN
b s 1.25 1
Rbk Rsk 9450 18616

Long-term: Rcd = + = + = 26176kN
 b  s 1.25 1
The complete calculation tables of Rcd for all Design Approaches

Table 19.7- Estimation of the short-term characteristic friction resistance
Set M1 : γφ’=1 γc’=1
α tanφ’ β σ’v
Short-term
Layer Top Bottom Thickness cu fs Rsk,i Rsk

elevtation elavtation (m) (kPa) (kPa) (kPa) (kN)
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 9.55 1 - - - 9.55 252 7276
2 -21 -24 3 - - 0.40 0.25 49.12 12.29 133
214 | P a g e
BORED PILE
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 60.85 0.6 - - - 36.61 741
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 36.61 6151
Set M2: γφ’=1.25 γc’=1.4
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 6.82 1 - - - 6.82 180 6800
2 -21 -24 3 - - 0.32 0.22 49.12 10.86 118
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 43.46 0.8 - - - 34.55 699
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 34.55 5804
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 9.55 1 - - - 9.55 252
Set M1: γφ’=1 γc’=1
Layer Top Bottom Thickness cu α tanφ’ β σ’v fs Rsk,i Rsk
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 11.1 0.26 0.26 0.2 17.9 14.62 386 18616
2 -21 -24 3 45.7 0.37 0.4 0.25 49.1 57.99 629
Long-term
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 67.8 0.48 0.55 0.28 90.5 93.51 1892
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 93.51 15710
Set M2: γφ’=1.25 γc’=1.25
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 8.9 0.21 0.21 0.17 17.9 11.8 313 15495
2 -21 -24 3 36.6 0.3 0.32 0.22 49.2 47.42 514
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 54.2 0.4 0.44 0.26 90.5 77.92 1577
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 77.92 13091
Table 19.8- Design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters

Approach Rbd(kN) Rsd (kN) γb γs Rcd (kN)
Short- DA 1-1 7560 7276 1.25 1 14836
term DA 1-2 5906 5597 1.6 1.3 11503
DA 2 8591 6615 1.1 1.1 15206
DA 3 9450 6800 1 1 16250
Long- DA 1-1 7560 18616 1.25 1 26176
term DA 1-2 5906 14320 1.6 1.3 20226
DA 2 8591 16924 1.1 1.1 25514
DA 3 9450 15495 1 1 24945
19.3.4 ULS compressive resistance obtained from SPT result

The design compressive resistance obtained from SPT result may be determined by
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = +
b s
Characteristic base resistance
Rsk = pLfav
215 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Where:
p is the perimeter of bored pile
L is the length of pile considered from the bottom of pile cap
fav =0.01pa N ; is the average unit frictional resistance for bored pile
60
N 60 is the average value of standard penetration of soil layer from ground

surface to pile base
Table 19.9- Calculation of N 60
Depth Spt Depth Spt Depth Spt Depth Spt Depth Spt
10 0 26 9 42 35 58 18 74 36
12 0 28 11 44 36 60 17 76 38
14 0 30 14 46 37 62 18
16 1 32 31 48 24 64 21
18 2 34 32 50 25 66 29
20 3 36 34 52 32 70 33
22 7 38 36 54 32 70 33
24 10 40 38 56 22 72 36
N 60 21.88
Estimation of the characteristic shaft resistance:

Rsk = pLfaw =(2.2+0.8)x 2x 62.4 (0.01 x100 x 21.88) =8193kN
Design compressive resistance obtained from SPT test
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = +
b s
Table 19.10- Calculated Rcd form SPT

Approach Rbd (kN) Rsd (kN) γb γs Rcd
DA 1-1 9340 4720 1.25 1 14060
DA 1-2 7297 3631 1.6 1.3 10928
DA 2 10614 4291 1.1 1.1 14905
DA 3 11675 4720 1 1 16395
19.3.5 The design compressive resistance for all ULS

Table 19.11- The design compressive resistance for all ULSs
Design ULS compressive resistance (kN) Design compressive
Approach Material Soil parameter SPT resistance Rcd (kN)
Short-term Long-
term
DA 1-1 14154 14836 26176 14060 14060
DA 1-2 14154 11503 20226 10928 10928
216 | P a g e
BORED PILE
DA 2 14154 15206 25514 14905 14905
DA 3 14154 16250 24945 16395 16250
19.4 Foundation layout
Figure 19.4- Foundation layout

19.5 Design foundation FW1
Figure 19.5 Center of found FW1

19.5.1 Load acting on pile cap center
Due to the combined system of core the load should act at the center of the pile cap.
The equivalent load is determined as
217 | P a g e
BORED PILE
NG = NP1
HG,X = HP1,X ; HG,Y = HP1,Y
M G,X= MP1,X; M G,Y= MP1,Y
Member Combo NED HX HY MX MY
P1 Set A2 -137605.0452 -16479.1048 779.4214 2467574 8752
P1 Set A1 -185766.811 -22240.0414 1052.219 33312.25 11815.2
19.5.2 Calculation of pile quantity

In addition to the transferred load from the superstructure, piles should be able to
withstand the self-weight of pile cap
  GA1  1.35   15342 

Gcap = Acap  hcap   RC   A  = 19.1 11.9  2  25   =  kN
 2 1  11364.5 
 G 
The design compressive force acting on piles of FW1
Set A1: Fcd = NG + Gcap = 185766 + 15342 = 201108kN
Set A2: Fcd = NG + Gcap = 137605 + 11364.5 = 148969kN
Fcd
Quantity of pile: n =  
Rcd
Where β is the effective coefficient of moment ( β=1.2~1.6). Choose β =1.2

Pile quantity for M1 is calculated in 4 Design Approaches
Table 19.12- Pile quantity of FW1
Structure Foundation DA1-1 DA1-2 DA2 DA3
Rcd=14060 Rcd=10928 Rcd=14905 Rcd=16250
Fcd n Fcd n Fcd n Fcd n
P1 FW1 201108 17 148969 14 201108 17 201108 16
The adequate quantity n is selected by sorting out the maximum value and satisfying
the arrangement of foundation layout ( Spacing between centers pile should be 3 x
Pile Diameter and later satisfying the bearing -capacity of pile group)
 nselect =18
19.5.3 Verification of load bearing capacity

19.5.3.1 Verification of single pile
218 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Model the pile cap in SAFE. The pile cap is assigned as thick plate concrete slab with
thickness equals to 2m. The bored piles are assigned as spring support with stiffness
K= Rcd /S
Where S is the immediate settlement which may be determined as
D Rcd L
S= +
100 AE
Where D is the pile diameter, A is the area of pile cross-section, E is the elastic
modulus of pile material and L is the embedded length of pile.
D=0.95m
Q=Rcd= 10928 kN
L= 62.4m
Ap=0.567 m2
EP = 32000000kN/m2
S= 0.0320
K= 341327 kN/m=341.3 kN/mm
Run the SAFE analysis with combo of SET A1 and SET A2 to obtain the reaction
force at each spring
219 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.6 Reaction force at pile heads FW1 set A1

Table 19.13- Verification of single pile FW1
Check Fcd≤Rcd
Verification of single pile Rcd check with Set A1 Rcd check with Set A2
DA 1-1 DA 2 DA 3 DA 1-2
Fcd of Set Fcd of Set
Pile A1 A2 14060 14905 16250 10928
101 10954.995 8114.811 OK OK OK OK
102 10956.7 8116.006 OK OK OK OK
103 10952.416 8112.901 OK OK OK OK
104 10962.5 8120.37 OK OK OK OK
105 1105.763 8152.417 OK OK OK OK
106 11004.914 8151.788 OK OK OK OK
107 11003.866 8151.012 OK OK OK OK
108 11006.267 8152.79 OK OK OK OK
109 12125.546 8981.886 OK OK OK OK
110 12143.815 8995.419 OK OK OK OK
111 12157.456 9005.523 OK OK OK OK
112 12134.913 8988.825 OK OK OK OK
220 | P a g e
BORED PILE
113 11828.363 8761.751 OK OK OK OK
114 11862.358 8786.932 OK OK OK OK
115 11824.153 8758.632 OK OK OK OK
116 11848.639 8776.77 OK OK OK OK
117 11825.664 8759.751 OK OK OK OK
118 11844.073 8773.388 OK OK OK OK
19.5.3.2 Verification of group piles

When the piles are placed close to each other, a reasonable assumption is that the
stresses transmitted by the piles to the soil will overlap, reducing the load-bearing
capacity of the piles. Ideally, the piles in a group should be spaced so that the load-
bearing capacity of the group is not less than the sum of the bearing capacity of the
individual piles. In practice, the minimum center-to-center pile spacing, d, is about 3
to 3.5D.
Depending on the spacing d between piles, the piles may act in either as (1) a block or
(2) as individual piles. The ultimate load-bearing capacity of a pile group is
determined as
Rg (u) =    Ru  Fcd
Where:
R u = n x Rcd; is the design compressive resistance of all piles in a pile group
Ƞ is the efficiency of the load-bearing capacity of a pile group, determined

by the Converse- Labarre equation. If n<1 then piles act as a block.
 (n1 − 1)n2 + (n2 − 1)n1 
 = 1−  
 90  n1n2 
Where:
n1 is the number of pile rows
n2 is number of piles/number of rows
θ = tan-1 (D/d) [degree]
221 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Number of piles in group = n1 x n2 ( Note: Lg ≥ Bg )

Lg= (n1 – 1)d + 2(D/2)
Bg = (n2 -1)d +2(D/2)
Figure 19.8- Behavior of pile group

Worked example ( for FW1 in DA1-1)
Rg (u ) =    Ru
  0.85   (3 − 1)  6 + (6 − 1)  3  
= 1 −  tan −1   18 14060; ( =0.727  Piles work as a block)
  3.5   90  5  3  
= 183987 kN > Fcd = 148969kN
222 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Table 19.14 – Verification of pile group FW1 with DA1
Structure Foundation DA1-1 DA 1-2
Rcd = 14060 Rg(u)>Fcd Rcd = 10928 Rg(u)>Fcd
n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
P1 FW1 18 183987 OK 18 143003 OK
Table 19.15 – Verification of pile group FW1 with DA2,3

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
P1 FW1 18 195046.83 OK 18 212647 OK
19.5.4 Vertical displacement under SLS

According to EC7-1 Clause 2.4.8 (2), the values of partial factors for serviceability
limit states should normally be taken equal to 1. According to EC Annex H, the
limiting values of structural deformation and foundation movement are 50 mm for
structure with normal use.
Because of the complexity of soil layer components, three methods of settlement
calculation are provided including immediate settlement (si), elastic settlement (se)
and consolidation settlement (sc).
19.5.4.1 Consolidation settlement of group piles
Consolidation is a time-dependent process in saturated clays, where the foundation
load is gradually transferred from the pore water to the supporting soil. The
consolidation settlement is only considered in saturated clay layer; hence,
consolidation of clay layer 5 is estimated. The consolidation settlement of a group pile
can be estimated by using the 2:1 stress distribution method; the calculation involves
the following steps
223 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Step 1: Let the depth of embedment of the piles be L. The group is subjected to a total
load of Qg
Step 2: Assume that the load Qg is transmitted to the soil beginning at a depth of 2L/3
from the top of the pile, as shown in Figure 8.12. The load Qg spreads out along two
vertical to one horizontal line from this depth. Lines aa’ and bb’ are the two 2:1 lines.
Step 3: Calculate the increase in effective stress caused at the middle of each soil
layer by the load Qg
Qg
 i' =
(B
g + zi )( Lg + zi )
Where:
 i' is the increase in effective stress at the middle of layer ith

zi is the distance from z=0 to the middle of the soil layer ith
Lg,Bg is the length and width, respectively of the planned group piles
Step 4: Calculate the consolidation settlement of each layer caused by the increased
stress
 e( i ) 
Sc =   Hi
1 + eo ( i ) 
224 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Where:
∆Sc(i) is the consolidation settlement of layer i
∆e(i) is the change of void ratio caused by the increase in stress in layer i
eo(i) is the initial void ratio of layer i (before construction). Shall be obatined
from the soil investigation report
Hi is the thickness of layer i considered from point z=0
According to Braja M.Das (2014), the change of void ratio in normally consolidated
soli shall be determined by
 0' +  i'
e = Cc (i ) log
 0'
Where :
 0' is the average effective vertical stress
Cc(i) is the compressive index of layer i. Shall be obtained from the soil
investigation report
Step 5: The total consolidation settlement of the group piles is
sc( g ) =  sc(i ) sc( g ) =  sc (i )
Worked example
Figure 19.9- Pile foundation FW1 layout
225 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.10- Consolidation settlement of pile group FW1

Soil layer A is ignored in calculation
Step 1: Determine the SLS load Qg acting on pile group FW1
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap=11364.5 kN
Load transmitted from superstructures of foundation FW1 (ETABS analysis result
with SLS combo set A2)
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 11364.5 + 137605 = 148969kN
Step 2: 2L/3= 2 x62.4 /3 = 41.5 m is the depth from pile cap bottom where Qg started
to transmit to soil. The spreading load cone is shown in Figure 7.13
Step 3: Calculation the consolidated settlement clay layer
Layer 5:
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =  log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

Where:
z5=H5/2=4/2=2m
226 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Qg 148969
 (5)
'
= = = 171.86kN / m2
(Lg + z5 )( Bg + z5 ) (18.6 + 2)(11.65 + 2)
H5 '
 O' (5) = H1 1' + H 2 2' + H 3 3' + H 4 4' + 5
2
4
= 19  4.89  +3  8.89 + 5.6  9.99 + 25.6 10.59 + 10.49
2
2
= 467.6 kN/m
Cc(5)=0.128 ; eo(5)=0.625
Hence,
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

 0.128  4   467.6 + 171.68 
=    log   100
 1 + 0.625   467.6
= 4.28cm
Step 7: Calculate the consolidation settlement of pile group M1
sc( g ) =  sc (i) = 4.28cm
According to EC Annex H, the limiting values of structural deformation and

foundation movement are 50 mm for structure with normal use.
sc ( g ) = 42.9mm  50mm
19.5.4.2 Elastic settlement of group piles

The pile base is in soil layer 6 (sand), thus, the elastic settlement for group pile is
suggested (Meyerhof, 1976)
0.96q Bg I
se ( g ) =
N 60
Where
Qg is the SLS load acting on group pile (kN)
q =Qg/(LgBg) (kN/m2); is the point load per unit area
L(m)
I = 1− ; is the influence factor
8Bg (m)
N60 =28.1; calculated in section 17.3.4

Worked example
227 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Determine the SLS load Qg acting on pile group M1
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap =11364.5 kN
Load transmitted from superstructures of foundation FW1 ( ETABS analysis result
with SLS with combo Set A-2)
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 11364.5 + 137605 = 148969 kN
Calculate elastic settlement for group pile sg(e)
q=Qg/(LgBg) =148969/ (18.6 x 11.65) = 687.47 (kN/m2)
L ( m) 62.4
I = 1− = 1− = 0.33
8 Bg (m) 8 11.65
0.96q Bg I 0.96  687.47  11.65  0.429

Se ( g ) = = = 34.39mm  50mm → OK
N 60 28.1
19.5.4.3 Immediate settlement of group piles

Immediate settlement, also known as distortion settlement, initial settlement occurs
immediately after the load is applied. In clays, where there is poor drainage, it is reasonable
to assume that immediate settlement takes place under undrained conditions.
Immediate settlement will be calculated in soil layer 6 (sand).
The immediate settlement under a flexible footing is estimated by assuming the theory of
elasticity, using the following equation, originally proposed by Janbu et al. (1956)
qBg
si ( g ) = 0 1
Es
Where:
q is the unit pressure per area at group base
Es is the elastic modulus of soil
Table 19.16 – Elastic modulus of soil (USACE-Settlement analysis)
Soil Es (tsf) Es (MPa)
very soft clay 5~50 0.48~4.79
soft clay 50~200 4.79~19.16
medium clay 200~500 19.16~47.89
stiff clay, silty clay 500~1000 47.89~97.79
sandy clay 250~2000 23.95~ 191.57
clay shale 1000~2000 95.79~ 191.57
loose sand 100~250 9.58~23.95
dense sand 250~1000 23.95~95.79
dense sand and gravel 1000~2000 95.79~191.57
silty sand 250~2000 23.95~191.57
228 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.11- Value of μ0 and μ1 for immediate settlement

Worked example
Estimation of immediate settlement for soil layer 6
Description of soil layer 6: Very dense sand  Es =95790 kN/m2
H / B = 62.2 /11.65 = 5.34 

  1 = 0.6
B / L = 11.65 / 18.6 = 0.626 
Dt/B =11.9/11.65= 1.02  μ0 = 0.92

Qg 148969
q= = = 687.47(kN / m 2 )
Bg  Lg 18.6 11.65
qBg 687.47 11.65

Si ( g ) = 0 1 =  0.92  0.6 103 = 46.15 mm < 50mm  OK
Es 95790
229 | P a g e
BORED PILE
19.5.5 Design of pile cap FW1
19.5.5.1 Shear resistance of pile cap
Punching shear of piles acting upon the pile cap M1 requires a lot of work due large number
of piles. On the other hand the mechanics of punching shear force in pile cap will be assumed
as shear force in a beam. Therefore, foundation system M1 is modeled in SAFE with shear
force obtained from strip layers. These strips shall be drawn across piles position to obtain the
shear force acting from piles upon pile cap. The shear force from these strips (X and Y
directions) should be verified with the maximum shear capacity of pile cap.
According to EC2-1 Section 6.2.2 (6)
“For members with loads applied on the upper side within a distance 0,5d ≤ av ≤ 2d
from the edge of a support (or centre of bearing where flexible bearings are used), the
contribution of this load to the shear force VEd may be multiplied by β = av/2d. This
reduction may be applied for checking VRd,c . For av ≤ 0,5d the value av = 0,5d
should be used.
Figure 19.12- Loads near supprots
230 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.13- SAFE strip layers across piles
Figure 19.14- X-axis shear force envelop max of FW1
231 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.15- Y-axis shear force envelop max of FW1
Figure 19.16- X-axis shear force envelop min of FW1
232 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.17- Y-axis shear force envelop min of FW1

Shear resistance of the pile cap with b=1 m and D=2000-50-100 =1850mm
1
VRd ,c = 0.12k[100  f ck ] bd  (0.035k 3/2 f 1/2 )bd
3
1
VRd ,c = 0.12  2  [100  0.5  30] 1000 1850 = 4574kN
3
3 1
 (0.035 1.26  30 ) 1000 1850 = 501.6kN
2 2
As observed in SF diagrams, the largest shear acts at pile #23 with VEd,max=3105 kN
VEd,max = 3105 kN < VRd,c = 7046 kN  Ok
19.5.5.2 Flexural design of pile cap
Step 1: Determine the maximum moment
M
Step 2: Determine K from K =
bd 2 f ck
d
Step 3: Obtain lever arm z from z = 1 + 1 − 3.53K   0.95d
2
M
Step 4: Calculate the tension reinforcement required (for very 1m width) from As ,req =
f yd z
233 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.18- X-axis moment envelope max of FW1
Figure 19.19- X-axis moment envelope min of FW1
234 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.20- Y-axis moment envelope max of FW1
Figure 19.21- Y-axis moment envelope min of FW1
235 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Table 19.17 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in X-asis
Positio M(kN.m b(mm d0(mm K z(mm) As,re p(%) d(mm a(mm) Check
n ) ) ) q )
Top 889 2000 1850 0.0087 1836 714 0.039 16 200 OK
Bottom 2526 2000 1850 0.0246 1809 2058 0.111 20 100 OK
Table 19.18 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in Y-asis

Positio M(kN.m b(mm) d0(mm) K z(mm) As,req p(%) d(mm) a(mm) Check
n )
Top 1532 2000 1850 0.0149 1825 1237 0.067 16 200 OK
Bottom 7467 2000 1850 0.072 1723 6388 0.345 32 100 OK
19.5.6 Transversely loaded pile

Moment at foot of pile cap is converted to vertical force in pile, so the pile do not have
moment applying on the pile head, only horizontal force at the pile head.
The design transverse action at the bottom of pile cap M1:
Table 19.19- Calculation of transverse action of FW1
Member Combo HX HY
P1 Set A2 4600 779.4214
P1 Set A1 6210 1052.219
H max, x 4600
Ftd , x = = = 256kN
n 18
In order to verify the horizontal resistance and ground stability, the pile internal force and
horizontal stress need to be determined. Using SAP program, the pile is modeled as a
rectangular frame section while the surrounding ground soil is assumed as spring supports at
each joint with stiffness klx.
Ground coefficient Cz
kz
Cz =
c
Where:
K is the ratio coefficient, taken from TCVN 10304-2014, Table A.1
236 | P a g e
BORED PILE
z is the depth of pile surrounded by ground, z=0 starting at bottom of embedded
pile cap
γc for pile group; γc=1
Spring stiffness k1x for simulating the elastic behavior of soil
k1x = Cz  u / 2  a
Where:
u is the shaft perimeter of bored pile. Since the spring is only assigned on one
side of frame element, the modeled bored pile is taken as half of the shaft
perimeter
a is the distance between springs ( choose a = 1m)
Data input in SAP 2000:
Define material: Concrete C30/37
- Define property: Concrete rectangular frame section
- Divide “pile” frames into 1m-long segments
- Assign each joint node as spring restraint with simple spring stiffness (translation
global X
- Special joints:
Assign sliding clamp restraint at top node (pile head clamped to pile cap)
Assign clamp restraint at bottom node (pile base)
- Assign joint load to the top node.
- Run analysis.
Table 19.20- Spring stiffness in SAP model
Z(m) K(kN/m4) Cz(kN/m3) kix(kN/m) Z(m) K(kN/m4) Cz(kN/m3) kix(kN/m)

1 500 500 707 32 4000 128000 180956
2 500 1000 1414 33 4000 132000 186611
3 500 1500 2121 34 4000 136000 192265
4 500 2000 2827 35 4000 140000 197920
5 500 2500 3534 36 4000 144000 203575
6 500 3000 4241 37 4000 148000 209230
7 500 3500 4948 38 4000 152000 214885
8 500 4000 5655 39 4000 156000 220540
9 500 4500 6362 40 4000 160000 226195
10 500 5000 7069 41 4000 164000 231850
11 500 5500 7775 42 4000 168000 237504
12 500 6000 8482 43 4000 172000 243159
13 2000 26000 36757 44 4000 176000 248814
237 | P a g e
BORED PILE
14 2000 28000 39584 45 4000 180000 254469
15 2000 30000 42412 46 4000 184000 260124
16 5000 80000 113097 47 6000 282000 398668
17 5000 85000 120166 48 6000 288000 407150
18 5000 90000 127235 49 6000 294000 415633
19 5000 95000 134303 50 6000 300000 424115
20 5000 100000 141372 51 6000 306000 432597
21 5000 105000 148440 52 5000 260000 367566
22 4000 88000 124407 53 5000 265000 374635
23 4000 92000 130062 54 5000 270000 381704
24 4000 96000 135717 55 5000 275000 388772
25 4000 100000 141372 56 5000 280000 395841
26 4000 104000 147027 57 5000 285000 402909
27 4000 108000 152681 58 5000 290000 409978
28 4000 112000 158336 59 5000 295000 417046
29 4000 116000 163991 60 5000 300000 424115
30 4000 120000 169646 61 5000 305000 431184
31 4000 124000 175301 62 5000 310000 438252
Figure 19.22 SAP 2000 Model
238 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.23 Bending moment in X,Y direction
Figure 19.24 Shear force in X,Y direction
239 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.25 Displacement in X,Y direction

19.5.7 Horizontal displacement and surrounding stability of pile and checking bearing
capacity
+ Checking bending resistance
Figure 19.26 Design chart d/h=0.8 ( Appendix C Manual

for the design of concrete building structures to EC2)
240 | P a g e
BORED PILE
The maximum moment is Mmax= 856.18 (kNm), corresponding to N =12157kN.
Based on Figure 17.4 The design chart d/h=0.8 ( Appendix C Manual for the design of
concrete building structures to EC2 ). We can calculate the required area of steel
 12157 103
 dN / h 2
f = = 0.71
10002 17
cd

 M / h3 f = 856.18 10 = 0.05
6
 cd
10003 17
 Asf yd / h 2 f cd = 0.11
 As = 5511mm 2
Provide 16d22, As =6082 mm2 ≥ As,required=5511 mm2 in order to satisfy the bearing
capacity condition.
+ Checking horizontal displacement and rotation angle of pile head

Horizontal displacement :
n, y = 0.0089(m) = 0.89cm   y0  = 1cm
n, x = 0.0096(m) = 0.96cm   y0  = 1cm
+ Checking the stability of surrounding soil

Stability condition of surrounding soil under the effect of horizontal stress
4
 z  12 ( v' tg I +  cI )
cos 1
The largest horizontal stress  z = 8.5(kN / m ) is located at z=6m from the bottom of
2
the pile cap (layer 1)

Check c, at short-term stage (the most dangerous case)
 v' =  'h = 4.9  6 = 29.4(kN / m2 )

cI =5.6 (kN/m2)
I =0.41 (rad)
I =1
 = 0.6 for bored pile
2 – coefficient of permissible load in load in total load is calculated:
241 | P a g e
BORED PILE
M p + Mv
2 =  0.5
nM p + M v
Verification of the ground stability

4
 z  = 1 0.5  (29.4  tan 0.41 + 0.6  5.6)
cos 0.41
= 35.5 kN/m 2   z = 8.5kN / m 2
+Checking the punching shear condition

The concrete section on its owns may have sufficient shear capacity VRd,max to resist
the ultimate shear force .The calculation of concrete shear capacity is :
VRd ,max = 0.5ud [0.6(1 − f ck / 250)] f ck /1.5
We check the punching shear condition in individual wall from P1.1 to P1.7
Check punching shear
VEd,max
Pier u(m) (kN) VRd,max(kN) Check
P1.1 13 -27691 195624 OK
P1.2 3.9 -6480 58687.2 OK
P1.3 17 -31393 255816 OK
P1.4 2.3 -3339 34610.4 OK
P1.5 8.5 -37804 127908 OK
P1.6 6 -3878 90288 OK
P1.7 2.4 -26879 36115.2 OK
Table 19.21 Checking punching shear FW1
242 | P a g e
BORED PILE
+ Checking shear resistance of pile:
VRd ,c = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 30  0.95 = 0.43( MPa) = 430kN

 VEd = 341.22 + 42.112 = 343.78  VRd ,c  OK !
19.6 Design foundation M1

Due to the combined system of columns, the load should act at the center of the pile
cap. The equivalent load is determined as
Figure 19.27 Center of foundation M1

Table 19.22 Calculation of load acting on M1
C7 Set A2 -15306.67 207.12 -17.029 -61.496 341.15
C7 Set A1 -20664 279.612 -22.989 -83.0196 460.553

Bored pile: Dnom= 1m, L=62.4m
  GA1  1.35   1491.08 
Gcap = Acap  hcap   RC   A  = 4.7  4.7  2  25   =  kN
 2 1  1104.75 
 G 
243 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Set A1: Fcd = NG + Gcap = 20664 + 1491.08 = 22155kN
Set A2: Fcd = NG + Gcap = 15306.67 + 1104.75 = 16411kN
Fcd
Rcd

Table 19.23 Pile quantity of M1
Rcd=14060 Rcd=10928 Rcd=14905 Rcd=16250
P1 FW1 22155 3 16411 3 22155 3 22155 3
 nselect = 4

Model the pile cap in SAFE
D=0.95m
Q=Rcd= 10928 kN
L= 62.4m
Ap=0.567 m2
EP = 32000000kN/m2
S= 0.0320
K= 341327 kN/m=341.3 kN/mm
244 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.28 Reaction force at pile heads M1 set A1
245 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Table 19.24- Verification of single pile M1
Check Fcd≤Rcd
DA 1-1 DA 2 DA 3 DA 1-2
Pile A1 A2 14060 14905 16250 10928
55 6367.78 4716.874 OK OK OK OK
56 6367.78 4716.874 OK OK OK OK
57 6367.78 4716.874 OK OK OK OK
58 6367.78 4716.874 OK OK OK OK

Worked example ( for M1 in DA1-1)
Rg (u ) =    Ru
  0.85   (2 − 1)  2 + (2 − 1)  2  
= 1 −  tan −1    4 14060; ( =0.84  Piles work as a block)
  3.3   90  2  2  
= 47214 kN > Fcd = 22155kN
Table 19.25 – Verification of pile group M1 with DA1

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
C7 M1 4 47214 OK 4 36718 OK
Table 19.26 – Verification of pile group M1 with DA2,3

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
P1 FW1 4 47214 OK 4 47214 OK

Step 1: Determine the SLS load Qg acting on pile group M1
Self-weight of pile cap M1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap=1656.75 kN
246 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Load transmitted from superstructures of foundation M1 (ETABS analysis result with
SLS combo set A2)
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 15306 + 1104.75 = 16411kN
Layer 5:
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =  log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

Where:
z5=H5/2=5/2=2.5m
Qg 16411
 (5)
'
= = = 135.63kN / m2
(L g + z5 )( Bg + z5 ) (4.4 + 2.5)(4.4 + 2.5)
H5 '
 O' (5) = H1 1' + H 2 2' + H 3 3' + H 4 4' + 5
2
4
= 19  4.89  +3  8.89 + 5.6  9.99 + 25.6 10.59 + 10.49
2
2
= 467.6 kN/m
Cc(5)=0.128 ; eo(5)=0.625
Hence,
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

 0.128  5   467.6 + 135.63 
=    log   100
1 + 0.625   467.6
= 4.35cm
sc( g ) =  sc (i) = 4.35cm

sc ( g ) = 4.35mm  50mm
247 | P a g e
BORED PILE
0.96q Bg I
se ( g ) =
N 60
Where
L(m)
8Bg (m)

Worked example
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap =1104.75 kN
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 15306 + 1104.75 = 16411kN
q=Qg/(LgBg) =16411/ (4.4x4.4) = 847.68(kN/m2)
L ( m) 62.4
I = 1− = 1− = 0.77
8Bg (m) 8  4.2
0.96q Bg I 0.96  847.68  4.4  0.77

Se ( g ) = = = 42.52mm  50mm → OK
N 60 28.1

soft clay 50~200 4.79~19.16
medium clay 200~500 19.16~47.89
sandy clay 250~2000 23.95~ 191.57
clay shale 1000~2000 95.79~ 191.57
loose sand 100~250 9.58~23.95
dense sand 250~1000 23.95~95.79
248 | P a g e
BORED PILE
silty sand 250~2000 23.95~191.57
Figure 19.30-- Value of μ0 and μ1 for immediate settlement

Worked example
H / B = 62.4 / 4.4 = 5.34 

  1 = 0.65
B / L = 4.4 / 4.4 = 1 
Dt/B =4.7/4.4= 1.07  μ0 = 0.92

Qg 16963
q= = = 876.19(kN / m 2 )
Bg  Lg 4.4  4.4
249 | P a g e
BORED PILE
qBg 876.19  4.2
Si ( g ) = 0 1 =  0.92  0.65 103 = 23mm < 50mm  OK
Es 95790
19.6.4 Design of pile cap M1

As recommended by Mosley, Bungey and Hulse (2007) and stated in Section 6.2.2 (6) EC2-
1, when the distance between piles exceeds 3D, punching shear verification of pile cap is
calculated in the onerous perimeter equals to 2d from the edge of column ( d= effective depth
of pile cap)
Figure 19.31- Critical section for shear check

The punching shear resistance of pile is calculated as
VRd = 0.5vfcd ud
Where:
 f 
v = 0.6(1 − ck )  ; is the strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
 250 
u is the perimeter of column or pile
+ Punching from column down to pile cap
  30   −3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −   17  4  800  2850 10 = 40930kN
  250  
Largest load acting on the pile cap is by column C7: NEd=15306kN ≤ 40930 kN → OK
+ Punching from pile up to the pile cap
  30  
  17   1000  2850 10 = 40183kN
−3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −
  250 
Largest load acting of the pile cap is by pile C7: NEd=6368kN ≤ 40183 kN
250 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.32- X-axis moment envelope max of M1
Figure 19.33- X-axis moment envelope min of M1
251 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.34- Y-axis moment envelope max of M1
252 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Table 19.28 -Reinforcement result for pile cap M1 in X-asis
Position M(kN.m) b(mm) d0(mm) K z(mm) As,req p(%) d(mm) a(mm) Check
Top 587 1000 1850 0.0057 1841 940 0.051 16 200 OK
Bottom 1624 1000 1850 0.0158 1824 2624 0.009 28 200 OK
Table 19.29 -Reinforcement result for pile cap M1 in Y-asis

Top 587 1000 1850 0.0057 1841 940 0.051 16 200 OK
Bottom 1624 1000 1850 0.0158 1824 2624 0.009 28 200 OK

Table 19.30- Calculation of transverse action of M1
Member Combo HX HY
P1 Set A2 207.12 -17.029
P1 Set A1 279.612 -22.989
H max, x 280
Ftd , x = = = 70kN
n 4
kz
Cz =
c
Where:
pile cap
253 | P a g e
BORED PILE
k1x = Cz  u / 2  a
Where:
perimeter

1 500 500 707 32 4000 128000 180956
2 500 1000 1414 33 4000 132000 186611
3 500 1500 2121 34 4000 136000 192265
4 500 2000 2827 35 4000 140000 197920
5 500 2500 3534 36 4000 144000 203575
6 500 3000 4241 37 4000 148000 209230
7 500 3500 4948 38 4000 152000 214885
8 500 4000 5655 39 4000 156000 220540
9 500 4500 6362 40 4000 160000 226195
10 500 5000 7069 41 4000 164000 231850
11 500 5500 7775 42 4000 168000 237504
12 500 6000 8482 43 4000 172000 243159
13 2000 26000 36757 44 4000 176000 248814
14 2000 28000 39584 45 4000 180000 254469
15 2000 30000 42412 46 4000 184000 260124
16 5000 80000 113097 47 6000 282000 398668
17 5000 85000 120166 48 6000 288000 407150
18 5000 90000 127235 49 6000 294000 415633
19 5000 95000 134303 50 6000 300000 424115
20 5000 100000 141372 51 6000 306000 432597
21 5000 105000 148440 52 5000 260000 367566
22 4000 88000 124407 53 5000 265000 374635
23 4000 92000 130062 54 5000 270000 381704
24 4000 96000 135717 55 5000 275000 388772
25 4000 100000 141372 56 5000 280000 395841
26 4000 104000 147027 57 5000 285000 402909
27 4000 108000 152681 58 5000 290000 409978
28 4000 112000 158336 59 5000 295000 417046
29 4000 116000 163991 60 5000 300000 424115
30 4000 120000 169646 61 5000 305000 431184
31 4000 124000 175301 62 5000 310000 438252
254 | P a g e
BORED PILE
255 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.38 Shear moment in X,Y direction
256 | P a g e
BORED PILE
capacity
The maximum moment is Mmax= 241.79 (kNm), corresponding to N = 6368 kN.
Based on Figure 17.4 The design chart d/h=0.8 ( Appendix C Manual for the design of
 6368 103
 N / h 2
f = = 0.37
 d cd
10002 17

 M / h3 f = 241.79 10 = 0.014
6


cd
10003 17
 Asf yd / h 2 f cd = 0.1
 As = 5010mm 2
Provide 16d22, As = 6082 mm2 ≥ As,required= 5010 mm2 in order to satisfy the bearing
capacity condition.

n, y = 0.0027(m) = 0.27cm   y0  = 1cm
n, x = 0.0027(m) = 0.27cm   y0  = 1cm

4
 z  12 ( v' tg I +  cI )
cos 1
The largest horizontal stress  z = 8.5(kN / m ) is located at z=6m from the bottom of
2

 v' =  'h = 4.9  6 = 29.4(kN / m2 )

cI =5.6 (kN/m2)
I =0.41 (rad)
I =1
257 | P a g e
BORED PILE
M p + Mv
2 =  0.5
nM p + M v

4
 z  = 1 0.5  (29.4  tan 0.41 + 0.6  5.6)
cos 0.41
= 35.5 kN/m 2   z = 8.5kN / m 2
VRd ,c = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 30  0.95 = 0.43( MPa) = 430kN

 VEd = 333.252 + 223.192 = 407.71  VRd ,c  OK !


C6 Set A2 -12526 299.92 -187 -279 564.309
C6 Set A1 -16910.1 404.892 -252.45 -376.65 761.8172

Bored pile: Dnom= 1m, L=62.4m
258 | P a g e
BORED PILE
  GA1  1.35  1307 
Gcap = Acap  hcap   RC   A  = 4.4  4.4  2  25   =  kN
 2 1   968 
 G 
Fcd
Rcd

Table 19.33- Pile quantity of M2
Rcd=14060 Rcd=10928 Rcd=14905 Rcd=16250
P1 FW1 18217 2 13494 2 18217 2 182117 2
 nselect = 2

D=0.95m
Q=Rcd= 10928 kN
L= 62.4m
Ap=0.567 m2
EP = 32000000kN/m2
S= 0.0320
K= 341327 kN/m=341.3 kN/mm
259 | P a g e
BORED PILE

Check Fcd≤Rcd
DA 1-1 DA 2 DA 3 DA 1-2
260 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Pile A1 A2 14060 14905 16250 10928
75 8872.515 4716.874 OK OK OK OK
76 8872.515 4716.874 OK OK OK OK

Rg (u ) =    Ru
  0.85   (2 − 1) 1 + (2 − 1) 1  
  3   90  2 1  
= 23058 kN > Fcd = 18217kN

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
C7 M1 2 23058 OK 2 18217 OK

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
P1 FW1 2 23058 OK 2 23058 OK

Self-weight of pile cap M1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap= 968kN
SLS combo set A2)
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 13494 + 968 = 13494 kN
261 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Layer 5:
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =  log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

Where:
z5=H5/2=5/2=2.5m
Qg 13494
 (5)
'
= = = 134.94kN / m2
(L g + z5 )( Bg + z5 ) (4 + 2.5)(4 + 2.5)
H5 '
 O' (5) = H1 1' + H 2 2' + H 3 3' + H 4 4' + 5
2
4
= 19  4.89 + 3  8.89 + 5.6  9.99 + 25.6 10.59 + 10.49
2
2
= 467.6 kN/m
Cc(5)=0.128 ; eo(5)=0.25
Hence,
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

 0.128  5   467.6 + 134.94 
=    log   100
1 + 0.625   467.6
= 4.34cm
sc( g ) =  sc (i) = 4.34cm

sc ( g ) = 4.34mm  50mm

0.96q Bg I
se ( g ) =
N 60
Where
262 | P a g e
BORED PILE
L(m)
8Bg (m)

Worked example
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap =968 kN
Load transmitted from superstructures of foundation M2 ( ETABS analysis result with
SLS with combo Set A-2)
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 12526 + 968 = 13494kN
q=Qg/(LgBg) =13494/ (4x4) = 843.375 (kN/m2)
L ( m) 62.4
I = 1− = 1− = 0.95
8Bg (m) 8 4
0.96q Bg I 0.96  843.38  4  0.95

Se ( g ) = = = 54.74mm  50mm → NotOK
N 60 28.1

soft clay 50~200 4.79~19.16
medium clay 200~500 19.16~47.89
sandy clay 250~2000 23.95~ 191.57
clay shale 1000~2000 95.79~ 191.57
loose sand 100~250 9.58~23.95
dense sand 250~1000 23.95~95.79
silty sand 250~2000 23.95~191.57
263 | P a g e
BORED PILE

Worked example
H / B = 62.4 / 4.4 = 5.34 

  1 = 0.65
B/ L = 4/4 = 1 
Dt/B =4.4/4 = 1.1  μ0 = 0.92
Qg 13494
q= = = 843.375(kN / m 2 )
Bg  Lg 4 4
qBg 843.375  4
Si ( g ) = 0 1 =  0.92  0.65 103 = 21mm < 50mm  OK
Es 95790
264 | P a g e
BORED PILE
of pile cap)

VRd = 0.5vfcd ud
Where:
 f 
 250 
  30   −3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −   17  4  800  2850 10 = 40930kN
  250 
  30  
  17   1000  2850 10 = 40183kN
−3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −
  250  
Largest load acting of the pile cap is by pile C6: NEd=8872 kN ≤ 36165 kN
265 | P a g e
BORED PILE
266 | P a g e
BORED PILE

Top 407 1000 1850 0.002 1844 651 0.035 16 200 OK
Bottom 1145 1000 18500.011 1832 1842 0.009 25 200 OK

2
Positio M(kN.m) b(mm) d0(mm) K z(mm) As,req p(%) d(mm) a(mm) Check
n
Top 37 1000 1850 0.0001 1849 59 0.003 16 200 OK
Bottom 418 1000 1850 0.00441 1843 668 0.036 16 200 OK
267 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Member Combo HX HY
P1 Set A2 299.92 -187
P1 Set A1 404.89 -252.45
H max, x 299
Ftd , x = = = 74.75kN
n 4
kz
Cz =
c
Where:
pile cap
k1x = Cz  u / 2  a
Where:
perimeter
268 | P a g e
BORED PILE

1 500 500 707 32 4000 128000 180956
2 500 1000 1414 33 4000 132000 186611
3 500 1500 2121 34 4000 136000 192265
4 500 2000 2827 35 4000 140000 197920
5 500 2500 3534 36 4000 144000 203575
6 500 3000 4241 37 4000 148000 209230
7 500 3500 4948 38 4000 152000 214885
8 500 4000 5655 39 4000 156000 220540
9 500 4500 6362 40 4000 160000 226195
10 500 5000 7069 41 4000 164000 231850
11 500 5500 7775 42 4000 168000 237504
12 500 6000 8482 43 4000 172000 243159
13 2000 26000 36757 44 4000 176000 248814
14 2000 28000 39584 45 4000 180000 254469
15 2000 30000 42412 46 4000 184000 260124
16 5000 80000 113097 47 6000 282000 398668
17 5000 85000 120166 48 6000 288000 407150
18 5000 90000 127235 49 6000 294000 415633
19 5000 95000 134303 50 6000 300000 424115
20 5000 100000 141372 51 6000 306000 432597
21 5000 105000 148440 52 5000 260000 367566
22 4000 88000 124407 53 5000 265000 374635
23 4000 92000 130062 54 5000 270000 381704
24 4000 96000 135717 55 5000 275000 388772
25 4000 100000 141372 56 5000 280000 395841
26 4000 104000 147027 57 5000 285000 402909
27 4000 108000 152681 58 5000 290000 409978
28 4000 112000 158336 59 5000 295000 417046
29 4000 116000 163991 60 5000 300000 424115
30 4000 120000 169646 61 5000 305000 431184
31 4000 124000 175301 62 5000 310000 438252
269 | P a g e
BORED PILE
270 | P a g e
BORED PILE
Figure 19.51 Shear moment in X,Y direction
271 | P a g e
BORED PILE
capacity
The maximum moment is Mmax= 518 (kNm), corresponding to N = 8872 kN. Based
on Figure 17.4 The design chart d/h=0.8 ( Appendix C Manual for the design of
 8872 103
 dN / h 2
f = = 0.52
10002 17
cd

 M / h3 f = 518 10 = 0.03
6
 cd
10003 17
 Asf yd / h 2 f cd = 0.11
 As = 5511mm 2
Provide 16d22, As = 6082 mm2 ≥ As,required= 5511 mm2 in order to satisfy the bearing
capacity condition.

n, y = 0.0058(m) = 0.58cm   y0  = 1cm
n, x = 0.0027(m) = 0.36cm   y0  = 1cm

4
 z  12 ( v' tg I +  cI )
cos 1
The largest horizontal stress  z = 15(kN / m ) is located at z=8m from the bottom of the
2
pile cap (layer 1)

 v' =  'h = 4.9  8 = 39.2(kN / m2 )

cI =5.6 (kN/m2)
I =0.41 (rad)
I =1
272 | P a g e
BORED PILE
M p + Mv
2 =  0.5
nM p + M v

4
 z  = 1 0.5  (39.2  tan 0.41 + 0.6  5.6)
cos 0.41
= 44.48 kN/m 2   z = 15kN / m 2
VRd ,c = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 30  0.95 = 0.43( MPa) = 430kN

 VEd = 145.882 + 90.932 = 171.9  VRd ,c  OK !
273 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Chapter 20
BARRETTE PILE
20.1 Introduction to barrette pile
20.1.1 General
Barrette piles have just been introduced into our country and this technology is still
quite new, currently there are not many construction companies that can apply this
technology. Barrette piles are actually a kind of concrete bored piles, but they are
different in shape of cross-section and hole-excavation method (using clamshell
excavator instead of drill). The section of bored pile is circular, and barrette is
rectangular, cross, letter I.
Figure 20.1- Shape of barrette piles

Barrette piles were originally an innovation by the French based on the idea to obtain
greater
bearing capacity with the same volume of concrete used in comparison with bored
piles.
Barrette piles have much higher load capacity than bored piles and should be used for
projects with huge load under the foundation. Barrette piles are often used in
combination with diaphragm walls and are often used for building with two basements
or more but the
construction cost of this type of foundation is often much more expensive (due to
construction technology) than using bored piles.
20.1.2 Pros and cons
Table 20.1- Pros and cons of barrette piles
Advantages Disadvantages
High load capacity Very expensive cost
Ability to use in all types of strata, easily Require difficult construction
overcome obstacles such as rocks, hard technology and advanced equiment
soil by using tools such as rock breakers,
blasting.
274 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Do not cause noise and impact on the Because of the rectangular shape,
environment, suitable to build large barrette pile are not likely to take equal
projects in urban areas amount of loading in all directions
20.2 Pre-design concept

20.2.1 Material of pile and pile cap
• Concrete class C30/37
Unit weight : = 25kN/m2
Characteristics compressive strength : fck = 30 MPa
Elastic modulus : E= 32837 MPa
• Reinforcement
For rebar diameter d<10mm and stair, use steel CI with :
For rebar diameter d≥10mm and stair, use steel CIII with :
20.2.2 Preliminary sizing:
In other to compare the efficiency and cost between bored piles and barrette piles, the
dimension of barrette piles is taken equivalent to the volume of bored piles used in the
previous chapter.
+ Calculation is conducted in BH1. Water table level is at -2.1m
+ Elevation of the 2rd basement: -7.8m
+ Pile cap thickness: 2m
+ Elevation of pile cap bottom: -9.8 m
275 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
+ Lap length in pile body (100% lapped in one location): 54  =1350 mm = 1.35m (  =
25mm)
+ Concrete cover of pile: 50mm
+ Anchorage to pile cap: 36  = 900 mm.
 Crushed segment of pile head: 900+cnom =950mm = 0.95mm
+ Concrete segment of pile clamping into pile cap: 150mm= 0.15m

+ Length of barrette pile: 59.4 m
+ Effective length of bored pile considered from the pile cap bottom:
59.4-0.95-0.15=58.3m
+ Elevation of bored pile base: -9.8-59.4= -69.2 m ( Soil layer 6 , NSPT=38)
+ Cast-in-place pile with temporary casing ( EC2-1 Clause 2.3.4.2)
Use rectangular barrette piles with the dimension of a x b = 2.2 x 0.8m
 The equivalent nominal diameter of barrette pile (used in calculation
resistance) :
 Dnom
2
2.2  0.8 =  Dnom = 1.5m
4
 The effective diameter of pile: D= Dnom -50 =1450 mm
+ According to EC2-1-1 Clause 9.8.6, the recommended minimum longitudinal
reinforcement area in cast-in-place barrette pile is min = 0.25% ( for Ac > 1.0m2).
 Choose rebar for each section of pile:

Figure 20.2 Bored pile cross-section
276 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
20.3 Bearing capacity of bored pile
In the work of designing a pile foundation, a number of limit states should be
considered. According to EC7-1 Clause 7.6.1.1 (1)P, The design shall demonstrate
that exceeding the following limit states is sufficiently improbable:
• Ultimate limit states of compressive or tensile resistance failure of a single pile;
• Ultimate limit states of compressive or tensile resistance failure of the pile
foundation as a whole;
• Serviceability limit states in the supported structure caused by displacement of
the piles.
20.3.1 General
Compressive ground resistance for all ULSs is verified using the following
fundamental inequality:
Fcd ≤ Rcd
Where:
Fcd is the design axial compression load on a simple pile or group of piles at
the ULS, and Rc,d is the design value of the compressive ground
resistance of a single pile or group of pile at the ULS. The ULS loads
Fc,d are determined from the combination of actions which follow the
general format of the partial factor method ( EC0 Clause 6.4.3.2)
Rc,d is the design compressive resistance.
According to EC7-1 Clause 7.6.2.1(2), Fcd should include the weight of the pile itself
and Rcd should include the overburden pressure of the soil at the foundation base.
However, these two items may be disregarded if they cancel approximately due to
the numerical similarity in value.
Wpile   vb Ab
According to EC7-1 Clause 7.6.2.1( 2), the design compressive resistance is estimated
by summing the design base resistance Rbd and the design shaft resistance Rsd
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = Rbd + Rsd = +
b s
The characteristic base Rbk and the characteristic shaft resistance Rsk may be obtained
by calculating:
Rbk = Ab qbk and Rsk =  As,i qsk ,i

i
Where:
277 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
qbk is the unit base resistance
Ab is the pile’s base area
qsk,i is the unit shaft resistance in various strata
As is the pile shaft area
Although the characteristic values are difficult to be identified exactly, some re-
statements are suggested to calculate the approximate value of Rcd which are relevant
to material, soil parameters and SPT result. Afterward, the results will then be
evaluated and selected.
The sets of partial factors is applicable to pile design in persistent and transient
situations for use with the three Design Approaches, are given in Table 17.2
Table 20.2- Sets of partial factors for pile design in persistent, transient situations
Design Approach Structural Action Geotechnical Ground reistance
action
DA-1
Combination 1 Set A1 Sets (M1) + A1 Sets(M1) + (R1)
Combination 2 Set (A2) Sets M2 + (A2) Sets(M1) + R4
DA-2 Set A1 Sets (M1) + A1 Sets (M1) + R2
DA-3 Set A1 Sets M2 + (A2) Sets M2 + (R3)
(A2), (M1), (R1) and (R3): sets A2 ( permanent actions), M1, R1 (driven piles in
compression) and R3 (all piles in compression) have values of partial factor equal to
1.0.
In the design of piles, Design Approaches 1 (DA-1) and 2 (DA-2) include resistance
factoring, i.e. when calculating the ground resistance, the partial factors for the ground
parameter are equal to 1.0 ( set M1 in EC7-1 Table A.4) while those for resistance are
greater than 1.0 (sets R4 or R1 – except for driven piles – for DA-1, and set R2 for
DA-2 in EC7-1 Tables A. 6 to A.8). In contrast, Design Approach 3 (DA-3) involves
material factoring, i.e. partial factors greater than 1.0 are applied to ground parameters
when calculating the ground resistance (set M2 in EC7-1 Table A.4) while those for
resistance are equal to 1.0 (set R3 for all piles in compression, in EC7-1 Tables A.6 to
A.8.
Table 20.3- Summary of the Design Approach
Approach Set ’ c’ cu b s
DA 1-1 M1+R1 1 1 1 1.25 1
DA 1-2 M1+R4 1 1 1 1.6 1.3
DA 2 M1+R2 1 1 1 1.1 1.1
DA 3 M2+R3 1.25 1.25 1.4 1 1
278 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
20.3.2 ULS compressive resistance obtained from material
The design compressive resistance obtained from material may be determined by
Where:
f ck
fcd =  cc ; is the design value of concrete compressive strength
kfc
f yk
fyd = ; is the design yield strength of reinforcement
s
kf =1.1; is the material coefficient of concrete in foundation as defined in

EC2-1-1 Clause 2.4.2.5
αcc =0.85; is the reduction factor of concrete as defined in EC2-1-1 Clause
3.1.6 (1) P
Ac is the area pile’s cross-section
As is the area of longitudinal reinforcement in the pile
Worked example
Estimation of the design compressive resistance obtained from material
f ck  d 2   f yk   2
= ( cc )  +    ( n ) + Ac L bt
kfc  4   s  4
30 103  390 103     0.0252 
= (0.85  )  ( 2.2  0.8 ) +  
  16   + ( 2.2  0.8 )  64.2  25
1.11.5  1.15   4 
=32688kN
20.3.3 ULS compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters

The design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters may be determined
by
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = +
b s
Characteristic base resistance ( Terzaghi’s method)

Rbk = Ap q p
=  R 2p (1.3cN c +  c' N q + 0.3 DN
279 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Where:
Rp is the radius of circular-section pile; Rp=1.15/2= 0.575m
c is the mean cohesion of the soil layer where the pile based is placed
σv’ =γ’∆L; is the vertical effective stress at the bottom of each layer to the
pile base
γ’ is the buoyant unit weight of the soil where the pila base is placed
The bearing capacity factors Nc, Nq and Nγ are, respectively, the contributions of
cohesion, surcharge, and unit weight of soil to the ultimate load-bearing capacity.
These parameters may be determined in Table 17.4
Table 20.4- Terzaghi’s bearing capacity factor
The pile base is placed at soil layer 6 with c’= 10.1 kPa; φ’=26.3
 Nc= 27.09; Nq=14.21; Nγ= 9.84
The effective stress at pile base
280 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
6
 v' =   1 Li = 4.9  7.3 + 8.9  3 + 10  5.6 + 10.6  25.6 + 10.5  4 + 10.7 12.8 = 568.8kPA
i =1
Table 20.5- The calculated effective stress of soil layers

Layer Top Bottom Thickness γsat y’ σ’v
elevation elevation (m) (kN/m3) (kN/m3) (kPa)
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 14.7 4.9 35.8
2 -21 -24 3 18.7 8.9 62.5
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 19.8 10 118.5
4 -29.6 -55.2 25.6 20.4 10.6 389.8
5 -55.2 -59.2 4 20.3 10.5 431.8
6 -59.2 -76.1 12.8 20.5 10.7 568.8
Estimation of the characteristic base resistance:

Rbk = ( a  b ) (1.3cN c +  'v N q + 0.4 DN )
= (2.2  0.8)  (1.3 10.1 27.09 + 568.8 14.21 + 0.4 10.7 1.45  9.84)
= 14915 kN
Rsk =  f s,i pL
Where:
fs,i is the unit friction resistance at soil layer ith
p is the perimeter of pile
∆L is the depth of soil layer ith surrounding the considered pile section
Two widely used methods (determine the unit friction resistance of soil) are
introduced:
α method: Calculate the undrained unit friction resistance fs (only cohesive
soils)
f s =  cu
Where:
α is the empirical adhesion faction. The American Petroleum
Institute (API. 1984.1987) suggests for α function of cu
cu − 25
 = 1− for 27< cu < 70 kPa
90
281 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
 = 1.0 for cu ≤ 25 kPa
 = 0.5 for cu ≥ 70 kPa
β method: Calculated the drained unit friction resistance fs (both cohesive soil
and cohesionless soil)
f s =  vmid
'
( for sand in short-term)
f s =  vmid
'
+ c '( for sand in long-term)
Where:
σ’vmid is the vertical effective at the middle of the considered layer ∆L
β =Ktanφ’
K = 1-sinφ’ : is the earth pressure coefficient
The characteristic shaft resistance is determined in two states: short-term and long-term.
For cohesive soil, in short-term state, the following soil parameter is applied cu which
obtained from the UU triaxial test or the unconfined compression test. While, in long-term
state c’, ’, obtained from CU triaxial test, is applied.
For cohesionless soil, soil parameters are taken from the CU triaxial test for both long-term
and short-term states
Table 20.6- Soil parameters to determine shaft resistance
Soil layer Short-term Long term

qu (kPa) cu (kPa) φ’ tan φ’ c’ (kPa)
(degree)
1 19.1 9.55 14.8 0.26 11.1
2 - - 21.6 0.40 45.7
3 121.7 60.85 28.6 0.55 67.8
4 - - 35.9 -.72 4.4
*qu is obtained for Unconfined Compression Test
* φ’ is obtained from the CU Triaxial Test
It has been empirically proven that the unit friction resistance fs in the ground increases with
depth more or less linearly to a depth of L’ and remains constant thereafter. A conservative
estimate of L’ should be:
L’≈15 D=22.5m
 fs is constant from the depth -36.2m (layer 4) and below
282 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Figure 20.3 – Unit frictional resistance for piles

Worked example :
+ Short- term state (DA 1-1)
cu = 9.55 kPa
9.55 9.55
 cu 1
 =1
f s =  cu = 1 9.55kPa
Rsk = f s pL = 9.55  (2.2 + 0.8)  2  7.3 = 418kN

φ’=21.6  tan φ’ =0.40
0.40 0.40
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.37)  0.4 = 0.25
 v' ,mid ,2 =  v' ,1 +  2' (L2 / 2) = 35.8 + 8.9  (3/ 2) = 49.12kPa

f s =  vmid
'
= 0.25  49.12 = 12.3kPa
Rsk = fs pL = 12.3 (2.2 + 0.8)  2  3 = 221kN

cu = 60.85 kPa
60.85 60.85
 cu 1
283 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
cu − 25 60.85 − 25
 = 1− = 1− = 0.6
90 90
f s =  cu = 0.6  60.85 = 36.61kPa
Rsk = f s pL = 36.61 (2.2  0.8)  2  5.6 = 1230kN

Note: Layer 4 starts at -29.6m and fs,4 stays constant from -36.2m
φ’=35.9  tan φ’ =0.72
0.72 0.72
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.59)  0.72 = 0.3
 v' ,mid ,2 =  v' ,1 +  2' (L2 / 2) = 118.5 + 10.6 [(36.2 − 29.6) / 2) = 153.45kPa
f s =  vmid
'
= 0.3 153.45 = 45.95kPa
Rsk = f s pL = 45.95  (2.2 + 0.8)  2  6.6 = 1819kN

• Soil layer 5,6
fs = 45.95 kPa
Rsk =  fs pL = 45.85  (2.2 + 0.8)  2  35.8 = 9869kN
Estimation of the short-term characteristic friction resistance
Rsk =  Rsk ,i = 418 + 221 + 1230 + 1819 + 9869 = 13558kN
+ Long-term state (DA 1-1)

φ’=14.8  tan φ’ =0.26

0.26 0.26
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.25)  0.26 = 0.2
 v' ,mid ,1 =  1' (L2 / 2) = 4.9  (7.3/ 2) = 17.9kPa

c’=11.1 kPa
11.1 11.1
 c' 1
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.2 17.0 + 11.1 = 14.62kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 14.6  (2.2  0.8)  2  7.3 = 640kN
284 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
φ’=21.6  tan φ’ =0.40

0.40 0.40
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.37)  0.4 = 0.25
 v' ,mid ,1 = 1' (L2 / 2) = 35.8 + 8.9  (3/ 2) = 49.12kPa

c’=45.7 kPa
45.7 45.7
 '
c 1
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.25  49.12 + 45.7 = 57.99kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 57.99  (2.2  0.8)  2  3 = 1044kN
φ’=28.6  tan φ’ =0.55

0.55 0.55
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.48)  0.55 = 0.28
 v' ,mid ,1 = 1' (L2 / 2) = 62.5 + 10  (5.6 / 2) = 90.5kPa

c’=67.8 kPa
67.8 67.8
 c' 1
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.28  90.5 + 67.8 = 93.51kPa
Rsk = f s pL = 93.51 ( 2.2  0.8)  2  5.6 = 3142kN
• Soil layer 4
φ’=35.9  tan φ’ =0.72

0.72 0.72
 1
 = (1 − sin  ')  tan  ' = (1 − 0.59)  0.72 = 0.3
 v' ,mid ,1 =  v' ,3 +  4' (L4 / 2) = 118.5 + 10.6  (36.2 − 29.6) / 2 = 153.45kPa
Note: Layer 4 starts at -29.6 m and fs,4 stays constant from -36.2m
c’= 4.4 kPa
4.4 4.4
Apply set M1: c ' = ' = = 4.4kPa
c 1
f s =  vmid
'
+ c ' = 0.3 153.45 + 4.4 = 50.35kPa
285 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Rsk = f s pL = 50.35  ( 2.2  0.8)  2  35.8 = 10814kN
f s = 50.35kPa
Rsk = f s p L = 50.35  (2.2 + 0.8)  2  35.8 = 10814kN
Estimation of the long-term characteristic friction resistance
Rsk =  f s pL = 640 + 1044 + 3142 + 1994 + 10814 = 17634kN
Estimation of the design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters

(DA 1-1)
Rbk Rsk 14915 13558
Short-term: Rcd = + = + = 25490kN
b s 1.25 1
Rbk Rsk 14915 17634

Long-term: Rcd = + = + = 29566kN
b s 1.25 1
The complete calculation tables of Rcd for all Design Approaches

Table 20.7- Estimation of the short-term characteristic friction resistance
Set M1 : γφ’=1 γc’=1
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 9.55 1 - - - 9.55 418 13558
2 -21 -24 3 - - 0.40 0.25 49.12 12.29 221
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 60.85 0.6 - - - 36.61 1230
4 -29.6 -36.2 6.6 - - 0.72 0.3 153.45 45.95 1819
Short-term
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 36.61 9869

Set M2: γφ’=1.25 γc’=1.4
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 6.82 1 - - - 6.82 299 12933
2 -21 -24 3 - - 0.32 0.22 49.12 10.86 195
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 43.46 0.8 - - - 34.55 1161
4 -29.6 -36.2 6.6 - - 0.58 0.29 153.45 44.33 1755
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 44.33 9522
Set M1: γφ’=1 γc’=1
Long-term

(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 11.1 0.26 0.26 0.2 17.9 14.62 640 17634
2 -21 -24 3 45.7 0.37 0.4 0.25 49.1 57.99 1044
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 67.8 0.48 0.55 0.28 90.5 93.51 3142
286 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
4 -29.6 -36.2 6.6 4.4 0.59 0.72 0.3 153.45 50.35 1994
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 50.35 10814
Set M2: γφ’=1.25 γc’=1.25
(m) (m)
1 -13.7 -21 7.3 8.9 0.21 0.21 0.17 17.89 11.88 520 16165
2 -21 -24 3 36.6 0.3 0.32 0.22 49.12 47.42 854
3 -24 -29.6 5.6 54.2 0.4 0.44 0.26 153.45 47.85 1895
4,5,6 -29.6 -76.1 46.5 - - - - - 47.85 10278
Table 20.8- Design compressive resistance obtained from soil parameters

Approach Rbd(kN) Rsd (kN) γb γs Rcd (kN)
Short- DA 1-1 11932 13558 1.25 1 25490
term DA 1-2 9322 10429 1.6 1.3 19751
DA 2 13559 12326 1.1 1.1 25885
DA 3 14915 12933 1 1 27848
Long- DA 1-1 11932 17634 1.25 1 29566
term DA 1-2 93222 13565 1.6 1.3 22887
DA 2 13559 16031 1.1 1.1 29590
DA 3 14915 16165 1 1 31080
20.3.4 ULS compressive resistance obtained from SPT result

The design compressive resistance obtained from SPT result may be determined by
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = +
b s
Characteristic base resistance

  L 
Rsk = Ab 0.4 pa N 60     Ab (4 pa N 60 )
  D 
Where:
pa is the atmospheric pressure (≈ 100kN/m2)
N 60 is the average value of standard penetration number near the pile base
(about 10D above and 4D below the pile base)
Elevation of 10D above pile base: -57m
Elevation of 4D above pile base: -78m
Table 20.9 Calculation of N 60
Depth Spt Depth Spt

56 20 68 29
58 22 70 31
287 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
60 18 72 33
62 17 74 36
64 18 76 38
66 21 78 40
N60 26.92
  L 
Rsk = Ab 0.4 pa N 60     Ab (4 pa N 60 )
  D 
  58.3  
= ( 2.2  0.8 ) 0.4 100  26.92      (2.2  0.8)(4 100  26.92)
  1.5  
= 73650 kN  18949kN
 Rbk = 18949kN
Rsk = pLfav
Where:
p is the perimeter of bored pile
L is the length of pile considered from the bottom of pile cap
fav =0.01pa N ; is the average unit frictional resistance for bored pile
60
N 60 is the average value of standard penetration of soil layer from ground

surface to pile base
Rsk = pLfav = (2.2 + 0.8)  2  58.3 (0.01100  20.94) = 7324kN

Design compressive resistance obtained from SPT test
Rbk Rsk
Rcd = +
b s
Table 20.10- Calculated Rcd form SPT
Approach Rbd (kN) Rsd (kN) γb γs Rcd
DA 1-1 15159 7324 1.25 1 22483
DA 1-2 11843 5634 1.6 1.3 17477
DA 2 10614 4291 1.1 1.1 23885
DA 3 11675 4720 1 1 26273
20.3.5 The design compressive resistance for all ULS
288 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Table 20.11- The design compressive resistance for all ULSs

Design ULS compressive resistance (kN) Design compressive
Approach Material Soil parameter SPT resistance Rcd (kN)
Short-term Long-
term
DA 1-1 29864 25590 29566 22483 22483
DA 1-2 29864 19751 22887 17477 17477
DA 2 29864 25885 29590 23885 23885
DA 3 29864 27848 31090 26273 26273
20.4 Foundation layout
Figure 20.4- Foundation layout
289 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
20.5 Design foundation FW1
Figure 20.5 Center of found FW1

20.5.1 Load acting on pile cap center
Due to the combined system of core the load should act at the center of the pile cap.
The equivalent load is determined as
NG = NP1
HG,X = HP1,X ; HG,Y = HP1,Y
M G,X= MP1,X; M G,Y= MP1,Y
P1 Set A2 -137605.0452 -16479.1048 779.4214 24675.74 8752
P1 Set A1 -185766.811 -22240.0414 1052.219 33312.25 11815.2

Barrette pile: axb=2.2x0.8m; Dnom= 1.5m; L=58.3m
  GA1  1.35  14342 
Gcap = Acap  hcap   RC   A  = 16.6 12.8  2  25   =  kN
 2  1  10624 
 G 
290 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Fcd
Rcd

Rcd=22483 Rcd=17477 Rcd=23885 Rcd=26273
P1 FW1 200108 11 148229 11 200108 11 200108 8
 nselect =12

Model the pile cap in SAFE. The pile cap is assigned as thick plate concrete slab with
thickness equals to 2m. The bored piles are assigned as spring support with stiffness
K= Rcd /S
Where S is the immediate settlement which may be determined as
D Rcd L
S= +
100 AE
Where D is the pile diameter, A is the area of pile cross-section, E is the elastic
modulus of pile material and L is the embedded length of pile.
D=1.5m
Q=Rcd= 17477 kN
L= 58.3m
Ap=1.76m2
EP = 32000000kN/m2
S= 0.0320
K= 528145 kN/m= 528 kN/mm
291 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
292 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Table 20.13- Verification of single pile FW1
Check Fcd≤Rcd
DA 1-1 DA 2 DA 3 DA 1-2
Pile A1 A2 14060 14905 16250 10928
15 20383 15098 OK OK OK OK
16 20365 15085 OK OK OK OK
17 20348 15073 OK OK OK OK
18 30377 15094 OK OK OK OK
24 20815 15418 OK OK OK OK
25 208666 15471 OK OK OK OK
26 20828 15428 OK OK OK OK
27 20836 15434 OK OK OK OK
28 20605 15263 OK OK OK OK
30 21132 15653 OK OK OK OK
31 21059 15599 OK OK OK OK
32 20635 15285 OK OK OK OK

When the piles are placed close to each other, a reasonable assumption is that the
stresses transmitted by the piles to the soil will overlap, reducing the load-bearing
capacity of the piles. Ideally, the piles in a group should be spaced so that the load-
bearing capacity of the group is not less than the sum of the bearing capacity of the
individual piles. In practice, the minimum center-to-center pile spacing, d, is about 3
to 3.5D.
Depending on the spacing d between piles, the piles may act in either as (1) a block or
(2) as individual piles. The ultimate load-bearing capacity of a pile group is
determined as
Rg (u ) =    Ru  Fcd
Where:
R u = n x Rcd; is the design compressive resistance of all piles in a pile group
Ƞ is the efficiency of the load-bearing capacity of a pile group, determined

by the Converse- Labarre equation. If n<1 then piles act as a block.
 (n1 − 1)n2 + (n2 − 1)n1 
 = 1−  
 90  n1n2 
Where:
293 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
n1 is the number of pile rows
n2 is number of piles/number of rows
θ = tan-1 (D/d) [degree]
Number of piles in group = n1 x n2 ( Note: Lg ≥ Bg )

Lg= (n1 – 1)d + 2(D/2)
Bg = (n2 -1)d +2(D/2)
Figure 20.8- Behavior of pile group
294 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Worked example ( for FW1 in DA1-1)
Rg (u ) =    Ru
  0.85   (4 − 1)  3 + (3 − 1)  4  
= 1 −  tan −1

 
      12  22483; ( =0.835  Piles work as a block)

 4.6 90 4 3 
= 225335 kN > Fcd = 200108kN
Table 20.14 – Verification of pile group FW1 with DA1

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
P1 FW1 12 225335 OK 12 175119 OK
Table 20.15 – Verification of pile group FW1 with DA2,3

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
P1 FW1 12 239327 OK 12 263255 OK

According to EC7-1 Clause 2.4.8 (2), the values of partial factors for serviceability
limit states should normally be taken equal to 1. According to EC Annex H, the
limiting values of structural deformation and foundation movement are 50 mm for
structure with normal use.
Because of the complexity of soil layer components, three methods of settlement
calculation are provided including immediate settlement (si), elastic settlement (se)
and consolidation settlement (sc).
Consolidation is a time-dependent process in saturated clays, where the foundation
load is gradually transferred from the pore water to the supporting soil. The
consolidation settlement is only considered in saturated clay layer; hence,
consolidation of clay layer 5 is estimated. The consolidation settlement of a group pile
can be estimated by using the 2:1 stress distribution method; the calculation involves
the following steps
295 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Step 1: Let the depth of embedment of the piles be L. The group is subjected to a total
load of Qg
Step 2: Assume that the load Qg is transmitted to the soil beginning at a depth of 2L/3
from the top of the pile, as shown in Figure 8.12. The load Qg spreads out along two
vertical to one horizontal line from this depth. Lines aa’ and bb’ are the two 2:1 lines.
Step 3: Calculate the increase in effective stress caused at the middle of each soil
layer by the load Qg
Qg
 i' =
(B
g + zi )( Lg + zi )
Where:
 i' is the increase in effective stress at the middle of layer ith

zi is the distance from z=0 to the middle of the soil layer ith
Lg,Bg is the length and width, respectively of the planned group piles
Step 4: Calculate the consolidation settlement of each layer caused by the increased
stress
 e(i ) 
Sc =   Hi
1 + eo (i ) 
296 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Where:
∆Sc(i) is the consolidation settlement of layer i
∆e(i) is the change of void ratio caused by the increase in stress in layer i
eo(i) is the initial void ratio of layer i (before construction). Shall be obatined
from the soil investigation report
Hi is the thickness of layer i considered from point z=0
According to Braja M.Das (2014), the change of void ratio in normally consolidated
soli shall be determined by
 0' +  i'
e = Cc (i ) log
 0'
Where :
 0' is the average effective vertical stress
Cc(i) is the compressive index of layer i. Shall be obtained from the soil
investigation report
Step 5: The total consolidation settlement of the group piles is
sc( g ) =  sc(i ) sc( g ) =  sc (i )
Worked example
Figure 20.9- Pile foundation FW1 layout
297 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Figure 20.10- Consolidation settlement of pile group FW1

Step 1: Determine the SLS load Qg acting on pile group FW1
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap= 10624 kN
Load transmitted from superstructures of foundation FW1 (ETABS analysis result
with SLS combo set A2)
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 10624 + 137605 = 148229 kN
Step 2: 2L/3= 2 x 58.3/3 = 41.5 m is the depth from pile cap bottom where Qg started
Layer 5:
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

Where:
z4=H4/2=5/2=2.5m
Qg 148229
 (5)
'
= = = 121.5kN / m2
(Lg + z4 )( Bg + z4 ) (16 + 2.5)  (12.2 + 2.5)
298 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
H5 '
 O' (5) = H1 1' + H 2 2' + H 3 3' + H 4 4' + 5
2
5
= 19  4.89 + 3  8.89 + 5.6  9.99 + 25.6 10.59 + 10.49
2
2
= 472.85 kN/m
Cc(5)=0.128 ; eo(5)=0.625
Hence,
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

 0.128  4   472.85 + 121.5 
=    log   100
 1 + 0.625   472.85
= 3.13 cm
sc( g ) =  sc (i) = 3.13cm

sc ( g ) = 31.3mm  50mm

0.96q Bg I
se ( g ) =
N 60
Where
L(m)
8Bg (m)
N60 = 26.92; calculated in section 17.3.4

Worked example
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap = 10624 kN
299 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd = 10624 + 137605 = 148229kN
q=Qg/(LgBg) =148229/ (16 x 12.2) = 759.37 (kN/m2)
L ( m) 58.3
I = 1− = 1− = 0.4
8Bg (m) 8 12.2
0.96q Bg I 0.96  759.37  12.2  0.4

Se ( g ) = = = 37.83mm  50mm → OK
N 60 26.92

Immediate settlement, also known as distortion settlement, initial settlement occurs
immediately after the load is applied. In clays, where there is poor drainage, it is reasonable
to assume that immediate settlement takes place under undrained conditions.
Immediate settlement will be calculated in soil layer 6 (sand).
The immediate settlement under a flexible footing is estimated by assuming the theory of
elasticity, using the following equation, originally proposed by Janbu et al. (1956)
qBg
si ( g ) = 0 1
Es
Where:
q is the unit pressure per area at group base
Es is the elastic modulus of soil
soft clay 50~200 4.79~19.16
medium clay 200~500 19.16~47.89
sandy clay 250~2000 23.95~ 191.57
clay shale 1000~2000 95.79~ 191.57
loose sand 100~250 9.58~23.95
dense sand 250~1000 23.95~95.79
silty sand 250~2000 23.95~191.57
300 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE

Worked example
H / B = 58.3 /12.2 = 4.77 

  1 = 0.6
B / L = 12.2 / 16 = 0.76 
Dt/B =12.8/12.2= 1.05  μ0 = 0.82

Qg 148229
q= = = 759.37(kN / m 2 )
Bg  Lg 16 12.2
qBg 759.37 12.2

Si ( g ) = 0 1 =  0.82  0.6 103 = 47.58 mm < 50mm  OK
Es 95790
20.5.5 Design of pile cap FW1
301 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Punching shear of piles acting upon the pile cap M1 requires a lot of work due large number
of piles. On the other hand the mechanics of punching shear force in pile cap will be assumed
as shear force in a beam. Therefore, foundation system M1 is modeled in SAFE with shear
force obtained from strip layers. These strips shall be drawn across piles position to obtain the
shear force acting from piles upon pile cap. The shear force from these strips (X and Y
directions) should be verified with the maximum shear capacity of pile cap.
According to EC2-1 Section 6.2.2 (6)
“For members with loads applied on the upper side within a distance 0,5d ≤ av ≤ 2d
from the edge of a support (or centre of bearing where flexible bearings are used), the
contribution of this load to the shear force VEd may be multiplied by β = av/2d. This
reduction may be applied for checking VRd,c . For av ≤ 0,5d the value av = 0,5d
should be used.
Figure 20.12- Loads near supports
302 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Figure 20.13- SAFE strip layers across piles
Figure 20.14- X-axis shear force envelop max of FW1
303 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Figure 20.15- Y-axis shear force envelop max of FW1
Figure 20.16- X-axis shear force envelop min of FW1
304 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Figure 20.17- Y-axis shear force envelop min of FW1

Shear resistance of the pile cap with b=1m and D=2000-50-100 =1850mm
1
VRd ,c = 0.12k[100  f ck ] bd  (0.035k 3/2 f 1/2 )bd
3
1
VRd ,c = 0.12  2  [100  0.5  30] 1000 1850 = 5082kN
3
3 1
 (0.035 1.26 2  30 2 ) 1000 1850 = 383.05kN
As observed in SF diagrams, the largest shear acts at pile #23 with VEd,max= 5543kN
VEd,max = 4873 kN < VRd,c = 5082 kN  Ok
Step 1: Determine the maximum moment
M
Step 2: Determine K from K =
bd 2 f ck
d
Step 3: Obtain lever arm z from z = 1 + 1 − 3.53K   0.95d
2
M
Step 4: Calculate the tension reinforcement required (for very 1m width) from As ,req =
f yd z
305 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Figure 20.18- X-axis moment envelope max of FW1
Figure 20.19- X-axis moment envelope min of FW1
306 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
307 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Table 20.17 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in X-asis
Positio M(kN.m b(mm) d0(mm) K z(mm) As,re p(%) d(mm) a(mm) Check
n ) q
Top 1787 2000 1850 0.0174 1821 1446 0.019 18 100 OK
Bottom 4328 2000 1850 0.0422 1778 3586 0.194 32 200 OK
Table 20.18 -Reinforcement result for pile cap FW1 in Y-asis

n )
Top 2045 2000 1850 0.0199 1817 1659 0.09 18 100 OK
Bottom 4467 2000 1850 0.0435 1776 3706 0.2 32 200 OK

Table 20.19- Calculation of transverse action of FW1
Member Combo HX HY
P1 Set A2 3430 779.4214
P1 Set A1 4439 1052.219
H max, x 3430
Ftd , x = = = 285kN
n 12
kz
Cz =
c
Where:
pile cap
308 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
k1x = Cz  u / 2  a
Where:
perimeter
- Define property: Concrete rectangular frame section
- Divide “pile” frames into 1m-long segments
- Assign each joint node as spring restraint with simple spring stiffness (translation
global X
- Special joints:
Assign sliding clamp restraint at top node (pile head clamped to pile cap)
Assign clamp restraint at bottom node (pile base)
- Assign joint load to the top node.
- Run analysis.

1 500 500 1500 37 4000 148000 444000
2 500 1000 3000 38 4000 152000 456000
3 500 1500 4500 39 4000 156000 468000
4 500 2000 6000 40 4000 160000 480000
5 500 2500 7500 41 4000 164000 492000
6 500 3000 9000 42 4000 168000 504000
7 500 3500 10500 43 4000 172000 516000
8 500 4000 12000 44 4000 176000 528000
9 500 4500 13500 45 4000 180000 540000
10 500 5000 15000 46 4000 184000 552000
11 500 5500 16500 47 6000 282000 846000
12 500 6000 18000 48 6000 288000 864000
13 2000 26000 78000 49 6000 294000 882000
14 2000 28000 84000 50 6000 300000 900000
15 2000 30000 90000 51 6000 306000 918000
16 5000 80000 240000 52 5000 260000 780000
17 5000 85000 255000 53 5000 265000 795000
309 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
18 5000 90000 270000 54 5000 270000 810000
19 5000 95000 285000 55 5000 275000 825000
20 5000 100000 300000 56 5000 280000 840000
21 5000 105000 315000 57 5000 285000 855000
22 4000 88000 264000 58 5000 290000 870000
23 4000 92000 276000 59 5000 295000 885000
24 4000 96000 288000 60 5000 300000 900000
25 4000 100000 300000 61 5000 305000 915000
26 4000 104000 312000 62 5000 310000 930000
27 4000 108000 324000 63 5000 315000 945000
28 4000 112000 336000 64 5000 320000 960000
29 4000 116000 348000 65 5000 325000 975000
30 4000 120000 360000 66 5000 330000 990000
31 4000 124000 372000 67 5000 335000 1005000
310 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
311 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE

capacity
The maximum moment is Mx= 1003 (kNm), My =434kN.
Table 20.21- Calculation of required tension reinforcement
Axis Moment b h d cnom K z As,req Provide As,prov Check
X 1003 800 2200 2127.5 50 0.009 2110 1400 3d25 1473 Satisfied
y 434 2200 8000 727.5 50 0.012 719.7 1777.27 7d25 3436 Satisfied
+ Checking shear resistance

The maximum moment is Vx= 343.32 kN, Vy=64.04kN
Table 20.22- Calculation of required tension reinforcement
Axis Shear b h Choose VRd,max S Smin Smax Provide
cotϕ
X 343.32 800 2200 2.5 5650 749 291 1616 d10s200
y 64.04 2200 8000 2.5 5443 1399 231 566 d10s200
312 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
n, y = 0.0059(m) = 0.59cm   y0  = 1cm
n, x = 0.0003(m) = 0.03cm   y0  = 1cm

4
 z  12 ( v' tg I +  cI )
cos 1
The largest horizontal stress  z = 86.95(kN / m2 ) is located at z=-15m from the bottom
of the pile cap (layer 1)
 v' =  'h = 4.9 15 = 73.5(kN / m2 )

cI =5.6 (kN/m2)
I =0.41 (rad)
I =1
M p + Mv
2 =  0.5
nM p + M v

4
 z  = 1 0.5  (73.5  tan 0.41 + 0.6  5.6)
cos 0.41
= 92.33 kN/m 2   z = 86.95kN / m 2
+Checking the punching shear condition

The concrete section on its owns may have sufficient shear capacity VRd,max to resist
the ultimate shear force .The calculation of concrete shear capacity is :
VRd ,max = 0.5ud [0.6(1 − f ck / 250)] f ck /1.5
We check the punching shear condition in individual wall from P1.1 to P1.7
313 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Check punching shear
VEd,max
Pier u(m) (kN) VRd,max(kN) Check
P1.1 13 -27691 195624 OK
P1.2 3.9 -6480 58687.2 OK
P1.3 17 -31393 255816 OK
P1.4 2.3 -3339 34610.4 OK
P1.5 8.5 -37804 127908 OK
P1.6 6 -3878 90288 OK
Table 20.23 Checking punching shear of FW1
VRd ,c = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 30  0.95 = 0.43( MPa) = 430kN

 VEd = 343.322 + 64.042 = 349kN  VRd ,c  OK !


314 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
C7 Set A2 -15306.67 207.12 -17.029 -61.496 341.15
C7 Set A1 -20664 279.612 -22.989 -83.0196 460.553

  GA1  1.35  1567 

Gcap = Acap  hcap   RC   A  = 6.45  3.6  2  25   =  kN
 2   1   1161 
 G 
Fcd
Rcd

Rcd=22483 Rcd=17477 Rcd=23885 Rcd=26273
C7 M1 22231 2 16467 2 22231 2 22231 2
 nselect = 2

315 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
D=1.5m
Q=Rcd= 17477 kN
L= 58.3 m
Ap=1.76 m2
EP = 32000000kN/m2
S= 0.0320
K= 528145 kN/m= 528.145 kN/mm
316 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Check Fcd≤Rcd
DA 1-1 DA 2 DA 3 DA 1-2
Pile A1 A2 22483 23885 26273 17477
8 13130.779 9726.503 OK OK OK OK
9 13130.779 9726.503 OK OK OK OK

Rg (u ) =    Ru
  0.85   (2 − 1) 1 + (1 − 1)  2  
  3.3   90 1 2  
= 32157 kN > Fcd = 22231kN

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
C7 M1 2 41368 OK 2 32157 OK

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
C7 M1 2 43948 OK 2 48342 OK

Self-weight of pile cap M1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap=1161 kN
SLS combo set A2)
317 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd =15306+1161=16467kN
Step 2: 2L/3= 2x 58.3 /3 = 38.37 m is the depth from pile cap bottom where Qg
started to transmit to soil. The spreading load cone is shown in Figure 7.13
Layer 5:
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =  log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

Where:
z5=H5/2=5/2=2.5m
Qg 16467
 (5)
'
= = = 132kN / m2
(L g + z5 )( Bg + z5 ) (5.85 + 2.5)(3.4 + 2.5)
H5 '
 O' (5) = H1 1' + H 2 2' + H 3 3' + H 4 4' + 5
2
5
= 19  4.89  +3  8.89 + 5.6  9.99 + 25.6 10.59 + 10.49
2
2
= 472.3 kN/m
Cc(5)=0.128 ; eo(5)=0.625
Hence,
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

 0.128  5   472.3 + 132 
=    log  100
1 + 0.625   472.3 
= 4.21cm
sc( g ) =  sc (i) = 4.21cm

sc ( g ) = 42.1mm  50mm

318 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
0.96q Bg I
se ( g ) =
N 60
Where
L(m)
8Bg (m)

Worked example
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap =1161 kN
SLS load Qg =Gcap + NEd =15306+1161=16467 kN
q=Qg/(LgBg) =16467/ (5.85x3.4) =781(kN/m2)
L ( m) 58.3
I = 1− = 1− = −1.14  Taken I=1
8Bg (m) 8  3.4
0.96q Bg I 0.96  781 3.4 1

Se ( g ) = = = 49.51mm  50mm → OK
N 60 27.92

soft clay 50~200 4.79~19.16
medium clay 200~500 19.16~47.89
sandy clay 250~2000 23.95~ 191.57
clay shale 1000~2000 95.79~ 191.57
loose sand 100~250 9.58~23.95
dense sand 250~1000 23.95~95.79
silty sand 250~2000 23.95~191.57
319 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE

Worked example
H / B = 58.3 / 3.4 = 17.15

  1 = 0.9
B / L = 3.4 / 6.5 = 0.52 
Dt/B =3.6/3.4= 1.05  μ0 = 0.92

Qg 16467
q= = = 781(kN / m 2 )
Bg  Lg 5.85  3.4
qBg 781 3.4

Si ( g ) = 0 1 =  0.92  0.9 103 = 22.95mm < 50mm  OK
Es 95790
320 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
of pile cap)

VRd = 0.5vfcd ud
Where:
 f 
 250 
  30   −3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −   17  4  800  2850 10 = 40930kN
  250 
  30  
  17   1500  2850 10 = 48220kN
−3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −
  250  
Largest load acting of the pile cap is by pile C7: NEd=13130kN ≤ 48220 kN
321 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
322 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
323 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Table 20.30 -Reinforcement result for pile cap m1 in X-asis
Positio M(kN.m b(mm d0(mm K z(mm) As,re p(%) d(mm) a(mm) Check
n ) ) ) q
Top 103 1000 1850 0.001 1848 164 0.009 16 200 OK
Bottom 2613 1000 1850 0.0254 1808 4261 0.263 32 100 OK
Table 20.31 -Reinforcement result for pile cap m1 in Y-asis

n )
Top 1214 1000 1850 0.0118 1831 1955 0.109 16 200 OK
Bottom 2246 1000 1850 0.0219 1814 3650 0.197 32 200 OK

Member Combo HX HY
C6 Set A2 207.12 -17.029
C6 Set A1 279.612 -22.989
H max, x 280
Ftd , x = = = 140kN
n 2
kz
Cz =
c
Where:
pile cap
324 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
k1x = Cz  u / 2  a
Where:
perimeter

1 500 500 1500 37 4000 148000 444000
2 500 1000 3000 38 4000 152000 456000
3 500 1500 4500 39 4000 156000 468000
4 500 2000 6000 40 4000 160000 480000
5 500 2500 7500 41 4000 164000 492000
6 500 3000 9000 42 4000 168000 504000
7 500 3500 10500 43 4000 172000 516000
8 500 4000 12000 44 4000 176000 528000
9 500 4500 13500 45 4000 180000 540000
10 500 5000 15000 46 4000 184000 552000
11 500 5500 16500 47 6000 282000 846000
12 500 6000 18000 48 6000 288000 864000
13 2000 26000 78000 49 6000 294000 882000
14 2000 28000 84000 50 6000 300000 900000
15 2000 30000 90000 51 6000 306000 918000
16 5000 80000 240000 52 5000 260000 780000
17 5000 85000 255000 53 5000 265000 795000
18 5000 90000 270000 54 5000 270000 810000
19 5000 95000 285000 55 5000 275000 825000
20 5000 100000 300000 56 5000 280000 840000
21 5000 105000 315000 57 5000 285000 855000
22 4000 88000 264000 58 5000 290000 870000
23 4000 92000 276000 59 5000 295000 885000
24 4000 96000 288000 60 5000 300000 900000
25 4000 100000 300000 61 5000 305000 915000
26 4000 104000 312000 62 5000 310000 930000
27 4000 108000 324000 63 5000 315000 945000
28 4000 112000 336000 64 5000 320000 960000
29 4000 116000 348000 65 5000 325000 975000
30 4000 120000 360000 66 5000 330000 990000
31 4000 124000 372000 67 5000 335000 1005000
325 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
326 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
327 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
capacity
n, y = 0.00005(m) = 0.05cm   y0  = 1cm
n, x = 0.0024(m) = 0.24cm   y0  = 1cm

4
 z  12 ( v' tg I +  cI )
cos 1
The largest horizontal stress  z = 8.5(kN / m2 ) is located at z=6m from the bottom of
 v' =  ' h = 4.9  6 = 29.4(kN / m 2 )
cI =5.6 (kN/m2)
I =0.41 (rad)
I =1
M p + Mv
2 =  0.5
nM p + M v

4
 z  = 1 0.5  (29.4  tan 0.41 + 0.6  5.6)
cos 0.41
= 35.5 kN/m 2   z = 8.5kN / m 2
VRd ,c = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 30  0.95 = 0.43( MPa) = 430kN

 VEd = 133.512 + 10.822 = 133.95  VRd ,c  OK !
328 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE

C6 Set A2 -12526.3 299.9 -187.2 -279.04 564.3
C6 Set A1 -16910.1 404.892 -252.45 -376.65 761.8172

  GA1  1.35  1567 

Gcap = Acap  hcap   RC   A  = 6.45  3.6  2  25   =  kN
 2  1  1161 
 G 
Fcd
Rcd

329 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Rcd=22483 Rcd=17477 Rcd=23885 Rcd=26273
C7 M1 18477 2 13687 2 18477 2 18477 2
 nselect = 2

D=1.5m
Q=Rcd= 17477 kN
L= 58.3 m
Ap=1.76 m2
EP = 32000000kN/m2
S= 0.0320
K= 528145 kN/m= 528.145 kN/mm
330 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE

Check Fcd≤Rcd
DA 1-1 DA 2 DA 3 DA 1-2
Pile A1 A2 22483 23885 26273 17477
8 9555 7078 OK OK OK OK
9 9555 7078 OK OK OK OK
331 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Rg (u ) =    Ru
  0.85   (2 − 1) 1 + (1 − 1)  2  
  3.3   90 1 2  
= 32157 kN > Fcd = 18216kN

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
C6 M2 2 41368 OK 2 32157 OK

n Rg (u) n Rg (u)
C6 M2 2 43948 OK 2 48342 OK

Self-weight of pile cap M1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap=968 kN
SLS combo set A2)
Step 2: 2L/3= 2x 58.3 /3 = 38.37 m is the depth from pile cap bottom where Qg
started to transmit to soil. The spreading load cone is shown in Figure 7.13
Layer 5:
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

Where:
332 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
z5=H5/2=5/2=2.5m
Qg 13494
 (5)
'
= = = 108.5kN / m2
(L g + z5 )( Bg + z5 ) (5.85 + 2.5)(3.4 + 2.5)
H5 '
 O' (5) = H1 1' + H 2 2' + H 3 3' + H 4 4' + 5
2
5
= 19  4.89  +3  8.89 + 5.6  9.99 + 25.6 10.59 + 10.49
2
2
= 472.3 kN/m
Cc(5)=0.128 ; eo(5)=0.625
Hence,
 ( Cc (5) H 5 )    0(5)
'
+  (5) 
sc (5) =   log  
 1 + eo (5)    0(5)
'

 0.128  5   472.3 + 108 
=    log  100
1 + 0.625   472.3 
= 3.52 cm
sc ( g ) =  sc (i) = 3.52cm

sc ( g ) = 35.2mm  50mm

0.96q Bg I
se ( g ) =
N 60
Where
L(m)
8Bg (m)

Worked example
333 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Self-weight of pile cap FW1 ( calculated in section 17.5.2): Gcap = 968 kN
q=Qg/(LgBg) =13494/ (5.85x3.4) =678 (kN/m2)
L ( m) 58.3
I = 1− = 1− = −1.14  Taken I=1
8Bg (m) 8  3.4
0.96q Bg I 0.96  678  3.4 1

Se ( g ) = = = 42.98mm  50mm → OK
N 60 27.92

soft clay 50~200 4.79~19.16
medium clay 200~500 19.16~47.89
sandy clay 250~2000 23.95~ 191.57
clay shale 1000~2000 95.79~ 191.57
loose sand 100~250 9.58~23.95
dense sand 250~1000 23.95~95.79
silty sand 250~2000 23.95~191.57
334 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE

Worked example
H / B = 58.3 / 3.4 = 17.15

  1 = 0.9
B / L = 3.4 / 6.5 = 0.52 
Dt/B =3.6/3.4= 1.05  μ0 = 0.92

Qg 13494
q= = = 678(kN / m 2 )
Bg  Lg 5.85  3.4
qBg 678  3.4

Si ( g ) = 0 1 =  0.92  0.9 103 = 19.92mm < 50mm  OK
Es 95790
335 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
of pile cap)

VRd = 0.5vfcd ud
Where:
 f 
 250 
  30   −3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −   17  4  800  2850 10 = 40930kN
  250  
  30  
  17   1500  2850 10 = 48220kN
−3
VRd = 0.5vf cd ud = 0.5  0.6 1 −
  250  
Largest load acting of the pile cap is by pile C6: NEd=12526 kN ≤ 48220 kN
336 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
337 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
338 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
Positio M(kN.m b(mm d0(mm K z(mm) As,re p(%) d(mm) a(mm) Check
n ) ) ) q
Top 94 1000 1850 0.0009 1849 150 0.008 16 200 OK
Bottom 2077 1000 1850 0.0206 1816 3428 0.185 32 200 OK

n )
Top 972 1000 1850 0.0095 1834 1562 0.084 16 200 OK
Bottom 2191 1000 1850 0.0213 1815 3559 0.12 32 200 OK

Member Combo HX HY
C6 Set A2 299.92 -187
C6 Set A1 404.892 -252.45
H max, x 299.92
Ftd , x = = = 149.96kN
n 2
kz
Cz =
c
Where:
pile cap
339 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
k1x = Cz  u / 2  a
Where:
perimeter

1 500 500 1500 37 4000 148000 444000
2 500 1000 3000 38 4000 152000 456000
3 500 1500 4500 39 4000 156000 468000
4 500 2000 6000 40 4000 160000 480000
5 500 2500 7500 41 4000 164000 492000
6 500 3000 9000 42 4000 168000 504000
7 500 3500 10500 43 4000 172000 516000
8 500 4000 12000 44 4000 176000 528000
9 500 4500 13500 45 4000 180000 540000
10 500 5000 15000 46 4000 184000 552000
11 500 5500 16500 47 6000 282000 846000
12 500 6000 18000 48 6000 288000 864000
13 2000 26000 78000 49 6000 294000 882000
14 2000 28000 84000 50 6000 300000 900000
15 2000 30000 90000 51 6000 306000 918000
16 5000 80000 240000 52 5000 260000 780000
17 5000 85000 255000 53 5000 265000 795000
18 5000 90000 270000 54 5000 270000 810000
19 5000 95000 285000 55 5000 275000 825000
20 5000 100000 300000 56 5000 280000 840000
21 5000 105000 315000 57 5000 285000 855000
22 4000 88000 264000 58 5000 290000 870000
23 4000 92000 276000 59 5000 295000 885000
24 4000 96000 288000 60 5000 300000 900000
25 4000 100000 300000 61 5000 305000 915000
26 4000 104000 312000 62 5000 310000 930000
27 4000 108000 324000 63 5000 315000 945000
28 4000 112000 336000 64 5000 320000 960000
29 4000 116000 348000 65 5000 325000 975000
30 4000 120000 360000 66 5000 330000 990000
31 4000 124000 372000 67 5000 335000 1005000
340 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
341 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
342 | P a g e
BARRETTE PILE
capacity
n, y = 0.00004(m) = 0.04cm   y0  = 1cm
n, x = 0.0022(m) = 0.22cm   y0  = 1cm

4
 z  12 ( v' tg I +  cI )
cos 1
The largest horizontal stress  z = 6.2(kN / m2 ) is located at z=6m from the bottom of
 v' =  ' h = 4.9  6 = 29.4(kN / m2 )
cI =5.6 (kN/m2)
I =0.41 (rad)
I =1
M p + Mv
2 =  0.5
nM p + M v

4
 z  = 1 0.5  (29.4  tan 0.41 + 0.6  5.6)
cos 0.41
= 35.5 kN/m 2   z = 6.2kN / m 2
VRd ,c = 0.035k 3/2 f ck = 0.035 1.7723/2 30  0.95 = 0.43( MPa) = 430kN

 VEd = 92.122 + 143.012 = 170.11  VRd ,c  OK !
343 | P a g e
ANNEX A
DESIGN RESULT OF BEAM
ANNEX A
A.1 Flexural design result
Axis FLOOR Location Slab dimension L Muls d k z As,req ρ As,pro Provide
b h L
(mm) (mm) mm (kNm) (mm) (mm) (mm2/m) (%) (mm2/m)
Y1b-Y1a/X3 B1-01 Mid-span 500 500 4500 80 475 0.024 465 507 0.002 942 3d20
End-span 500 500 4500 -396 475 0.117 420 2782 0.012 3043 5d20+3d25
Y1a-Y1/X3 B1-04 Mid-span 300 500 2400 189 475 0.093 432 1289 0.009 1571 5d20
End-span 300 500 2400 -266 475 0.131 412 1904 0.013 2199 7d20
Y1-Y2/X3 B1-04 Mid-span 300 500 7800 157 475 0.077 440 1052 0.007 1571 5d20
End-span 300 500 7800 -282 475 0.139 407 2041 0.014 2199 7d20
05-09 Mid-span 400 500 7800 181 475 0.067 445 1198 0.006 1571 5d20
End-span 400 500 7800 -342 475 0.126 414 2433 0.013 2513 8d20
10-14 Mid-span 400 600 7800 224 575 0.056 545 1212 0.005 1571 5d20
End-span 400 600 7800 -415 575 0.105 516 2371 0.010 2513 8d20
15-20 Mid-span 300 500 7800 215 475 0.106 425 1489 0.010 1571 5d20
End-span 300 500 7800 -264 475 0.130 412 1887 0.013 2199 7d20
Y2-Y2'/X3 B1-20 Mid-span 300 500 3400 55 475 0.027 463 350 0.002 942 3d20
End-span 300 500 3400 -197 475 0.097 430 1350 0.009 1571 5d20
Y2'-Y3/X3 B1-11 Mid-span 300 500 3100 290 475 0.143 405 2111 0.015 2199 7d20
End-span 300 500 3100 -330 475 0.163 393 2477 0.017 2553 5d20+2d25
12-16 Mid-span 300 500 3100 225 475 0.111 423 1568 0.011 1571 5d20
End-span 300 500 3100 -268 475 0.132 411 1921 0.013 2199 7d20
17-20 Mid-span 300 500 3100 156 475 0.077 440 1044 0.007 1571 5d20
343 | P a g e
ANNEX A
End-span 300 500 3100 -190 475 0.094 432 1297 0.009 1571 5d20
Y3-Y4/X3 B1-07 Mid-span 300 500 8500 124 475 0.061 448 816 0.006 942 3d20
End-span 300 500 8500 257 475 0.127 414 1829 0.013 2199 7d20
B8-20 Mid-span 400 500 8500 175 475 0.065 446 1156 0.006 1571 3d20
End-span 400 500 8500 -330 475 0.122 417 2333 0.012 2711 3d22+ 5d20
Y4-Y5/X3 B1-20 Mid-span
400 600 8100 211 575 0.053 547 1138 0.005 1571 5d20
End-span 400 600 8100 -301 575 0.076 534 1663 0.007 1703 3d20+2d22
Y5-Y5a/X3 B1-01 End-span 500 500 5000 396 475 0.117 420 2782 0.012 2827 9d20
02-04 End-span 300 500 2400 -150 475 0.074 442 1001 0.007 1571 5d20
A.2 Checking moment capacity of beam
Axis FLOOR Location s x Mrd ΔM

mm mm kNm %
Mid-
span 38 47 146 45
Y1b-Y1a/X3 B1-01
End-
span 121 152 428 7
Mid-
span 104 131 225 16
Y1a-Y1/X3 B1-04
End-
span 146 183 300 11
Mid-
span 104 131 225 30
B1-04
End-
Y1-Y2/X3
span 146 183 300 6
Mid-
05-09
span 78 98 232 22
344 | P a g e
ANNEX A
End-
span 125 157 352 3
Mid-
span 78 98 286 22
10-14
End-
span 125 157 437 5
Mid-
span 104 131 225 5
15-20
End-
span 146 183 300 12
Mid-
span 63 78 142 61
Y2-Y2'/X3 B1-20
End-
span 104 131 225 13
Mid-
span 146 183 300 3
B1-11
End-
span 170 212 338 2
Mid-
span 104 131 225 0
Y2'-Y3/X3 12-16
End-
span 146 183 300 11
Mid-
span 104 131 225 31
17-20
End-
span 104 131 225 16
Mid-
span 63 78 142 13
B1-07
End-
Y3-Y4/X3
span 143 179 294 13
Mid-
B8-20
span 76 95 226 22
345 | P a g e
ANNEX A
End-
span 138 173 382 13
Mid-
span 76 95 277 24
Y4-Y5/X3 B1-20
End-
span 107 134 380 21
End-
B1-01
span 116 145 412 4
Y5-Y5a/X3
End-
02-04
span 101 126 219 32
A.3 Shear design results

b h d Cot φ VRd,max S Smin Smax Sselect
Axis FLOOR Location
(mm) (mm) (mm) kN mm mm mm mm
Mid-
Y1b- span 500 500 475 2.5 778.3448 1156.969 146.2613 356.25 100
B1-01
Y1a/X3 End-
span 500 500 475 2.5 778.3448 272.3569 146.2613 356.25 100
Mid-
Y1a- span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 412.9917 243.7688 356.25 200
B1-04
Y1/X3 End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 248.3861 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 278.1321 243.7688 356.25 200
B1-04
Y1- End-
Y2/X3 span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 224.1279 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
05-09
span 400 500 475 2.5 622.6759 281.3407 182.8266 356.25 150
346 | P a g e
ANNEX A
End-
span 400 500 475 2.5 622.6759 228.0977 182.8266 356.25 150
Mid-
span 400 600 575 2.5 753.7655 344.3357 182.8266 431.25 150
10-14
End-
span 400 600 575 2.5 753.7655 283.9958 182.8266 431.25 150
Mid-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 268.9345 243.7688 356.25 200
15-20
End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 226.9471 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
Y2- span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 988.4598 243.7688 356.25 Not Ok
B1-20
Y2'/X3 End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 338.0406 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 246.7237 243.7688 356.25 200
B1-11
End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 209.4014 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
Y2'- span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 368.7235 243.7688 356.25 200
12-16
Y3/X3 End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 321.0009 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 657.4481 243.7688 356.25 200
17-20
End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 486.7347 243.7688 356.25 200
Mid-
Y3- span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 368.9822 243.7688 356.25 200
B1-07
Y4/X3 End-
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 294.5277 243.7688 356.25 200
347 | P a g e
ANNEX A
Mid-
span 400 500 475 2.5 622.6759 903.3883 182.8266 356.25 150
B8-20
End-
span 400 500 475 2.5 622.6759 262.0683 182.8266 356.25 150
Mid-
Y4- span 400 600 575 2.5 753.7655 290.2242 182.8266 431.25 150
B1-20
Y5/X3 End-
span 400 600 575 2.5 753.7655 244.2011 182.8266 431.25 150
End-
B1-01
Y5- span 500 500 475 2.5 778.3448 272.3569 146.2613 356.25 100
Y5a/X3 End-
02-04
span 300 500 475 2.5 467.0069 659.6049 243.7688 356.25 200
A4. Crack and deflection check
Axis FLOOR As,req As,pro ρ ρ (L/D)allow (L/D)actual fs

Aspro/ Max bar spacing Check
(mm2/m) (mm2/m) % % Asreq Mpa (mm) crack
Y1b-
B1-01
Y1a/X3 507 942 0.55 0.21 1.86 129.45 9.47 59 300 OK
Y1a-
B1-04
Y1/X3 1289 1571 0.55 1.17 1.22 29.20 5.05 194 300 OK
B1-04 1052 1571 0.55 0.90 1.49 34.38 16.42 231 261 OK
05-09 1198 1571 0.55 1.34 1.31 32.00 16.42 207 291 OK
Y1-Y2/X3
10-14 1212 1571 0.55 0.74 1.30 29.76 13.57 209 289 OK
15-20 1489 1571 0.55 1.43 1.05 21.73 16.42 167 300 OK
Y2-
B1-20
Y2'/X3 350 942 0.55 0.63 2.69 103.88 7.16 421 117 OK
Y2'- B1-11 2111 2199 0.55 1.28 1.04 21.93 6.53 134 300 OK
Y3/X3 12-16 1568 1571 0.55 0.53 1.00 22.67 6.53 100 300 OK
348 | P a g e
ANNEX A
17-20 1044 1571 0.55 1.03 1.50 38.57 6.53 99 300 OK

B1-07 816 942 0.55 1.05 1.16 26.91 17.89 190 300 OK
Y3-Y4/X3
B8-20 1156 1571 0.55 1.32 1.36 30.88 17.89 214 283 OK
Y4-Y5/X3 B1-20 1138 1571 0.55 0.25 1.38 32.13 14.09 201 299 OK
Y5- B1-01 2782 2827 0.55 0.95 1.02 22.62 10.53 157 300 OK
Y5a/X3 02-04 1001 1571 0.55 1.48 1.57 39.17 5.05 182 300 OK
349 | P a g e
ANNEX B
DESIGN RESULT OF COLUMN
Annex B
B.1 COLUMN CLASSIFICATION
Load M2y,b M3x,b P,t M2y,t M3x,t ly lx b h Y X

Story Column Case/Combo kN-m kN-m kN kN-m kN-m mm mm mm mm
Basement 1 C4 CB1 -66.0429 -186.212 7592.411 67.3098 200.2147 3200 3200 800 800 SLENDER SLENDER
Floor 2 C4 CB1 2.7409 -195.18 7397.643 30.0661 182.8109 6500 6500 800 800 SLENDER SLENDER
350 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C4 CB17 38.4202 23.6358 5207.895 32.8077 151.5954 6500 6500 800 800 SLENDER SLENDER
351 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C4 CB1 26.1781 -105.358 2418.283 -14.2653 77.8048 3200 3200 650 650 SLENDER SHORT
Floor 14 C4 CB2 36.6018 -152.551 3087.66 -20.3161 114.1307 3200 3200 650 650 SLENDER SLENDER
Floor 14 C4 CB11 210.2345 -75.0847 2324.452 125.7386 102.7925 3200 3200 650 650 SLENDER SHORT
352 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Basement 1 C11 CB19 -38.9385 -114.712 5473.403 110.0895 133.4034 3100 3100 700 900 SLENDER SHORT
Floor 2 C11 CB1 -38.1317 -97.3105 7752.63 56.617 105.5027 6400 6400 700 900 SLENDER SLENDER
353 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C11 CB9 -28.8698 38.9037 9089.791 75.2256 131.4057 6400 6400 700 900 SLENDER SLENDER
Floor 8 C11 CB1 -57.6009 -234.494 4921.394 60.9731 179.8127 3100 3100 650 800 SLENDER SHORT
354 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C11 CB17 -43.9101 -141.992 1784.666 44.2648 222.6953 3100 3100 600 700 SHORT SHORT
Floor 14 C11 CB18 -43.9101 -141.992 1784.666 44.2648 222.6953 3100 3100 600 700 SHORT SHORT
355 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Basement 1 C3 CB20 -16.0112 3.0344 6210.531 125.3984 381.8954 3200 3200 800 800 SLENDER SLENDER
356 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C3 CB1 2.8914 170.6681 5059.609 14.6606 -129.885 3200 3200 700 700 SLENDER SLENDER
357 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C3 CB1 18.1666 178.5299 2676.614 -8.739 -140.958 3200 3200 650 650 SLENDER SLENDER
Floor 14 C3 CB15 221.7985 145.5256 1922.449 154.9623 -93.6746 3200 3200 650 650 SLENDER SHORT
Floor 14 C3 CB16 221.7985 145.5256 1922.449 154.9623 -93.6746 3200 3200 650 650 SLENDER SHORT
358 | P a g e
ANNEX B
B.2 SECOND ORDER EFFECT MOMENT
Load Imperfection moment 2nd order Med

Story Column Case/Combo Kr Mo1,Y Mo1,X Mo2,Y Mo2,X e2,Y e2,X M2,y M2,x Y X
Basement 1 C4 CB1 0.55 126.78 246.95 128.05 260.95 93.73 89.37 711.64 678.50 762.86 782.88
Basement 1 C4 CB2 0.27 165.36 325.27 166.44 343.34 45.56 43.44 438.50 418.09 505.08 555.42
Basement 1 C4 CB3 0.30 159.06 322.28 194.77 344.18 50.33 47.99 474.26 452.17 552.16 589.85
Basement 1 C4 CB4 0.30 159.06 322.28 194.77 344.18 50.33 47.99 474.26 452.17 552.16 589.85
Basement 1 C4 CB5 0.29 159.83 307.91 176.59 399.08 49.14 46.85 465.53 443.86 536.17 603.49
Basement 1 C4 CB6 0.29 159.83 307.91 176.59 399.08 49.14 46.85 465.53 443.86 536.17 603.49
Basement 1 C4 CB7 0.40 143.29 296.79 202.13 320.02 67.96 64.79 589.84 562.37 670.69 690.38
Basement 1 C4 CB8 0.40 143.29 296.79 202.13 320.02 67.96 64.79 589.84 562.37 670.69 690.38
Basement 1 C4 CB9 0.39 144.57 272.85 171.84 411.52 65.98 62.91 578.17 551.25 646.91 715.86
Basement 1 C4 CB10 0.39 144.57 272.85 171.84 411.52 65.98 62.91 578.17 551.25 646.91 715.86
Basement 1 C4 CB11 0.60 116.28 241.97 175.25 262.35 101.67 96.94 737.88 703.52 807.98 808.46
Basement 1 C4 CB12 0.60 116.28 241.97 175.25 262.35 101.67 96.94 737.88 703.52 807.98 808.46
Basement 1 C4 CB13 0.58 117.56 218.03 144.97 353.84 99.70 95.05 731.84 697.77 789.83 839.30
Basement 1 C4 CB14 0.58 117.56 218.03 144.97 353.84 99.70 95.05 731.84 697.77 789.83 839.30
Basement 1 C4 CB15 0.87 83.42 177.94 142.06 194.70 148.34 141.43 784.55 748.01 841.37 825.89
Basement 1 C4 CB16 0.87 83.42 177.94 142.06 194.70 148.34 141.43 784.55 748.01 841.37 825.89
Basement 1 C4 CB17 0.86 84.69 154.01 111.77 286.19 146.36 139.54 786.30 749.68 831.00 864.16
Basement 1 C4 CB18 0.86 84.69 154.01 111.77 286.19 146.36 139.54 786.30 749.68 831.00 864.16
Basement 1 C4 CB19 0.87 77.66 167.01 146.68 236.00 147.84 140.96 785.02 748.46 843.69 842.86
Basement 1 C4 CB20 0.88 63.08 145.60 170.08 306.15 150.73 143.71 781.99 745.57 858.80 871.02
Basement 1 C4 CB21 0.81 85.37 182.67 154.36 252.48 138.21 131.77 790.03 753.24 851.77 854.23
Basement 1 C4 CB22 0.83 70.80 161.26 177.76 322.63 141.10 134.53 789.35 752.59 867.68 881.66
Floor 2 C4 CB1 0.44 122.95 303.02 150.28 315.39 173.99 127.32 1287.12 941.86 1347.23 1068.02
359 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C4 CB2 0.13 155.97 391.13 192.87 411.07 51.61 37.77 484.57 354.59 561.72 568.42
Floor 2 C4 CB3 0.16 198.31 395.54 214.03 401.70 64.22 46.99 589.74 431.55 675.35 611.31
Floor 2 C4 CB4 0.16 198.31 395.54 214.03 401.70 64.22 46.99 589.74 431.55 675.35 611.31
Floor 2 C4 CB5 0.16 175.16 307.49 196.55 398.19 61.63 45.10 568.63 416.10 647.25 575.37
Floor 2 C4 CB6 0.16 175.16 307.49 196.55 398.19 61.63 45.10 568.63 416.10 647.25 575.37
Floor 2 C4 CB7 0.28 189.15 366.76 242.83 372.04 109.33 80.00 923.83 676.02 1020.96 824.84
Floor 2 C4 CB8 0.28 189.15 366.76 242.83 372.04 109.33 80.00 923.83 676.02 1020.96 824.84
Floor 2 C4 CB9 0.27 178.04 209.73 186.21 376.46 105.03 76.86 894.83 654.80 969.32 805.39
Floor 2 C4 CB10 0.27 178.04 209.73 186.21 376.46 105.03 76.86 894.83 654.80 969.32 805.39
Floor 2 C4 CB11 0.50 159.33 299.78 219.71 310.37 195.00 142.69 1375.87 1006.81 1463.75 1130.95
Floor 2 C4 CB12 0.50 159.33 299.78 219.71 310.37 195.00 142.69 1375.87 1006.81 1463.75 1130.95
Floor 2 C4 CB13 0.48 154.93 142.76 156.40 314.79 190.70 139.54 1358.87 994.36 1421.43 1126.13
Floor 2 C4 CB14 0.48 154.93 142.76 156.40 314.79 190.70 139.54 1358.87 994.36 1421.43 1126.13
Floor 2 C4 CB15 0.79 120.37 218.01 187.83 231.80 312.87 228.94 1607.48 1176.29 1682.62 1269.01
Floor 2 C4 CB16 0.79 120.37 218.01 187.83 231.80 312.87 228.94 1607.48 1176.29 1682.62 1269.01
Floor 2 C4 CB17 0.78 117.44 108.26 123.05 236.22 308.57 225.80 1606.98 1175.92 1656.20 1274.35
Floor 2 C4 CB18 0.78 117.44 108.26 123.05 236.22 308.57 225.80 1606.98 1175.92 1656.20 1274.35
Floor 2 C4 CB19 0.79 132.39 152.15 197.43 232.50 311.76 228.14 1607.41 1176.24 1686.38 1269.24
Floor 2 C4 CB20 0.81 147.15 139.62 241.96 237.65 319.91 234.10 1607.01 1175.94 1703.79 1271.01
Floor 2 C4 CB21 0.73 140.91 171.29 204.04 250.12 287.29 210.23 1595.63 1167.62 1677.25 1267.67
Floor 2 C4 CB22 0.75 155.67 133.43 248.56 255.28 295.43 216.19 1601.72 1172.07 1701.14 1274.18
Floor 8 C4 CB1 0.78 37.68 121.50 55.18 149.00 95.43 94.17 435.62 429.86 457.70 489.46
Floor 8 C4 CB2 0.56 47.05 167.94 72.88 206.84 68.48 67.58 398.31 393.04 427.46 475.77
Floor 8 C4 CB3 0.59 128.15 181.55 193.96 187.48 71.66 70.71 406.22 400.84 483.80 475.83
Floor 8 C4 CB4 0.59 128.15 181.55 193.96 187.48 71.66 70.71 406.22 400.84 483.80 475.83
Floor 8 C4 CB5 0.58 66.87 176.67 98.59 194.79 71.17 70.23 405.05 399.69 444.49 477.61
Floor 8 C4 CB6 0.58 66.87 176.67 98.59 194.79 71.17 70.23 405.05 399.69 444.49 477.61
Floor 8 C4 CB7 0.67 179.40 157.22 269.36 176.70 81.86 80.78 425.27 419.64 533.01 490.32
Floor 8 C4 CB8 0.67 179.40 157.22 269.36 176.70 81.86 80.78 425.27 419.64 533.01 490.32
Floor 8 C4 CB9 0.66 77.27 139.20 110.41 198.76 81.04 79.97 424.09 418.48 468.25 497.98
360 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C4 CB10 0.66 77.27 139.20 110.41 198.76 81.04 79.97 424.09 418.48 468.25 497.98
Floor 8 C4 CB11 0.83 172.84 116.73 256.97 144.19 100.73 99.39 435.03 429.27 537.82 486.95
Floor 8 C4 CB12 0.83 172.84 116.73 256.97 144.19 100.73 99.39 435.03 429.27 537.82 486.95
Floor 8 C4 CB13 0.82 70.72 98.71 98.02 166.25 99.90 98.58 435.29 429.53 474.50 496.03
Floor 8 C4 CB14 0.82 70.72 98.71 98.02 166.25 99.90 98.58 435.29 429.53 474.50 496.03
Floor 8 C4 CB15 1.00 163.07 78.10 242.67 112.69 121.98 120.36 382.45 377.39 479.52 422.47
Floor 8 C4 CB16 1.00 163.07 78.10 242.67 112.69 121.98 120.36 382.45 377.39 479.52 422.47
Floor 8 C4 CB17 1.00 60.95 60.09 83.72 134.75 121.98 120.36 387.11 381.99 420.60 438.81
Floor 8 C4 CB18 1.00 60.95 60.09 83.72 134.75 121.98 120.36 387.11 381.99 420.60 438.81
Floor 8 C4 CB19 1.00 150.60 69.87 220.12 119.40 121.98 120.36 381.85 376.79 469.90 424.56
Floor 8 C4 CB20 1.00 175.42 31.06 244.35 148.78 121.98 120.36 369.66 364.77 467.40 441.61
Floor 8 C4 CB21 0.99 152.48 81.44 223.66 128.69 120.93 119.33 408.83 403.42 498.29 454.90
Floor 8 C4 CB22 1.00 177.30 42.63 247.89 158.06 121.98 120.36 400.19 394.89 499.35 472.68
Floor 14 C4 CB1 1.00 33.61 97.15 45.52 124.70 83.35 82.07 201.56 0.00 219.77 124.70
Floor 14 C4 CB2 0.96 45.02 138.83 61.30 177.25 79.75 78.53 246.25 242.47 270.77 313.37
Floor 14 C4 CB3 0.97 87.94 153.37 171.29 158.64 80.70 79.46 244.62 240.86 313.14 304.32
Floor 14 C4 CB4 0.97 87.94 153.37 171.29 158.64 80.70 79.46 244.62 240.86 313.14 304.32
Floor 14 C4 CB5 0.97 32.09 158.05 75.95 160.60 80.51 79.28 244.95 241.18 277.68 305.42
Floor 14 C4 CB6 0.97 32.09 158.05 75.95 160.60 80.51 79.28 244.95 241.18 277.68 305.42
Floor 14 C4 CB7 1.00 143.85 130.46 239.88 150.56 83.35 82.07 232.80 229.22 328.75 289.44
Floor 14 C4 CB8 1.00 143.85 130.46 239.88 150.56 83.35 82.07 232.80 229.22 328.75 289.44
Floor 14 C4 CB9 1.00 24.93 129.49 80.98 162.60 83.35 82.07 234.32 230.72 272.94 295.76
Floor 14 C4 CB10 1.00 24.93 129.49 80.98 162.60 83.35 82.07 234.32 230.72 272.94 295.76
Floor 14 C4 CB11 1.00 144.33 93.68 228.83 121.39 83.35 82.07 193.74 0.00 285.27 121.39
Floor 14 C4 CB12 1.00 144.33 93.68 228.83 121.39 83.35 82.07 193.74 0.00 285.27 121.39
Floor 14 C4 CB13 1.00 25.42 92.71 69.94 133.43 83.35 82.07 195.27 192.26 227.06 245.63
Floor 14 C4 CB14 1.00 25.42 92.71 69.94 133.43 83.35 82.07 195.27 192.26 227.06 245.63
Floor 14 C4 CB15 1.00 143.02 61.35 217.03 96.20 83.35 82.07 141.49 0.00 228.30 96.20
Floor 14 C4 CB16 1.00 143.02 61.35 217.03 96.20 83.35 82.07 141.49 0.00 228.30 96.20
Floor 14 C4 CB17 1.00 24.10 60.38 58.13 108.24 83.35 82.07 143.01 0.00 168.25 108.24
361 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C4 CB18 1.00 24.10 60.38 58.13 108.24 83.35 82.07 143.01 0.00 168.25 108.24
Floor 14 C4 CB19 1.00 128.97 55.93 198.86 103.16 83.35 82.07 140.49 0.00 220.04 103.16
Floor 14 C4 CB20 1.00 130.63 32.87 194.90 128.58 83.35 82.07 137.91 135.79 215.87 199.79
Floor 14 C4 CB21 1.00 128.83 66.44 202.02 111.50 83.35 82.07 151.65 0.00 232.46 111.50
Floor 14 C4 CB22 1.00 130.49 43.38 198.06 136.91 83.35 82.07 149.07 146.78 228.29 211.57
Basement 1 C11 CB1 0.44 134.93 184.15 137.55 236.10 63.52 62.41 523.83 514.63 578.85 609.07
Basement 1 C11 CB2 0.11 177.75 240.04 181.70 310.52 16.10 15.81 170.36 167.37 262.93 323.72
Basement 1 C11 CB3 0.18 168.95 239.42 215.01 306.57 25.36 24.91 256.78 252.27 342.79 374.90
Basement 1 C11 CB4 0.18 168.95 239.42 215.01 306.57 25.36 24.91 256.78 252.27 342.79 374.90
Basement 1 C11 CB5 0.13 178.10 292.70 183.51 297.79 18.58 18.25 194.35 190.94 275.28 388.17
Basement 1 C11 CB6 0.13 178.10 292.70 183.51 297.79 18.58 18.25 194.35 190.94 275.28 388.17
Basement 1 C11 CB7 0.32 147.20 222.24 227.00 281.60 45.76 44.95 417.38 410.05 508.18 522.69
Basement 1 C11 CB8 0.32 147.20 222.24 227.00 281.60 45.76 44.95 417.38 410.05 508.18 522.69
Basement 1 C11 CB9 0.24 162.46 258.49 174.51 319.52 34.46 33.86 333.52 327.67 403.33 455.47
Basement 1 C11 CB10 0.24 162.46 258.49 174.51 319.52 34.46 33.86 333.52 327.67 403.33 455.47
Basement 1 C11 CB11 0.55 116.29 183.12 197.03 229.50 78.95 77.57 591.06 580.67 669.87 672.47
Basement 1 C11 CB12 0.55 116.29 183.12 197.03 229.50 78.95 77.57 591.06 580.67 669.87 672.47
Basement 1 C11 CB13 0.47 131.54 206.39 144.54 280.40 67.66 66.47 544.15 534.59 601.97 646.75
Basement 1 C11 CB14 0.47 131.54 206.39 144.54 280.40 67.66 66.47 544.15 534.59 601.97 646.75
Basement 1 C11 CB15 0.85 80.63 135.37 162.05 168.29 122.35 120.20 654.31 642.82 719.29 710.13
Basement 1 C11 CB16 0.85 80.63 135.37 162.05 168.29 122.35 120.20 654.31 642.82 719.29 710.13
Basement 1 C11 CB17 0.77 95.88 145.18 109.55 232.66 111.05 109.10 655.71 644.19 699.53 737.25
Basement 1 C11 CB18 0.77 95.88 145.18 109.55 232.66 111.05 109.10 655.71 644.19 699.53 737.25
Basement 1 C11 CB19 0.83 81.36 157.13 152.51 175.82 119.80 117.70 655.72 0.00 716.73 175.82
Basement 1 C11 CB20 0.81 79.21 136.83 149.04 251.42 116.53 114.48 656.60 645.07 716.22 745.64
Basement 1 C11 CB21 0.77 90.19 172.02 161.07 187.00 110.32 108.38 655.36 643.85 719.79 718.65
Basement 1 C11 CB22 0.74 88.04 151.72 157.60 262.60 107.04 105.16 653.18 641.71 716.22 746.75
Floor 2 C11 CB1 0.51 162.17 221.35 180.66 229.54 156.45 129.14 1212.89 1001.17 1285.15 1092.98
Floor 2 C11 CB2 0.20 210.78 288.39 235.99 298.61 61.47 50.74 611.80 505.00 706.19 624.44
Floor 2 C11 CB3 0.26 178.15 275.17 240.36 298.75 81.05 66.90 769.91 635.51 866.05 755.01
362 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C11 CB4 0.26 178.15 275.17 240.36 298.75 81.05 66.90 769.91 635.51 866.05 755.01
Floor 2 C11 CB5 0.22 197.64 191.34 236.75 297.98 66.72 55.08 655.94 541.44 750.64 660.63
Floor 2 C11 CB6 0.22 197.64 191.34 236.75 297.98 66.72 55.08 655.94 541.44 750.64 660.63
Floor 2 C11 CB7 0.40 218.58 246.26 226.68 278.12 122.60 101.20 1046.58 863.89 1137.25 975.13
Floor 2 C11 CB8 0.40 218.58 246.26 226.68 278.12 122.60 101.20 1046.58 863.89 1137.25 975.13
Floor 2 C11 CB9 0.32 174.31 184.34 220.66 276.84 98.72 81.48 897.31 740.68 985.58 851.41
Floor 2 C11 CB10 0.32 174.31 184.34 220.66 276.84 98.72 81.48 897.31 740.68 985.58 851.41
Floor 2 C11 CB11 0.62 187.95 199.33 203.32 229.77 189.08 156.08 1322.97 1092.03 1404.30 1183.94
Floor 2 C11 CB12 0.62 187.95 199.33 203.32 229.77 189.08 156.08 1322.97 1092.03 1404.30 1183.94
Floor 2 C11 CB13 0.54 140.28 181.99 181.93 228.49 165.20 136.36 1247.25 1029.53 1320.03 1120.93
Floor 2 C11 CB14 0.54 140.28 181.99 181.93 228.49 165.20 136.36 1247.25 1029.53 1320.03 1120.93
Floor 2 C11 CB15 0.90 141.11 141.94 181.05 170.26 275.86 227.71 1375.68 1135.54 1448.10 1203.64
Floor 2 C11 CB16 0.90 141.11 141.94 181.05 170.26 275.86 227.71 1375.68 1135.54 1448.10 1203.64
Floor 2 C11 CB17 0.82 98.24 168.98 135.10 175.06 251.98 207.99 1395.97 1152.28 1450.01 1222.31
Floor 2 C11 CB18 0.82 98.24 168.98 135.10 175.06 251.98 207.99 1395.97 1152.28 1450.01 1222.31
Floor 2 C11 CB19 0.88 144.49 86.77 163.61 170.59 270.52 223.29 1382.52 1141.18 1447.96 1209.42
Floor 2 C11 CB20 0.86 152.43 173.63 157.64 205.30 263.55 217.54 1389.44 1146.90 1452.50 1229.02
Floor 2 C11 CB21 0.82 155.56 90.18 167.97 184.41 251.52 207.61 1396.10 1152.39 1463.29 1226.97
Floor 2 C11 CB22 0.80 162.00 187.45 163.50 205.97 244.55 201.86 1396.89 1153.04 1462.29 1235.43
Floor 8 C11 CB1 0.77 95.74 217.95 99.11 272.64 90.35 81.70 444.65 0.00 484.29 272.64
Floor 8 C11 CB2 0.53 126.50 283.64 131.00 355.04 62.11 56.17 394.69 356.92 447.08 498.94
Floor 8 C11 CB3 0.58 100.50 310.69 217.33 314.43 67.83 61.34 411.32 0.00 501.52 314.43
Floor 8 C11 CB4 0.58 100.50 310.69 217.33 314.43 67.83 61.34 411.32 0.00 501.52 314.43
Floor 8 C11 CB5 0.54 117.14 299.29 137.27 330.53 63.76 57.66 399.82 361.56 454.73 493.77
Floor 8 C11 CB6 0.54 117.14 299.29 137.27 330.53 63.76 57.66 399.82 361.56 454.73 493.77
Floor 8 C11 CB7 0.68 188.73 262.64 265.32 309.02 80.10 72.44 435.87 394.17 542.00 517.77
Floor 8 C11 CB8 0.68 188.73 262.64 265.32 309.02 80.10 72.44 435.87 394.17 542.00 517.77
Floor 8 C11 CB9 0.62 101.66 237.40 131.89 342.09 73.33 66.31 424.21 383.62 476.97 520.46
Floor 8 C11 CB10 0.62 101.66 237.40 131.89 342.09 73.33 66.31 424.21 383.62 476.97 520.46
Floor 8 C11 CB11 0.85 194.72 204.96 243.00 263.04 99.87 90.31 443.25 0.00 540.45 263.04
363 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C11 CB12 0.85 194.72 204.96 243.00 263.04 99.87 90.31 443.25 0.00 540.45 263.04
Floor 8 C11 CB13 0.79 80.13 179.72 109.58 296.11 93.09 84.18 445.19 402.59 489.02 521.04
Floor 8 C11 CB14 0.79 80.13 179.72 109.58 296.11 93.09 84.18 445.19 402.59 489.02 521.04
Floor 8 C11 CB15 1.00 199.76 134.27 217.31 206.53 117.65 106.39 372.06 0.00 458.99 206.53
Floor 8 C11 CB16 1.00 199.76 134.27 217.31 206.53 117.65 106.39 372.06 0.00 458.99 206.53
Floor 8 C11 CB17 1.00 55.31 109.04 83.88 239.61 117.65 106.39 412.52 0.00 446.07 239.61
Floor 8 C11 CB18 1.00 55.31 109.04 83.88 239.61 117.65 106.39 412.52 0.00 446.07 239.61
Floor 8 C11 CB19 1.00 156.00 111.09 188.86 225.87 117.65 106.39 378.82 0.00 454.36 225.87
Floor 8 C11 CB20 1.00 103.67 60.36 159.12 268.35 117.65 106.39 391.81 354.32 455.45 491.18
Floor 8 C11 CB21 1.00 154.29 127.57 195.24 239.01 117.65 106.39 412.53 0.00 490.63 239.01
Floor 8 C11 CB22 0.99 101.96 76.84 165.49 281.49 116.06 104.95 419.76 379.60 485.96 517.75
Floor 14 C11 CB1 1.00 74.77 239.45 82.79 298.27 72.60 65.46 181.60 0.00 214.72 298.27
Floor 14 C11 CB2 0.92 99.02 310.94 109.65 387.40 66.94 60.35 217.02 0.00 260.88 387.40
Floor 14 C11 CB3 0.94 47.62 340.85 180.83 347.21 68.59 61.84 214.65 0.00 304.10 347.21
Floor 14 C11 CB4 0.94 47.62 340.85 180.83 347.21 68.59 61.84 214.65 0.00 304.10 347.21
Floor 14 C11 CB5 0.93 100.65 346.43 107.50 348.33 67.54 60.90 216.20 0.00 259.20 348.33
Floor 14 C11 CB6 0.93 100.65 346.43 107.50 348.33 67.54 60.90 216.20 0.00 259.20 348.33
Floor 14 C11 CB7 1.00 123.57 293.67 228.09 339.34 72.60 65.46 205.62 0.00 296.85 339.34
Floor 14 C11 CB8 1.00 123.57 293.67 228.09 339.34 72.60 65.46 205.62 0.00 296.85 339.34
Floor 14 C11 CB9 0.98 94.46 295.55 98.01 348.65 71.20 64.19 210.15 0.00 249.35 348.65
Floor 14 C11 CB10 0.98 94.46 295.55 98.01 348.65 71.20 64.19 210.15 0.00 249.35 348.65
Floor 14 C11 CB11 1.00 134.33 231.28 211.11 289.29 72.60 65.46 167.98 0.00 252.42 289.29
Floor 14 C11 CB12 1.00 134.33 231.28 211.11 289.29 72.60 65.46 167.98 0.00 252.42 289.29
Floor 14 C11 CB13 1.00 77.48 233.15 79.20 298.61 72.60 65.46 176.65 0.00 208.33 298.61
Floor 14 C11 CB14 1.00 77.48 233.15 79.20 298.61 72.60 65.46 176.65 0.00 208.33 298.61
Floor 14 C11 CB15 1.00 145.75 153.95 191.72 227.21 72.60 65.46 120.89 0.00 206.19 227.21
Floor 14 C11 CB16 1.00 145.75 153.95 191.72 227.21 72.60 65.46 120.89 0.00 206.19 227.21
Floor 14 C11 CB17 1.00 57.74 155.82 58.10 236.53 72.60 65.46 0.00 0.00 58.10 236.53
Floor 14 C11 CB18 1.00 57.74 155.82 58.10 236.53 72.60 65.46 0.00 0.00 58.10 236.53
Floor 14 C11 CB19 1.00 113.42 136.97 166.44 243.60 72.60 65.46 120.93 0.00 187.51 243.60
364 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C11 CB20 1.00 57.35 103.49 125.63 275.55 72.60 65.46 123.92 0.00 176.37 275.55
Floor 14 C11 CB21 1.00 110.34 154.79 171.29 257.90 72.60 65.46 131.69 0.00 200.20 257.90
Floor 14 C11 CB22 1.00 54.27 121.32 130.49 289.85 72.60 65.46 134.68 0.00 191.26 289.85
Basement 1 C3 CB1 0.35 128.96 114.54 136.09 422.71 61.52 65.37 556.43 591.26 610.86 799.07
Basement 1 C3 CB2 0.01 168.30 150.47 177.96 567.63 1.55 1.65 17.79 18.90 306.22 567.63
Basement 1 C3 CB3 0.03 167.41 147.91 208.45 567.75 5.17 5.50 58.65 62.32 302.29 567.75
Basement 1 C3 CB4 0.03 167.41 147.91 208.45 567.75 5.17 5.50 58.65 62.32 302.29 567.75
Basement 1 C3 CB5 0.04 171.84 132.05 177.90 626.62 6.52 6.93 73.60 78.20 300.82 626.62
Basement 1 C3 CB6 0.04 171.84 132.05 177.90 626.62 6.52 6.93 73.60 78.20 300.82 626.62
Basement 1 C3 CB7 0.14 147.82 135.43 223.42 524.36 25.58 27.18 268.76 285.59 358.13 546.03
Basement 1 C3 CB8 0.14 147.82 135.43 223.42 524.36 25.58 27.18 268.76 285.59 358.13 546.03
Basement 1 C3 CB9 0.16 155.20 108.98 172.49 622.46 27.83 29.57 289.86 308.00 358.86 637.88
Basement 1 C3 CB10 0.16 155.20 108.98 172.49 622.46 27.83 29.57 289.86 308.00 358.86 637.88
Basement 1 C3 CB11 0.38 118.51 110.28 195.87 422.91 67.56 71.79 594.47 631.69 672.82 841.32
Basement 1 C3 CB12 0.38 118.51 110.28 195.87 422.91 67.56 71.79 594.47 631.69 672.82 841.32
Basement 1 C3 CB13 0.39 125.89 83.83 144.95 521.02 69.81 74.18 607.88 645.94 665.86 925.01
Basement 1 C3 CB14 0.39 125.89 83.83 144.95 521.02 69.81 74.18 607.88 645.94 665.86 925.01
Basement 1 C3 CB15 0.71 83.23 80.58 162.44 313.32 125.23 133.07 808.21 858.80 873.18 1014.56
Basement 1 C3 CB16 0.71 83.23 80.58 162.44 313.32 125.23 133.07 808.21 858.80 873.18 1014.56
Basement 1 C3 CB17 0.72 90.61 54.14 111.52 411.42 127.48 135.46 811.06 861.84 855.67 1087.03
Basement 1 C3 CB18 0.72 90.61 54.14 111.52 411.42 127.48 135.46 811.06 861.84 855.67 1087.03
Basement 1 C3 CB19 0.72 77.97 69.74 161.47 356.48 127.27 135.23 810.82 861.57 876.51 1047.57
Basement 1 C3 CB20 0.74 65.70 52.72 175.08 431.58 131.21 139.43 814.90 865.91 893.67 1103.77
Basement 1 C3 CB21 0.65 86.34 76.92 169.34 385.46 115.27 122.49 790.62 840.12 858.36 1040.63
Basement 1 C3 CB22 0.67 74.07 53.84 182.95 460.56 119.22 126.68 798.56 848.55 878.70 1103.35
Floor 2 C3 CB1 0.32 162.31 152.46 175.65 366.31 99.23 105.39 812.49 862.90 882.75 1021.71
Floor 2 C3 CB2 -0.02 206.99 187.14 224.93 482.77 -6.59 -7.00 -68.31 -72.55 259.11 482.77
Floor 2 C3 CB3 0.00 216.67 185.26 243.32 480.14 0.53 0.56 5.40 5.74 255.45 480.14
Floor 2 C3 CB4 0.00 216.67 185.26 243.32 480.14 0.53 0.56 5.40 5.74 255.45 480.14
Floor 2 C3 CB5 0.01 179.93 192.28 230.20 391.21 3.14 3.34 31.93 33.92 254.10 391.21
365 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C3 CB6 0.01 179.93 192.28 230.20 391.21 3.14 3.34 31.93 33.92 254.10 391.21
Floor 2 C3 CB7 0.12 240.80 173.60 266.74 443.46 37.02 39.32 350.49 372.24 457.19 568.88
Floor 2 C3 CB8 0.12 240.80 173.60 266.74 443.46 37.02 39.32 350.49 372.24 457.19 568.88
Floor 2 C3 CB9 0.13 156.30 185.30 218.92 295.23 41.38 43.94 388.02 412.09 475.59 530.18
Floor 2 C3 CB10 0.13 156.30 185.30 218.92 295.23 41.38 43.94 388.02 412.09 475.59 530.18
Floor 2 C3 CB11 0.36 206.30 149.32 248.51 361.94 111.09 117.99 882.54 937.30 981.95 1094.74
Floor 2 C3 CB12 0.36 206.30 149.32 248.51 361.94 111.09 117.99 882.54 937.30 981.95 1094.74
Floor 2 C3 CB13 0.37 138.07 161.02 184.43 213.70 115.45 122.61 906.80 963.06 980.57 1048.54
Floor 2 C3 CB14 0.37 138.07 161.02 184.43 213.70 115.45 122.61 906.80 963.06 980.57 1048.54
Floor 2 C3 CB15 0.69 160.76 109.79 221.60 266.97 214.32 227.62 1247.60 1325.01 1336.24 1441.28
Floor 2 C3 CB16 0.69 160.76 109.79 221.60 266.97 214.32 227.62 1247.60 1325.01 1336.24 1441.28
Floor 2 C3 CB17 0.70 111.16 118.74 138.89 121.49 218.68 232.24 1253.37 1331.14 1308.92 1379.73
Floor 2 C3 CB18 0.70 111.16 118.74 138.89 121.49 218.68 232.24 1253.37 1331.14 1308.92 1379.73
Floor 2 C3 CB19 0.70 163.66 116.19 218.59 197.74 218.33 231.87 1252.94 1330.68 1340.38 1409.78
Floor 2 C3 CB20 0.73 177.82 96.63 246.99 125.88 226.06 240.09 1261.36 1339.63 1360.16 1389.98
Floor 2 C3 CB21 0.63 173.52 123.13 223.80 221.04 197.16 209.40 1217.30 1292.83 1306.82 1381.24
Floor 2 C3 CB22 0.66 187.67 108.00 252.20 132.82 204.90 217.61 1232.45 1308.92 1333.33 1362.05
Floor 8 C3 CB1 0.69 43.37 170.36 55.14 211.14 86.74 91.75 438.88 464.24 460.94 548.69
Floor 8 C3 CB2 0.45 56.84 229.26 70.03 285.09 56.43 59.69 363.15 384.13 391.17 498.17
Floor 8 C3 CB3 0.47 171.25 223.89 203.25 291.07 58.54 61.92 371.11 392.55 452.41 508.98
Floor 8 C3 CB4 0.47 171.25 223.89 203.25 291.07 58.54 61.92 371.11 392.55 452.41 508.98
Floor 8 C3 CB5 0.47 82.90 199.04 90.32 315.09 59.05 62.46 372.98 394.53 409.11 520.56
Floor 8 C3 CB6 0.47 82.90 199.04 90.32 315.09 59.05 62.46 372.98 394.53 409.11 520.56
Floor 8 C3 CB7 0.55 234.26 202.64 296.82 272.88 69.04 73.02 404.77 428.15 523.49 537.30
Floor 8 C3 CB8 0.55 234.26 202.64 296.82 272.88 69.04 73.02 404.77 428.15 523.49 537.30
Floor 8 C3 CB9 0.56 96.23 161.22 99.38 312.90 69.89 73.92 407.06 430.58 446.81 555.74
Floor 8 C3 CB10 0.56 96.23 161.22 99.38 312.90 69.89 73.92 407.06 430.58 446.81 555.74
Floor 8 C3 CB11 0.72 223.83 161.41 287.39 221.11 90.25 95.47 442.26 467.81 557.22 556.26
Floor 8 C3 CB12 0.72 223.83 161.41 287.39 221.11 90.25 95.47 442.26 467.81 557.22 556.26
Floor 8 C3 CB13 0.73 86.81 120.00 88.95 261.14 91.10 96.37 442.91 468.50 478.49 577.19
366 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C3 CB14 0.73 86.81 120.00 88.95 261.14 91.10 96.37 442.91 468.50 478.49 577.19
Floor 8 C3 CB15 0.95 209.54 117.24 276.14 166.37 119.16 126.04 427.60 452.30 538.06 518.85
Floor 8 C3 CB16 0.95 209.54 117.24 276.14 166.37 119.16 126.04 427.60 452.30 538.06 518.85
Floor 8 C3 CB17 0.96 74.65 75.83 75.56 206.40 120.01 126.94 426.02 450.63 456.24 544.14
Floor 8 C3 CB18 0.96 74.65 75.83 75.56 206.40 120.01 126.94 426.02 450.63 456.24 544.14
Floor 8 C3 CB19 0.96 194.05 97.35 250.98 189.73 120.41 127.37 425.25 449.81 525.64 525.71
Floor 8 C3 CB20 0.98 194.18 59.83 239.55 233.20 122.66 129.75 420.67 444.97 516.49 560.96
Floor 8 C3 CB21 0.92 197.03 109.12 253.67 204.52 114.35 120.96 435.30 460.44 536.76 542.25
Floor 8 C3 CB22 0.93 197.16 71.61 242.24 247.99 116.60 123.33 431.96 456.91 528.85 577.06
Floor 14 C3 CB1 1.00 30.15 162.37 39.58 199.94 85.37 90.33 228.49 241.78 244.32 321.75
Floor 14 C3 CB2 0.89 40.28 221.71 53.31 273.43 76.02 80.44 259.82 274.92 281.15 384.30
Floor 14 C3 CB3 0.90 110.98 214.97 178.03 281.11 76.64 81.09 259.17 274.23 330.38 386.68
Floor 14 C3 CB4 0.90 110.98 214.97 178.03 281.11 76.64 81.09 259.17 274.23 330.38 386.68
Floor 14 C3 CB5 0.90 27.44 199.20 67.79 293.72 76.80 81.26 258.99 274.05 288.69 391.54
Floor 14 C3 CB6 0.90 27.44 199.20 67.79 293.72 76.80 81.26 258.99 274.05 288.69 391.54
Floor 14 C3 CB7 0.95 174.84 192.68 257.05 264.18 80.87 85.57 253.54 268.28 356.36 373.95
Floor 14 C3 CB8 0.95 174.84 192.68 257.05 264.18 80.87 85.57 253.54 268.28 356.36 373.95
Floor 14 C3 CB9 0.95 34.07 166.39 73.32 285.20 81.13 85.85 253.11 267.83 283.47 381.90
Floor 14 C3 CB10 0.95 34.07 166.39 73.32 285.20 81.13 85.85 253.11 267.83 283.47 381.90
Floor 14 C3 CB11 1.00 173.63 151.15 247.44 212.74 85.37 90.33 223.35 236.33 322.33 321.43
Floor 14 C3 CB12 1.00 173.63 151.15 247.44 212.74 85.37 90.33 223.35 236.33 322.33 321.43
Floor 14 C3 CB13 1.00 32.86 124.86 63.70 233.76 85.37 90.33 222.02 234.93 247.50 328.43
Floor 14 C3 CB14 1.00 32.86 124.86 63.70 233.76 85.37 90.33 222.02 234.93 247.50 328.43
Floor 14 C3 CB15 1.00 170.34 109.05 237.18 160.91 85.37 90.33 164.11 0.00 258.98 160.91
Floor 14 C3 CB16 1.00 170.34 109.05 237.18 160.91 85.37 90.33 164.11 0.00 258.98 160.91
Floor 14 C3 CB17 1.00 29.57 82.76 53.44 181.92 85.37 90.33 162.78 172.24 184.16 248.29
Floor 14 C3 CB18 1.00 29.57 82.76 53.44 181.92 85.37 90.33 162.78 172.24 184.16 248.29
Floor 14 C3 CB19 1.00 155.06 92.43 217.24 177.66 85.37 90.33 161.73 171.13 248.63 242.19
Floor 14 C3 CB20 1.00 136.33 62.28 189.04 208.44 85.37 90.33 157.81 166.98 233.43 267.13
Floor 14 C3 CB21 1.00 155.40 104.30 219.99 192.36 85.37 90.33 174.39 184.52 262.38 261.46
367 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C3 CB22 1.00 136.67 74.15 191.79 223.13 85.37 90.33 170.47 180.37 247.18 284.59
B.3 AREA OF STEEL REQUIREMENT FOR COLUMN

(d2/h) (d2/h) N/bhfck M/bh2fck As/bhfck As, Y As, X As,X As, Y
Story Column Combo Y X Y X Y X Y X mm2 mm2 required required
Basement 1 C4 CB1 0.061 0.061 0.395 0.395 0.050 0.051 0.03 0.03 1476.92 1476.92
Basement 1 C4 CB2 0.061 0.061 0.501 0.501 0.033 0.036 0.02 0.02 984.61 984.61
Basement 1 C4 CB3 0.061 0.061 0.491 0.491 0.036 0.038 0.02 0.02 984.61 984.61
Basement 1 C4 CB4 0.061 0.061 0.491 0.491 0.036 0.038 0.05 0.05 2461.53 2461.53
Basement 1 C4 CB5 0.061 0.061 0.493 0.493 0.035 0.039 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C4 CB6 0.061 0.061 0.493 0.493 0.035 0.039 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C4 CB7 0.061 0.061 0.452 0.452 0.044 0.045 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C4 CB8 0.061 0.061 0.452 0.452 0.044 0.045 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C4 CB9 0.061 0.061 0.456 0.456 0.042 0.047 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C4 CB10 0.061 0.061 0.456 0.456 0.042 0.047 0.05 0.05 2461.53 2461.53
Basement 1 C4 CB11 0.061 0.061 0.378 0.378 0.053 0.053 0.05 0.05 2461.53 2461.53 3446.2 4430.8
Basement 1 C4 CB12 0.061 0.061 0.378 0.378 0.053 0.053 0.06 0.06 2953.84 2953.84
Basement 1 C4 CB13 0.061 0.061 0.382 0.382 0.051 0.055 0.06 0.06 2953.84 2953.84
Basement 1 C4 CB14 0.061 0.061 0.382 0.382 0.051 0.055 0.09 0.07 4430.76 3446.15
Basement 1 C4 CB15 0.061 0.061 0.275 0.275 0.055 0.054 0.09 0.07 4430.76 3446.15
Basement 1 C4 CB16 0.061 0.061 0.275 0.275 0.055 0.054 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Basement 1 C4 CB17 0.061 0.061 0.280 0.280 0.054 0.056 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Basement 1 C4 CB18 0.061 0.061 0.280 0.280 0.054 0.056 0.08 0.07 3938.46 3446.15
Basement 1 C4 CB19 0.061 0.061 0.277 0.277 0.055 0.055 0.08 0.07 3938.46 3446.15
Basement 1 C4 CB20 0.061 0.061 0.270 0.270 0.056 0.057 0.08 0.07 3938.46 3446.15
Basement 1 C4 CB21 0.061 0.061 0.298 0.298 0.055 0.056 0.08 0.07 3938.46 3446.15
Basement 1 C4 CB22 0.061 0.061 0.291 0.291 0.056 0.057 0.08 0.07 3938.46 3446.15
Floor 2 C4 CB1 0.065 0.065 0.438 0.438 0.106 0.084 0.08 0.07 3461.53 3028.84 5192.3 7355.8
368 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C4 CB2 0.065 0.065 0.556 0.556 0.044 0.045 0.08 0.09 3461.53 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB3 0.065 0.065 0.544 0.544 0.053 0.048 0.09 0.08 3894.23 3461.53
Floor 2 C4 CB4 0.065 0.065 0.544 0.544 0.053 0.048 0.11 0.1 4759.61 4326.92
Floor 2 C4 CB5 0.065 0.065 0.547 0.547 0.051 0.045 0.1 0.09 4326.92 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB6 0.065 0.065 0.547 0.547 0.051 0.045 0.1 0.09 4326.92 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB7 0.065 0.065 0.501 0.501 0.081 0.065 0.15 0.12 6490.38 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB8 0.065 0.065 0.501 0.501 0.081 0.065 0.15 0.12 6490.38 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB9 0.065 0.065 0.505 0.505 0.077 0.064 0.14 0.12 6057.69 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB10 0.065 0.065 0.505 0.505 0.077 0.064 0.14 0.12 6057.69 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB11 0.065 0.065 0.418 0.418 0.116 0.089 0.17 0.12 7355.76 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB12 0.065 0.065 0.418 0.418 0.116 0.089 0.17 0.12 7355.76 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB13 0.065 0.065 0.422 0.422 0.112 0.089 0.16 0.12 6923.07 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB14 0.065 0.065 0.422 0.422 0.112 0.089 0.16 0.12 6923.07 5192.3
Floor 2 C4 CB15 0.065 0.065 0.304 0.304 0.133 0.100 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB16 0.065 0.065 0.304 0.304 0.133 0.100 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB17 0.065 0.065 0.309 0.309 0.131 0.101 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB18 0.065 0.065 0.309 0.309 0.131 0.101 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB19 0.065 0.065 0.306 0.306 0.133 0.100 0.18 0.09 7788.46 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB20 0.065 0.065 0.298 0.298 0.135 0.100 0.18 0.09 7788.46 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB21 0.065 0.065 0.329 0.329 0.133 0.100 0.19 0.09 8221.15 3894.23
Floor 2 C4 CB22 0.065 0.065 0.321 0.321 0.134 0.101 0.19 0.09 8221.15 3894.23
Floor 8 C4 CB1 0.069 0.069 0.311 0.311 0.044 0.048 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C4 CB2 0.069 0.069 0.396 0.396 0.042 0.046 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C4 CB3 0.069 0.069 0.386 0.386 0.047 0.046 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB4 0.069 0.069 0.386 0.386 0.047 0.046 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB5 0.069 0.069 0.387 0.387 0.043 0.046 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46 3392.3 3769.2
Floor 8 C4 CB6 0.069 0.069 0.387 0.387 0.043 0.046 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB7 0.069 0.069 0.353 0.353 0.052 0.048 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 8 C4 CB8 0.069 0.069 0.353 0.353 0.052 0.048 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 8 C4 CB9 0.069 0.069 0.356 0.356 0.046 0.048 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
369 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C4 CB10 0.069 0.069 0.356 0.356 0.046 0.048 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C4 CB11 0.069 0.069 0.294 0.294 0.052 0.047 0.1 0.09 3769.23 3392.3
Floor 8 C4 CB12 0.069 0.069 0.294 0.294 0.052 0.047 0.1 0.09 3769.23 3392.3
Floor 8 C4 CB13 0.069 0.069 0.296 0.296 0.046 0.048 0.08 0.08 3015.38 3015.38
Floor 8 C4 CB14 0.069 0.069 0.296 0.296 0.046 0.048 0.08 0.08 3015.38 3015.38
Floor 8 C4 CB15 0.069 0.069 0.213 0.213 0.047 0.041 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB16 0.069 0.069 0.213 0.213 0.047 0.041 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB17 0.069 0.069 0.216 0.216 0.041 0.043 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB18 0.069 0.069 0.216 0.216 0.041 0.043 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB19 0.069 0.069 0.213 0.213 0.046 0.041 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB20 0.069 0.069 0.206 0.206 0.045 0.043 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C4 CB21 0.069 0.069 0.230 0.230 0.048 0.044 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 8 C4 CB22 0.069 0.069 0.223 0.223 0.049 0.046 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 14 C4 CB1 0.075 0.075 0.191 0.191 0.027 0.015 0.04 0.03 1300 975
Floor 14 C4 CB2 0.075 0.075 0.244 0.244 0.033 0.038 0.05 0.07 1625 2275
Floor 14 C4 CB3 0.075 0.075 0.239 0.239 0.038 0.037 0.07 0.06 2275 1950
Floor 14 C4 CB4 0.075 0.075 0.239 0.239 0.038 0.037 0.07 0.06 2275 1950
Floor 14 C4 CB5 0.075 0.075 0.240 0.240 0.034 0.037 0.05 0.07 1625 2275
Floor 14 C4 CB6 0.075 0.075 0.240 0.240 0.034 0.037 0.05 0.07 1625 2275
Floor 14 C4 CB7 0.075 0.075 0.220 0.220 0.040 0.035 0.1 0.08 3250 2600
Floor 14 C4 CB8 0.075 0.075 0.220 0.220 0.040 0.035 0.1 0.08 3250 2600
Floor 14 C4 CB9 0.075 0.075 0.222 0.222 0.033 0.036 0.07 0.05 2275 1625 2600 3250
Floor 14 C4 CB10 0.075 0.075 0.222 0.222 0.033 0.036 0.07 0.05 2275 1625
Floor 14 C4 CB11 0.075 0.075 0.183 0.183 0.035 0.015 0.06 0.03 1950 975
Floor 14 C4 CB12 0.075 0.075 0.183 0.183 0.035 0.015 0.06 0.03 1950 975
Floor 14 C4 CB13 0.075 0.075 0.185 0.185 0.028 0.030 0.05 0.05 1625 1625
Floor 14 C4 CB14 0.075 0.075 0.185 0.185 0.028 0.030 0.05 0.05 1625 1625
Floor 14 C4 CB15 0.075 0.075 0.134 0.134 0.028 0.012 0.03 0.03 975 975
Floor 14 C4 CB16 0.075 0.075 0.134 0.134 0.028 0.012 0.03 0.03 975 975
Floor 14 C4 CB17 0.075 0.075 0.135 0.135 0.020 0.013 0.04 0.02 1300 650
370 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C4 CB18 0.075 0.075 0.135 0.135 0.020 0.013 0.04 0.02 1300 650
Floor 14 C4 CB19 0.075 0.075 0.133 0.133 0.027 0.013 0.06 0.04 1950 1300
Floor 14 C4 CB20 0.075 0.075 0.131 0.131 0.026 0.024 0.06 0.04 1950 1300
Floor 14 C4 CB21 0.075 0.075 0.144 0.144 0.028 0.014 0.06 0.03 1950 975
Floor 14 C4 CB22 0.075 0.075 0.141 0.141 0.028 0.026 0.06 0.03 1950 975
Basement 1 C11 CB1 0.069 0.054 0.436 0.436 0.074 0.063 0.09 0.05 4361.53 2423.07
Basement 1 C11 CB2 0.069 0.054 0.560 0.560 0.028 0.026 0.05 0.04 2423.07 1938.46
Basement 1 C11 CB3 0.069 0.054 0.536 0.536 0.041 0.036 0.06 0.04 2907.69 1938.46
Basement 1 C11 CB4 0.069 0.054 0.536 0.536 0.041 0.036 0.06 0.04 2907.69 1938.46
Basement 1 C11 CB5 0.069 0.054 0.553 0.553 0.032 0.028 0.05 0.03 2423.07 1453.84
Basement 1 C11 CB6 0.069 0.054 0.553 0.553 0.032 0.028 0.05 0.03 2423.07 1453.84
Basement 1 C11 CB7 0.069 0.054 0.483 0.483 0.063 0.053 0.1 0.08 4846.15 3876.92
Basement 1 C11 CB8 0.069 0.054 0.483 0.483 0.063 0.053 0.1 0.08 4846.15 3876.92
Basement 1 C11 CB9 0.069 0.054 0.512 0.512 0.050 0.044 0.08 0.06 3876.92 2907.69
Basement 1 C11 CB10 0.069 0.054 0.512 0.512 0.050 0.044 0.08 0.06 3876.92 2907.69
Basement 1 C11 CB11 0.069 0.054 0.396 0.396 0.085 0.070 0.07 0.06 3392.3 2907.69
3876.9 4846.2
Basement 1 C11 CB12 0.069 0.054 0.396 0.396 0.085 0.070 0.07 0.06 3392.3 2907.69
Basement 1 C11 CB13 0.069 0.054 0.426 0.426 0.077 0.067 0.08 0.06 3876.92 2907.69
Basement 1 C11 CB14 0.069 0.054 0.426 0.426 0.077 0.067 0.06 0.06 2907.69 2907.69
Basement 1 C11 CB15 0.069 0.054 0.283 0.283 0.092 0.076 0.08 0.07 3876.92 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB16 0.069 0.054 0.283 0.283 0.092 0.076 0.08 0.07 3876.92 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB17 0.069 0.054 0.312 0.312 0.091 0.078 0.09 0.07 4361.53 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB18 0.069 0.054 0.312 0.312 0.091 0.078 0.09 0.07 4361.53 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB19 0.069 0.054 0.290 0.290 0.092 0.076 0.09 0.07 4361.53 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB20 0.069 0.054 0.298 0.298 0.092 0.078 0.09 0.07 4361.53 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB21 0.069 0.054 0.314 0.314 0.092 0.077 0.09 0.07 4361.53 3392.3
Basement 1 C11 CB22 0.069 0.054 0.323 0.323 0.092 0.078 0.1 0.07 4846.15 3392.3
Floor 2 C11 CB1 0.069 0.054 0.410 0.410 0.163 0.136 0.28 0.18 13569.23 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB2 0.069 0.054 0.527 0.527 0.087 0.073 0.2 0.1 9692.3 4846.15 9692.3 15508
Floor 2 C11 CB3 0.069 0.054 0.503 0.503 0.107 0.090 0.22 0.12 10661.53 5815.38
371 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C11 CB4 0.069 0.054 0.503 0.503 0.107 0.090 0.22 0.12 10661.53 5815.38
Floor 2 C11 CB5 0.069 0.054 0.520 0.520 0.092 0.078 0.21 0.11 10176.92 5330.76
Floor 2 C11 CB6 0.069 0.054 0.520 0.520 0.092 0.078 0.21 0.11 10176.92 5330.76
Floor 2 C11 CB7 0.069 0.054 0.452 0.452 0.143 0.119 0.28 0.18 13569.23 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB8 0.069 0.054 0.452 0.452 0.143 0.119 0.28 0.18 13569.23 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB9 0.069 0.054 0.481 0.481 0.123 0.103 0.25 0.18 12115.38 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB10 0.069 0.054 0.481 0.481 0.123 0.103 0.25 0.18 12115.38 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB11 0.069 0.054 0.370 0.370 0.178 0.148 0.31 0.2 15023.07 9692.3
Floor 2 C11 CB12 0.069 0.054 0.370 0.370 0.178 0.148 0.31 0.2 15023.07 9692.3
Floor 2 C11 CB13 0.069 0.054 0.399 0.399 0.167 0.139 0.3 0.18 14538.46 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB14 0.069 0.054 0.399 0.399 0.167 0.139 0.3 0.18 14538.46 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB15 0.069 0.054 0.264 0.264 0.184 0.152 0.3 0.18 14538.46 8723.07
Floor 2 C11 CB16 0.069 0.054 0.264 0.264 0.184 0.152 0.3 0.19 14538.46 9207.69
Floor 2 C11 CB17 0.069 0.054 0.293 0.293 0.185 0.154 0.32 0.19 15507.69 9207.69
Floor 2 C11 CB18 0.069 0.054 0.293 0.293 0.185 0.154 0.32 0.19 15507.69 9207.69
Floor 2 C11 CB19 0.069 0.054 0.270 0.270 0.184 0.153 0.31 0.19 15023.07 9207.69
Floor 2 C11 CB20 0.069 0.054 0.279 0.279 0.185 0.154 0.31 0.19 15023.07 9207.69
Floor 2 C11 CB21 0.069 0.054 0.294 0.294 0.186 0.154 0.32 0.2 15507.69 9692.3
Floor 2 C11 CB22 0.069 0.054 0.302 0.302 0.186 0.155 0.32 0.2 15507.69 9692.3
Floor 8 C11 CB1 0.075 0.061 0.315 0.315 0.081 0.067 0.07 0.05 2800 2000
Floor 8 C11 CB2 0.075 0.061 0.407 0.407 0.074 0.063 0.04 0.04 1600 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB3 0.075 0.061 0.389 0.389 0.080 0.064 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB4 0.075 0.061 0.389 0.389 0.080 0.064 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB5 0.075 0.061 0.402 0.402 0.075 0.063 0.03 0.03 1200 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB6 0.075 0.061 0.402 0.402 0.075 0.063 0.03 0.03 1200 1200 3200 3600
Floor 8 C11 CB7 0.075 0.061 0.349 0.349 0.086 0.067 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB8 0.075 0.061 0.349 0.349 0.086 0.067 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB9 0.075 0.061 0.371 0.371 0.079 0.067 0.05 0.03 2000 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB10 0.075 0.061 0.371 0.371 0.079 0.067 0.05 0.03 2000 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB11 0.075 0.061 0.285 0.285 0.086 0.067 0.09 0.08 3600 3200
372 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C11 CB12 0.075 0.061 0.285 0.285 0.086 0.067 0.09 0.08 3600 3200
Floor 8 C11 CB13 0.075 0.061 0.307 0.307 0.082 0.068 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB14 0.075 0.061 0.307 0.307 0.082 0.068 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB15 0.075 0.061 0.203 0.203 0.073 0.056 0.04 0.03 1600 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB16 0.075 0.061 0.203 0.203 0.073 0.056 0.04 0.03 1600 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB17 0.075 0.061 0.225 0.225 0.075 0.062 0.04 0.03 1600 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB18 0.075 0.061 0.225 0.225 0.075 0.062 0.04 0.03 1600 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB19 0.075 0.061 0.206 0.206 0.073 0.057 0.03 0.03 1200 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB20 0.075 0.061 0.213 0.213 0.074 0.062 0.03 0.03 1200 1200
Floor 8 C11 CB21 0.075 0.061 0.225 0.225 0.079 0.062 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 8 C11 CB22 0.075 0.061 0.232 0.232 0.079 0.066 0.05 0.04 2000 1600
Floor 14 C11 CB1 0.081 0.069 0.199 0.199 0.046 0.048 0.08 0.08 2584.61 2584.61
Floor 14 C11 CB2 0.081 0.069 0.257 0.257 0.056 0.058 0.06 0.07 1938.46 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB3 0.081 0.069 0.248 0.248 0.061 0.059 0.05 0.07 1615.38 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB4 0.081 0.069 0.248 0.248 0.061 0.059 0.05 0.07 1615.38 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB5 0.081 0.069 0.254 0.254 0.056 0.060 0.05 0.1 1615.38 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB6 0.081 0.069 0.254 0.254 0.056 0.060 0.05 0.1 1615.38 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB7 0.081 0.069 0.225 0.225 0.060 0.054 0.06 0.1 1938.46 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB8 0.081 0.069 0.225 0.225 0.060 0.054 0.06 0.1 1938.46 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB9 0.081 0.069 0.234 0.234 0.054 0.055 0.08 0.09 2584.61 2907.69
Floor 14 C11 CB10 0.081 0.069 0.234 0.234 0.054 0.055 0.08 0.09 2584.61 2907.69 3230.8 3230.8
Floor 14 C11 CB11 0.081 0.069 0.184 0.184 0.050 0.045 0.1 0.1 3230.76 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB12 0.081 0.069 0.184 0.184 0.050 0.045 0.1 0.1 3230.76 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB13 0.081 0.069 0.193 0.193 0.045 0.047 0.09 0.1 2907.69 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB14 0.081 0.069 0.193 0.193 0.045 0.047 0.09 0.1 2907.69 3230.76
Floor 14 C11 CB15 0.081 0.069 0.132 0.132 0.038 0.026 0.03 0.07 969.23 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB16 0.081 0.069 0.132 0.132 0.038 0.026 0.03 0.07 969.23 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB17 0.081 0.069 0.142 0.142 0.033 0.027 0.02 0.04 646.15 1292.3
Floor 14 C11 CB18 0.081 0.069 0.142 0.142 0.033 0.027 0.02 0.04 646.15 1292.3
Floor 14 C11 CB19 0.081 0.069 0.132 0.132 0.037 0.028 0.03 0.07 969.23 2261.53
373 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C11 CB20 0.081 0.069 0.135 0.135 0.036 0.037 0.05 0.07 1615.38 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB21 0.081 0.069 0.144 0.144 0.040 0.029 0.03 0.07 969.23 2261.53
Floor 14 C11 CB22 0.081 0.069 0.147 0.147 0.039 0.039 0.05 0.07 1615.38 2261.53
Basement 1 C3 CB1 0.061 0.061 0.471 0.471 0.040 0.052 0.05 0.05 2461.53 2461.53
Basement 1 C3 CB2 0.061 0.061 0.598 0.598 0.020 0.037 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C3 CB3 0.061 0.061 0.590 0.590 0.020 0.037 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C3 CB4 0.061 0.061 0.590 0.590 0.020 0.037 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C3 CB5 0.061 0.061 0.588 0.588 0.020 0.041 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C3 CB6 0.061 0.061 0.588 0.588 0.020 0.041 0.04 0.04 1969.23 1969.23
Basement 1 C3 CB7 0.061 0.061 0.547 0.547 0.023 0.036 0.05 0.05 2461.53 2461.53
Basement 1 C3 CB8 0.061 0.061 0.547 0.547 0.023 0.036 0.05 0.05 2461.53 2461.53
Basement 1 C3 CB9 0.061 0.061 0.542 0.542 0.023 0.042 0.06 0.06 2953.84 2953.84
Basement 1 C3 CB10 0.061 0.061 0.542 0.542 0.023 0.042 0.06 0.06 2953.84 2953.84
Basement 1 C3 CB11 0.061 0.061 0.458 0.458 0.044 0.055 0.09 0.08 4430.76 3938.46
3938.5 4430.8
Basement 1 C3 CB12 0.061 0.061 0.458 0.458 0.044 0.055 0.09 0.08 4430.76 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB13 0.061 0.061 0.454 0.454 0.043 0.060 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB14 0.061 0.061 0.454 0.454 0.043 0.060 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB15 0.061 0.061 0.336 0.336 0.057 0.066 0.06 0.08 2953.84 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB16 0.061 0.061 0.336 0.336 0.057 0.066 0.06 0.08 2953.84 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB17 0.061 0.061 0.331 0.331 0.056 0.071 0.06 0.08 2953.84 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB18 0.061 0.061 0.331 0.331 0.056 0.071 0.06 0.08 2953.84 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB19 0.061 0.061 0.332 0.332 0.057 0.068 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB20 0.061 0.061 0.323 0.323 0.058 0.072 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Basement 1 C3 CB21 0.061 0.061 0.357 0.357 0.056 0.068 0.06 0.07 2953.84 3446.15
Basement 1 C3 CB22 0.061 0.061 0.349 0.349 0.057 0.072 0.07 0.08 3446.15 3938.46
Floor 2 C3 CB1 0.065 0.065 0.485 0.485 0.070 0.081 0.08 0.08 3461.53 3461.53
Floor 2 C3 CB2 0.065 0.065 0.614 0.614 0.020 0.038 0.08 0.09 3461.53 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB3 0.065 0.065 0.606 0.606 0.020 0.038 0.09 0.08 3894.23 3461.53 5192.3 7355.8
Floor 2 C3 CB4 0.065 0.065 0.606 0.606 0.020 0.038 0.11 0.1 4759.61 4326.92
Floor 2 C3 CB5 0.065 0.065 0.602 0.602 0.020 0.031 0.1 0.09 4326.92 3894.23
374 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 2 C3 CB6 0.065 0.065 0.602 0.602 0.020 0.031 0.1 0.09 4326.92 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB7 0.065 0.065 0.561 0.561 0.036 0.045 0.15 0.12 6490.38 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB8 0.065 0.065 0.561 0.561 0.036 0.045 0.15 0.12 6490.38 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB9 0.065 0.065 0.556 0.556 0.038 0.042 0.14 0.12 6057.69 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB10 0.065 0.065 0.556 0.556 0.038 0.042 0.14 0.12 6057.69 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB11 0.065 0.065 0.471 0.471 0.078 0.086 0.17 0.12 7355.76 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB12 0.065 0.065 0.471 0.471 0.078 0.086 0.17 0.12 7355.76 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB13 0.065 0.065 0.465 0.465 0.077 0.083 0.16 0.12 6923.07 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB14 0.065 0.065 0.465 0.465 0.077 0.083 0.16 0.12 6923.07 5192.3
Floor 2 C3 CB15 0.065 0.065 0.345 0.345 0.106 0.114 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB16 0.065 0.065 0.345 0.345 0.106 0.114 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB17 0.065 0.065 0.340 0.340 0.103 0.109 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB18 0.065 0.065 0.340 0.340 0.103 0.109 0.17 0.09 7355.76 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB19 0.065 0.065 0.340 0.340 0.106 0.111 0.18 0.09 7788.46 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB20 0.065 0.065 0.331 0.331 0.107 0.110 0.18 0.09 7788.46 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB21 0.065 0.065 0.366 0.366 0.103 0.109 0.19 0.09 8221.15 3894.23
Floor 2 C3 CB22 0.065 0.065 0.356 0.356 0.105 0.108 0.19 0.09 8221.15 3894.23
Floor 8 C3 CB1 0.069 0.069 0.344 0.344 0.045 0.053 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C3 CB2 0.069 0.069 0.438 0.438 0.038 0.048 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C3 CB3 0.069 0.069 0.431 0.431 0.044 0.049 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB4 0.069 0.069 0.431 0.431 0.044 0.049 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB5 0.069 0.069 0.430 0.430 0.040 0.051 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB6 0.069 0.069 0.430 0.430 0.040 0.051 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB7 0.069 0.069 0.399 0.399 0.051 0.052 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38 3392.3 3769.2
Floor 8 C3 CB8 0.069 0.069 0.399 0.399 0.051 0.052 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 8 C3 CB9 0.069 0.069 0.396 0.396 0.043 0.054 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C3 CB10 0.069 0.069 0.396 0.396 0.043 0.054 0.08 0.09 3015.38 3392.3
Floor 8 C3 CB11 0.069 0.069 0.333 0.333 0.054 0.054 0.1 0.09 3769.23 3392.3
Floor 8 C3 CB12 0.069 0.069 0.333 0.333 0.054 0.054 0.1 0.09 3769.23 3392.3
Floor 8 C3 CB13 0.069 0.069 0.331 0.331 0.047 0.056 0.08 0.08 3015.38 3015.38
375 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 8 C3 CB14 0.069 0.069 0.331 0.331 0.047 0.056 0.08 0.08 3015.38 3015.38
Floor 8 C3 CB15 0.069 0.069 0.244 0.244 0.052 0.050 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB16 0.069 0.069 0.244 0.244 0.052 0.050 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB17 0.069 0.069 0.241 0.241 0.044 0.053 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB18 0.069 0.069 0.241 0.241 0.044 0.053 0.07 0.07 2638.46 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB19 0.069 0.069 0.240 0.240 0.051 0.051 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB20 0.069 0.069 0.233 0.233 0.050 0.055 0.08 0.07 3015.38 2638.46
Floor 8 C3 CB21 0.069 0.069 0.259 0.259 0.052 0.053 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 8 C3 CB22 0.069 0.069 0.252 0.252 0.051 0.056 0.09 0.08 3392.3 3015.38
Floor 14 C3 CB1 0.075 0.075 0.211 0.211 0.030 0.039 0.04 0.03 1300 975
Floor 14 C3 CB2 0.075 0.075 0.270 0.270 0.034 0.047 0.05 0.07 1625 2275
Floor 14 C3 CB3 0.075 0.075 0.267 0.267 0.040 0.047 0.07 0.06 2275 1950
Floor 14 C3 CB4 0.075 0.075 0.267 0.267 0.040 0.047 0.07 0.06 2275 1950
Floor 14 C3 CB5 0.075 0.075 0.266 0.266 0.035 0.048 0.05 0.07 1625 2275
Floor 14 C3 CB6 0.075 0.075 0.266 0.266 0.035 0.048 0.05 0.07 1625 2275
Floor 14 C3 CB7 0.075 0.075 0.247 0.247 0.043 0.045 0.1 0.08 3250 2600
Floor 14 C3 CB8 0.075 0.075 0.247 0.247 0.043 0.045 0.1 0.08 3250 2600
Floor 14 C3 CB9 0.075 0.075 0.246 0.246 0.034 0.046 0.07 0.05 2275 1625
Floor 14 C3 CB10 0.075 0.075 0.246 0.246 0.034 0.046 0.07 0.05 2275 1625
Floor 14 C3 CB11 0.075 0.075 0.206 0.206 0.039 0.039 0.06 0.03 1950 975 2600 3250
Floor 14 C3 CB12 0.075 0.075 0.206 0.206 0.039 0.039 0.06 0.03 1950 975
Floor 14 C3 CB13 0.075 0.075 0.205 0.205 0.030 0.040 0.05 0.05 1625 1625
Floor 14 C3 CB14 0.075 0.075 0.205 0.205 0.030 0.040 0.05 0.05 1625 1625
Floor 14 C3 CB15 0.075 0.075 0.152 0.152 0.031 0.020 0.03 0.03 975 975
Floor 14 C3 CB16 0.075 0.075 0.152 0.152 0.031 0.020 0.03 0.03 975 975
Floor 14 C3 CB17 0.075 0.075 0.150 0.150 0.022 0.030 0.04 0.02 1300 650
Floor 14 C3 CB18 0.075 0.075 0.150 0.150 0.022 0.030 0.04 0.02 1300 650
Floor 14 C3 CB19 0.075 0.075 0.149 0.149 0.030 0.029 0.06 0.04 1950 1300
Floor 14 C3 CB20 0.075 0.075 0.146 0.146 0.028 0.032 0.06 0.04 1950 1300
Floor 14 C3 CB21 0.075 0.075 0.161 0.161 0.032 0.032 0.06 0.03 1950 975
376 | P a g e
ANNEX B
Floor 14 C3 CB22 0.075 0.075 0.158 0.158 0.030 0.035 0.06 0.03 1950 975
B.4 AREA OF STEEL PROVIDED FOR COLUMN

Section Manual ETABS Rebar Rebar As, X As, Y
Story Column b h As, X As, Y As As, X As, Y provide provide
mm mm mm 2
mm 2
mm 2
mm 2
mm2 mm2 mm2
C4 800 800 3446.15 4430.76 4600 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
Basement 1 C11 900 700 3876.92 4846.15 4800 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
C3 800 800 3938.46 4430.76 4600 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
C4 800 800 5192.3 7355.76 7500 12d25 16d25 5890 7854
Floor 2 C11 900 700 4361.53 6784.61 6700 10d25 14d25 4909 6872
C3 800 800 5192.3 7355.76 7500 12d25 16d25 5890 7854
C4 700 700 3392.3 3769.23 3800 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
Floor 8 C11 800 650 3200 3600 3900 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C3 700 700 3392.3 3769.23 3800 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C4 650 650 2600 3250 3400 8d25 6d25 3927 2945
Floor 14 C11 700 600 3230.76 3230.76 3600 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C3 650 650 2600 3250 3400 8d25 6d25 3927 2945
The area of steel other story of KOBED TOWER will be provided and checked in ETABS software. Moreover, the different between Manual
method and ETABS software is not significant so that the area of longitudinal rebar in ETABS software will be used to design column
377 | P a g e
ANNEX B
B.5 AREA OF STEEL PROVIDED FOR COLUMN

Rebar Rebar
Story Column As, X As, Y As, X provide As, Y provide
As required mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2
C4 4600 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
C11 4800 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
Basement 1- Floor 1
C3 4600 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
C14 3600 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C4 7500 12d25 16d25 5890 7854
Floor 2 C11 6700 10d25 14d25 6872 4909
C3 7500 12d25 16d25 5890 7854
C4 4600 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
Floor 3-7 C11 4800 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
C3 4600 8d25 10d25 3927 4909
C4 3800 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
Floor 8-13 C11 3900 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C3 3800 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C4 3400 8d25 6d25 3927 2945
Floor 14-20 C11 3600 8d25 8d25 3927 3927
C3 3400 8d25 6d25 3927 2945
378 | P a g e
ANNEX B
B6. LONGITUDINAL REBAR CHECK BY ETABS SOFTWARE

• Level Basement 1 – Floor 7 of column C4, C11, C3
• Level Floor 8– Floor 13 of column C4, C11, C3
379 | P a g e
ANNEX B
• Level Floor 14– Floor 20 of column C4, C11, C3
380 | P a g e
ANNEX B
B7. M-N INTERACTIVE DIAGRAM VERFICATION
Figure B7.1 Interactive diagram of C11-Floor 2 and Basement 1
Figure B7.2 Interactive diagram of C11-Floor 8 and Floor 15
381 | P a g e
ANNEX B

382 | P a g e
ANNEX B
383 | P a g e
ANNEX C
DESIGN RESULT OF WALL
Annex C
C.1 FLEXURAL DESIGN
Concrete Steel Dimension
Class C30/37 Rebar CIII B 0.55 m
fck 30 MPa fyk 390 MPa t 0.3 m
fctm 2.9 MPa Stirrups CI L 2.75 m
fcd 17 MPa fywk 235 MPa A 0.825 m2
E 32837 MPa dbar 25 mm Ab 0.376 m2
cnom 30 mm dstirrups 8 mm
Thickness
Loads Caculation
Pco
Section FLOOR Combo
M P V d' d Pten m Pmid As,end1 As,end2 As,mid ρ ρ
As,end As,mid As,end
(N.m/m (mm require require provie As,mid
) (kN) (kN) (mm) ) kN kN kN mm2 mm2 mm2 d d d (%) provied (%)
-
CB7 -257.27 4179.67 30 2720 953 719 2508 2811 -5920 -16398
-
W20
Hầm1 CB3 -212.16 4008.58 236.14 30 2720 898 705 2405 2649 -5973 -16797 2811 4950 8836 1.08 5890 0.72
-
Floor 1 CB7 -624.34 11084.9 1048.36 30 2720 2501 1933 6651 7377 -1207 -315 7377 4950 8836 1.08 5890 0.72
384 | P a g e
ANNEX C
-
CB11 -595.36 9875.92 30 2720 2246 1705 5926 6625 -2094 -3131
-
CB7 -1360.7 11020.3 30 2720 2823 1586 6612 8326 -2556 -465
-
Floor 2 CB11 -1473.5 9771.75 1009.78 30 2720 2624 1285 5863 7741 -3724 -3373 8326 4950 8345 1.02 5890 0.72
CB7 -377.59 -10465 30 2720 2265 1921 6279 6680 -1252 -1758
-
Floor 3 CB3 -138.88 9598.02 388.18 30 2720 1983 1856 5759 5849 -1504 -3778 6680 4950 6872 0.84 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -185.26 9561.63 30 2720 1997 1828 5737 5889 -1614 -3863
-
Floor 4 CB3 -8.594 8913.51 357.27 30 2720 1787 1779 5348 5270 -1806 -5372 5889 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -189.3 8714.18 30 2720 1829 1657 5229 5395 -2280 -5837
-
Floor 5 CB3 -20.046 8239.07 385.36 30 2720 1657 1639 4943 4888 -2350 -6943 5395 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -127.92 7925.78 30 2720 1643 1527 4755 4847 -2783 -7673
-
Floor 6 CB3 33.263 7601.56 325.73 30 2720 1535 1505 4561 4529 -2868 -8428 4847 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
Floor 7 CB7 -119.02 7182.46 322.46 30 2720 1491 1382 4309 4397 -3345 -9404 4397 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
385 | P a g e
ANNEX C
-
CB3 36.632 6991.49 30 2720 1415 1382 4195 4174 -3348 -9849
-
CB7 -93.073 6489.51 30 2720 1340 1256 3894 3953 -3837 -11018
-
Floor 8 CB3 50.85 6414.23 275.59 30 2720 1306 1260 3849 3852 -3821 -11194 3953 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -99.917 5831.35 30 2720 1212 1121 3499 3574 -4360 -12551
-
Floor 9 CB3 40.555 5861.75 321.35 30 2720 1191 1154 3517 3513 -4232 -12480 3574 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 85.377 5247.78 30 2720 1088 1011 3149 3211 -4787 -13910
Floor -
10 CB7 -55.155 5139.78 311.85 30 2720 1053 1003 3084 3106 -4818 -14162 3211 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 107.14 4674.22 30 2720 984 886 2805 2901 -5271 -15246
Floor
11 CB2 272.97 -4468.7 285.56 30 2720 1018 770 2681 3002 -5723 -15725 3002 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 131.06 4196.65 30 2720 899 780 2518 2652 -5684 -16359
Floor -
12 CB2 271.81 4035.23 271.69 30 2720 931 683 2421 2745 -6058 -16735 2745 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
Floor -
13 CB5 177.02 3758.46 250.76 30 2720 832 671 2255 2455 -6105 -17379 2514 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
386 | P a g e
ANNEX C
-
CB2 289.9 3602.58 30 2720 852 589 2162 2514 -6426 -17742
-
CB5 195.62 3320.18 30 2720 753 575 1992 2221 -6479 -18400
Floor -
14 CB2 284.25 3171.94 231.21 30 2720 764 505 1903 2252 -6750 -18745 2252 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 223.17 2879.91 30 2720 677 475 1728 1998 -6869 -19426
Floor -
15 CB3 186.8 2877.73 223.36 30 2720 660 491 1727 1948 -6807 -19431 1998 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 263.97 2441.53 30 2720 608 368 1465 1794 -7281 -20447
Floor -
16 CB3 214.62 2480.65 184.56 30 2720 594 399 1488 1751 -7164 -20356 1794 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 228.22 2059.08 30 2720 516 308 1235 1521 -7515 -21338
Floor -
17 CB5 280.25 1998.56 156.98 30 2720 527 272 1199 1555 -7654 -21479 1555 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 247.11 1612.74 30 2720 435 210 968 1283 -7895 -22377
Floor -
18 CB5 295 1550.73 160.35 30 2720 444 176 930 1310 -8028 -22522 1310 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
Floor -
19 CB3 253.03 1135.37 156.00 30 2720 342 112 681 1009 -8276 -23489 1009 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
387 | P a g e
ANNEX C
CB7 213.89 -1157.3 30 2720 329 134 694 970 -8190 -23438
-
CB3 470.62 816.732 30 2720 377 -51 490 1113 -8515 -24231
Floor -
20 CB5 452.41 796.894 336.47 30 2720 365 -46 478 1077 -8532 -24277 1113 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -523.57 6887.59 30 2720 1616 1140 4133 4766 -4288 -10091
-
Hầm1 CB3 -418.93 6615.45 479.76 30 2720 1514 1133 3969 4465 -4314 -10725 4766 4950 8836 0.72 5890 0.72
CB7 -1702.4 -9627.1 30 2720 2699 1152 5776 7962 -4241 -3710
-
Floor 1 CB11 -1447.2 8889.77 1391.37 30 2720 2436 1120 5334 7185 -4363 -5428 7962 4950 8836 1.02 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -1360.7 9445.97 30 2720 2508 1271 5668 7397 -3778 -4132
W30 -
Floor 2 CB11 -1473.5 8375.78 1009.78 30 2720 2345 1005 5025 6917 -4808 -6625 7397 4950 8845 0.96 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -465.61 9855.01 30 2720 2183 1759 5913 6438 -1881 -3179
-
Floor 3 CB3 -287.73 9179.02 495.61 30 2720 1967 1705 5507 5801 -2092 -4754 6438 4950 6872 0.84 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -457.4 9077.39 30 2720 2023 1608 5446 5969 -2471 -4991
-
Floor 4 CB3 -386.8 8572.23 495.02 30 2720 1890 1539 5143 5576 -2738 -6167 5969 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
388 | P a g e
ANNEX C
-
CB7 -337.33 8433.68 30 2720 1840 1533 5060 5428 -2759 -6490
-
Floor 5 CB3 -264.35 8062.25 507.06 30 2720 1733 1492 4837 5111 -2918 -7355 5428 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -218.74 7789.13 30 2720 1657 1458 4673 4889 -3050 -7991
-
Floor 6 CB3 -148.77 7531.54 432.08 30 2720 1574 1439 4519 4643 -3126 -8591 4889 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -181.27 7140.41 30 2720 1510 1346 4284 4456 -3487 -9502
-
Floor 7 CB3 -118.97 6980.38 417.80 30 2720 1450 1342 4188 4278 -3502 -9875 4456 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -161.14 6507.38 30 2720 1375 1228 3904 4055 -3943 -10977
-
Floor 8 CB3 -105.12 6431.21 365.69 30 2720 1334 1238 3859 3935 -3903 -11154 4055 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB7 -169.54 5902.87 30 2720 1258 1104 3542 3710 -4427 -12385
-
Floor 9 CB3 -121.18 5900.45 415.94 30 2720 1235 1125 3540 3644 -4344 -12390 3710 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 -109.85 5365.26 30 2720 1123 1023 3219 3313 -4739 -13637
Floor -
10 CB7 -156.66 5303.28 410.75 30 2720 1132 989 3182 3339 -4870 -13781 3339 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
389 | P a g e
ANNEX C
-
CB3 -211.11 4721.96 30 2720 1040 848 2833 3069 -5418 -15135
Floor -
11 CB2 -91.377 4836.67 383.53 30 2720 1009 926 2902 2976 -5117 -14868 3069 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 -174.84 4303.18 30 2720 940 781 2582 2773 -5679 -16111
Floor
12 CB2 -276.39 -4137.4 367.27 30 2720 953 702 2482 2812 -5987 -16497 2812 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 -120.69 3870.53 30 2720 829 719 2322 2445 -5919 -17118
Floor
13 CB2 -204.13 -3729.8 342.60 30 2720 839 653 2238 2474 -6176 -17446 2474 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 -95.874 3428.72 30 2720 729 642 2057 2151 -6218 -18147
Floor -
14 CB2 -162.1 3311.99 320.99 30 2720 736 589 1987 2171 -6426 -18419 2171 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 -62.569 2986.58 30 2720 626 569 1792 1846 -6503 -19177
Floor -
15 CB3 -117.1 2896.18 311.25 30 2720 632 526 1738 1866 -6669 -19388 1866 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB5 -19.698 2533.91 30 2720 516 498 1520 1521 -6779 -20232
Floor -
16 CB3 -53.022 2470.51 271.77 30 2720 518 470 1482 1529 -6887 -20379 1529 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
Floor -
17 CB3 -1.1857 2073.36 235.76 30 2720 415 414 1244 1225 -7104 -21304 1484 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
390 | P a g e
ANNEX C
-
CB5 -347.4 1726.58 30 2720 503 187 1036 1484 -7984 -22112
-
CB3 -266.64 1393.21 30 2720 400 157 836 1179 -8100 -22888
Floor -
18 CB5 20.164 1607.35 190.17 30 2720 331 312 964 975 -7499 -22390 1179 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 -173.49 1020.22 30 2720 283 125 612 835 -8225 -23757
Floor -
19 CB7 19.228 1120.51 123.42 30 2720 233 215 672 687 -7875 -23524 835 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
-
CB3 -210.87 745.478 30 2720 245 53 447 723 -8504 -24397
Floor -
20 CB5 -296.43 655.124 201.93 30 2720 266 -4 393 784 -8697 -24608 784 4950 5890 0.72 5890 0.72
C2. SHEAR DESIGN

V VRd,max S Smin Smax Sselect
Section FLOOR Combo
(kN) Cot φ kN mm mm mm mm
CB7 225 2040 200
Hầm1 CB3 236.14 2.5 2674.229 765.3342 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 150
Floor 1 CB11 1048.36 2.5 2674.229 172.3926 225 2040 200
W20
CB7 225 2040 150
Floor 2 CB11 1009.78 2.5 2674.229 178.9787 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 3 CB3 388.18 2.5 2674.229 465.5798 225 2040 200
391 | P a g e
ANNEX C
CB7 225 2040 200

Floor 4 CB3 357.27 2.5 2674.229 505.858 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 5 CB3 385.36 2.5 2674.229 468.9876 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 6 CB3 325.73 2.5 2674.229 554.8525 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 7 CB3 322.46 2.5 2674.229 560.4785 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 8 CB3 275.59 2.5 2674.229 655.7987 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 9 CB3 321.35 2.5 2674.229 562.4108 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 10 CB7 311.85 2.5 2674.229 579.5482 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
225 2040 200

Floor 11 CB2 285.56 2.5 2674.229 632.8912
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 12 CB2 271.69 2.5 2674.229 665.2057 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 13 CB2 250.76 2.5 2674.229 720.7412 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 14 CB2 231.21 2.5 2674.229 781.6748 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 15 CB3 223.36 2.5 2674.229 809.1271 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 16 CB3 184.56 2.5 2674.229 979.2455 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 17 CB5 156.98 2.5 2674.229 1151.325 225 2040 200
392 | P a g e
ANNEX C
CB3 225 2040 200

Floor 18 CB5 160.35 2.5 2674.229 1127.079 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 19 CB7 156.00 2.5 2674.229 1158.52 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 20 CB5 336.47 2.5 2674.229 537.1406 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Hầm1 CB3 479.76 2.5 2674.229 376.7088 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 100
Floor 1 CB11 1391.37 2.5 2674.229 129.8932 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 150
Floor 2 CB11 1009.78 2.5 2674.229 178.9787 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 3 CB3 495.61 2.5 2674.229 364.6632 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 4 CB3 495.02 2.5 2674.229 365.0948 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 5 CB3 507.06 2.5 2674.229 356.4251 225 2040 200
W30
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 6 CB3 432.08 2.5 2674.229 418.2773 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 7 CB3 417.80 2.5 2674.229 432.5786 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 8 CB3 365.69 2.5 2674.229 494.2143 225 2040 200
CB7 225 2040 200
Floor 9 CB3 415.94 2.5 2674.229 434.5039 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 10 CB7 410.75 2.5 2674.229 440.0027 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 11 CB2 383.53 2.5 2674.229 471.2287 225 2040 200
393 | P a g e
ANNEX C
CB5 225 2040 200

Floor 12 CB2 367.27 2.5 2674.229 492.089 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 13 CB2 342.60 2.5 2674.229 527.5241 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 14 CB2 320.99 2.5 2674.229 563.0342 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 15 CB3 311.25 2.5 2674.229 580.6564 225 2040 200
CB5 225 2040 200
Floor 16 CB3 271.77 2.5 2674.229 665.0194 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 17 CB5 235.76 2.5 2674.229 766.5697 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 18 CB5 190.17 2.5 2674.229 950.3498 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 19 CB7 123.42 2.5 2674.229 1464.377 225 2040 200
CB3 225 2040 200
Floor 20 CB5 201.93 2.5 2674.229 894.9989 225 2040 200
394 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
Moist Speci Atterberg Limit Direct Shear Test
Sampl ure Saturat fic
e's Conte ed Unit Gravi Void Liquid Plastic Liqudity Friction Cohesi
Depth nt Weight ty ratio Limit Limit Index Angle on
Numb Boreh Soil sat
er ole Sample m W (%) (kN/m3) Gs e0 WL(%) WP(%) IL (degree) c (kPa)
Layer 1 BH3 D1 1.5-2 17.63 NP
A Average A 17.63 2.65 NP
Very soft, blackish grey, Organic silt
2 BH1 UD1 1.5-2 99.73 14.3 2.6 2.611 92.37 51.47 1.18 2 ° 41 ' 4.7
3 BH1 UD2 3.5-4 103.01 14 2.59 2.754 102.59 56.85 1.01 2 ° 33 ' 3.8
4 BH1 UD3 5.5-6 108.36 14 2.61 2.896 94.64 56.9 1.36 2 ° 31 ' 4.5
5 BH1 UD4 7.5-8 83.92 14.5 2.63 2.329 75.05 44.74 1.29 3 ° 30 ' 5.3
6 BH1 UD5 9.5-10 99.7 14.4 2.6 2.611 96 62.02 1.11 2 ° 54 ' 4.7
11.5-
7 BH1 UD6 12 95.03 14.5 2.6 2.514 88.54 59.71 1.23 3 ° 01 ' 5.3
13.5-
Layer 8 BH1 UD7 14 92.42 14.6 2.61 2.434 85.26 45.63 1.18 3 ° 30 ' 5.6
1 15.5-
9 BH1 UD8 16 77.68 15.3 2.64 2.07 69.8 35.56 1.23 4 ° 11 ' 6.1
17.5-
10 BH1 UD9 18 79.51 15 2.63 2.131 68.71 38.12 1.35 3 ° 55 ' 6.3
19.5-
11 BH1 UD10 20 65.63 15.8 2.64 1.779 63.32 34.67 1.08 4 ° 30 ' 7.6
12 BH2 UD1 2-2.5 107.11 14.1 2.61 2.838 85.65 38.58 1.46 2 ° 31 ' 4.6
13 BH2 UD2 4-4.5 98.12 14.4 2.61 2.575 82.9 46.67 1.42 2 ° 53 ' 4.9
14 BH2 UD3 6-6.5 80.31 15 2.63 2.169 79.8 40.43 1.01 3 ° 44 ' 5.2
15 BH2 UD4 8-8.5 86.44 14.7 2.61 2.304 77.99 46.22 1.27 3 ° 33 ' 5.9
395 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
10-
16 BH2 UD5 10.5 107.63 13.9 2.6 2.881 90.08 42.71 1.37 3 ° 05 ' 4.4
12-
17 BH2 UD6 12.5 84.03 14.9 2.62 2.235 80.32 47.71 1.11 3 ° 42 ' 5.6
14-
18 BH2 UD7 14.5 83.49 14.8 2.59 2.198 80.98 41.32 1.06 3 ° 49 ' 6
16-
19 BH2 UD8 16.5 80.75 15 2.64 2.181 75.84 41.65 1.14 3 ° 56 ' 6.3
18-
20 BH2 UD9 18.5 78.12 15.2 2.63 2.094 74.63 39.62 1.1 4 ° 00 ' 7.2
20-
21 BH3 UD10 20.5 76.87 15.2 2.62 2.047 75.74 35.75 1.03 4 ° 04 ' 7.6
22 BH3 UD2 3.5-4 116.43 13.8 2.6 3.063 95.32 55.29 1.53 2 ° 12 ' 4.3
23 BH3 UD3 5.5-6 83.21 14.9 2.62 2.235 75.19 39.64 1.23 3 ° 48 ' 5.7
24 BH3 UD4 7.5-8 80.94 15 2.62 2.157 78.61 45.9 1.07 3 ° 44 ' 5.8
25 BH3 UD5 9.5-10 76.04 15.4 2.62 2.011 74.24 40.12 1.05 3 ° 52 ' 6.1
11.5-
26 BH3 UD6 12 75.29 15.3 2.62 2.011 73.9 40.28 1.04 3 ° 44 ' 6
13.5-
27 BH3 UD7 14 78.11 14.2 2.61 2.263 75.26 37.85 1.08 3 ° 40 ' 5.6
15.5-
28 BH3 UD8 16 79.34 14.1 2.61 2.304 74.83 38.27 1.12 3 ° 38 ' 5.4
17.5-
29 BH3 UD9 18 73.72 15.2 2.62 2.011 70.6 38.19 1.1 4 ° 04 ' 6.3
19.5-
30 BH3 UD10 20 70.07 15.7 2.63 1.859 67.36 38.5 1.09 4 ° 13 ' 7.2
tc= Ctc=
Average A 86.93 14.73 2.62 2.33 80.19 44.15 1.18 03o30' 5.6
CI=
Standard deviation σ 13.03 0.55 0.01 0.33 9.65 7.65 I= 03 09' 5.2
o
Cofficient of variation v 0.15 0.04 0.01 0.14 0.12 0.17 II= 02o57' CII=5.0
Firm, blueish, gray, Lean clay with sand
396 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
21.5-
31 BH1 UD11 22 26.79 19.3 2.69 0.77 34.95 18.55 0.5 12 ° 39 ' 5.6
22-
32 BH2 UD11 22.5 34.18 18.2 2.7 0.985 44.78 21.15 0.55 9 ° 44 ' 5.4
Layer 24-
2 33 BH2 UD12 24.5 33.4 18.3 2.71 0.978 41.99 22.59 0.56 10 ° 03 ' 6.3
21.5-
34 BH3 UD11 22 22.53 19 2.7 0.742 28.46 15.15 0.55 11 ° 55 ' 7.2
0.8687 tc= Ctc=
Average A 29.23 18.7 2.7 5 37.545 19.36 0.54 11o04' 19.5
Stiff, brownish yellow- whitish grey, Sandy lean clay
23.5-
35 BH1 UD12 24 29.67 18.8 2.71 0.869 38.7 22.62 0.44 13 ° 04 ' 25.4
25.5-
36 BH1 UD13 26 28.38 19.2 2.71 0.807 35.88 21.75 0.47 13 ° 37 ' 26.4
27.5-
37 BH1 UD14 28 25.53 19.3 2.7 0.753 33.81 20.65 0.37 14 ° 47 ' 24.1
26-
38 BH2 UD13 26.5 27.28 19.6 2.73 0.773 40.09 22.62 0.27 13 ° 21 ' 26.1
23.5-
39 BH3 UD12 24 19.67 20 2.69 0.611 25.28 15.37 0.43 15 ° 24 ' 25.2
Layer
25.5-
3
40 BH3 UD13 26 18.86 20.3 2.71 0.585 26.88 13.97 0.38 15 ° 01 ' 27.9
27.5-
41 BH3 UD14 28 18.2 20.3 2.7 0.57 27.53 14.32 0.29 14 ° 57 ' 27.7
29.5-
42 BH3 UD15 30 20.88 20 2.72 0.648 33.65 18.7 0.15 14 ° 52 ' 31.5
31.5-
43 BH3 UD16 32 20.3 20.3 2.73 0.615 35.31 15.84 0.23 14 ° 51 ' 32.6
35.5-
44 BH3 UD17 34 23.52 20.1 2.73 0.675 33.86 17.14 0.38 13 ° 01 ' 30.6
tc= Ctc=
Average A 23.23 19.79 2.71 0.69 33.10 18.30 0.34 14o30' 27.7
397 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
CI=
Standard deviation σ 4.23 0.53 0.01 0.10 5.00 3.42 I= 13 43'
o
24.8
Cofficient of variation v 0.182 0.027 0.005 0.149 0.151 0.187 II= 13o22' CII=23
Medium dense to dense, whitish grey, yellowish brownm, Stlity, clayey sand
29.5-
45 BH1 UD15 30 20.7 20.3 2.68 0.595 23.82 17.91 0.47 23 ° 52 ' 12.2
31.5-
46 BH1 UD16 32 16.79 21 2.66 0.478 19.33 14.37 0.49 27 ° 54 ' 9.5
33.5-
47 BH1 UD17 34 17.25 21.1 2.66 0.478 19.72 15.4 0.43 28 ° 02 ' 7.3
35.5-
48 BH1 UD18 36 17.49 20.4 2.67 0.534 21.73 15.07 0.36 26 ° 42 ' 11.1
37.5-
49 BH1 UD19 38 17.38 20.3 2.67 0.543 21.44 15.27 0.34 27 ° 10 ' 9.6
39.5-
50 BH1 UD20 40 17.82 20.3 2.67 0.552 22.21 16.01 0.29 29 ° 06 ' 6.6
41.5-
Layer
51 BH1 UD21 42 17.79 20.8 2.66 0.503 21.74 16.41 0.26 26 ° 14 ' 8.2
4
43.5-
52 BH1 UD22 44 19.56 20.2 2.67 0.58 23.56 17.32 0.36 27 ° 40 ' 9.9
45.5-
53 BH1 UD23 46 18.54 20.9 2.67 0.517 22.46 15.92 0.4 26 ° 26 ' 8.5
47.5-
54 BH1 UD24 48 17.38 20.7 2.67 0.517 20.99 14.72 0.42 24 ° 24 ' 13.4
49.5-
55 BH1 UD25 50 19.89 20.3 2.67 0.58 23.72 17.41 0.39 25 ° 24 ' 10.6
51.5-
56 BH1 UD26 52 18.25 20.3 2.68 0.558 21.4 15.04 0.5 25 ° 19 ' 10.3
53.5-
57 BH1 UD27 54 18.35 20.3 2.68 0.558 21.79 15.15 0.48 25 ° 28 ' 8.7
28-
58 BH2 UD14 28.5 19.54 20 2.67 0.599 23.52 17.07 0.38 23 ° 34 ' 9.5
398 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
30-
59 BH2 UD15 30.5 19.02 20 2.69 0.601 22.48 16.03 0.46 22 ° 50 ' 11.1
32-
60 BH2 UD16 32.5 18.27 20.4 2.67 0.552 21.78 15.6 0.43 23 ° 54 ' 10.4
34-
61 BH2 UD17 34.5 20.24 19.8 2.68 0.624 24.08 17.54 0.41 24 ° 25 ' 9.8
36-
62 BH2 UD18 36.5 21.24 20.1 2.67 0.608 25.14 18.45 0.42 24 ° 45 ' 8.8
38-
63 BH2 UD19 38.5 19.59 20 2.67 0.599 23.74 17 0.38 25 ° 03 ' 9.1
40-
64 BH2 UD20 40.5 22.65 19.8 2.68 0.665 26.18 19.85 0.44 24 ° 39 ' 10.1
42-
65 BH2 UD21 42.5 21.23 20.1 2.67 0.608 25.48 19.12 0.33 25 ° 30 ' 12.6
44-
66 BH2 UD22 44.5 18.12 20.5 2.66 0.529 21.89 16.05 0.35 26 ° 27 ' 9.3
46-
67 BH2 UD23 46.5 17.5 20.3 2.68 0.558 22.27 15.63 0.33 24 ° 50 ' 8.1
48-
68 BH2 UD24 48.5 22.08 20.1 2.67 0.618 26.4 19.71 0.35 23 ° 57 ' 9.8
50-
69 BH2 UD25 50.5 17.51 20.5 2.66 0.534 20.43 14.45 0.51 24 ° 40 ' 10.5
52-
70 BH2 UD26 52.5 17.65 20.3 2.68 0.543 21.37 15.15 0.4 25 ° 18 ' 9.3
54-
71 BH2 UD27 54.5 17.48 20.9 2.67 0.494 21.56 14.96 38 26 ° 06 ' 8
35.5-
72 BH3 UD18 36 14.52 21 2.67 0.454 18.97 13.05 0.25 25 ° 42 ' 7.9
37.5-
73 BH3 UD19 38 16.05 20.5 2.67 0.508 20.35 14.32 0.29 25 ° 09 ' 8.3
39.5-
74 BH3 UD20 40 16.03 20.4 2.66 0.517 20.47 14.15 0.3 24 ° 50 ' 8.9
41.5-
75 BH3 UD21 42 22.13 19.9 2.66 0.644 25.91 19.53 0.41 23 ° 52 ' 10.3
399 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
43.5-
76 BH3 UD22 44 20.07 20 2.67 0.605 24.13 17.95 0.34 24 ° 02 ' 9.4
45.5-
77 BH3 UD23 46 16.04 20.5 2.67 0.508 20.24 14.25 0.3 25 ° 29 ' 9
47.5-
78 BH3 UD24 48 20.38 20.1 2.68 0.605 24.39 18.05 0.37 24 ° 09 ' 9.8
49.5-
79 BH3 UD25 50 15.02 20.9 2.66 0.462 19.22 13.35 0.28 25 ° 49 ' 8.3
51.5-
80 BH3 UD26 52 18.46 20.3 2.68 0.567 22.55 16.21 0.35 23 ° 17 ' 9.4
53.5-
81 BH3 UD27 54 15.47 20.4 2.67 0.508 19.75 13.66 0.3 25 ° 01 ' 8.9
55.5-
82 BH3 UD28 56 15.28 20.8 2.66 0.478 19.49 13.67 0.28 25 ° 33 ' 8.5
tc=
Average A 18.39 20.38 2.67 0.55 22.26 16.07 1.36 25o20' Ctc=9.5
CI=
Standard deviation σ 2.05 0.35 0.01 0.05 2.05 1.84 I= 24o58' 7.3
Cofficient of variation v 0.11 0.02 0.00 0.10 0.09 0.11 II= 24o45' CII=6.1
Very stiff, yellowish brown- whitish grey, Lean clay
55.5-
83 BH1 UD28 56 24.34 19.8 2.72 0.711 38.41 20.38 0.22 16 ° 18 ' 39.3
57.5-
84 BH1 UD29 58 23.19 20.3 2.73 0.655 41.63 19.32 0.7 17 ° 03 ' 45.7
Layer 56-
5 85 BH2 UD28 56.5 23.87 20.3 2.72 0.659 44.01 22.71 0.05 17 ° 05 ' 43.4
58-
86 BH2 UD29 58.5 20.62 20.6 2.74 0.602 41.47 22.39 <0 17 ° 37 ' 46
57.5-
87 BH3 UD29 58 20.37 20.3 2.62 0.55 38.38 19.14 0.06 17 ° 17 ' 42.1
59.5-
88 BH3 UD30 60 18 20.5 2.72 0.563 34.55 17.63 0.2 17 ° 54 ' 44.9
400 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
tc=
Average A 21.73 20.30 2.71 0.62 39.74 20.26 0.25 17o12' Ctc=43
Standard deviation σ 2.47 0.28 0.04 0.06 3.33 1.98 I= 16 23'
o
CI=39
Cofficient of variation v 0.11 0.01 0.02 0.10 0.08 0.10 II= 15 53'
o
CII=36
Medium dense to very dense, whitish grey, yellowish brown, Stlity, clayey sand
59.5-
89 BH1 UD30 60 19.44 20.4 2.68 0.567 23.12 17.06 0.39 23 ° 44 ' 12.2
61.5-
90 BH1 UD31 62 19.92 20.1 2.69 0.601 23.99 17 0.42 23 ° 39 ' 9.6
63.5-
91 BH1 UD32 64 18.57 20.5 2.67 0.543 22.22 15.65 0.44 24 ° 18 ' 8.5
65.5-
92 BH1 UD33 66 18.84 20.3 2.67 0.561 22.01 15.32 0.53 24 ° 51 ' 10.8
67.5-
93 BH1 UD34 68 18.5 20.6 2.67 0.534 22.74 16.32 0.34 25 ° 14 ' 10.1
69.5-
94 BH1 UD35 70 18.07 20.4 2.68 0.549 21.7 15.05 0.45 25 ° 47 ' 9.6
71.5-
Layer
95 BH1 UD36 72 19.82 20.3 2.68 0.586 23.64 16.68 0.45 25 ° 36 ' 12.1
6
73.5-
96 BH1 UD37 74 18.83 21 2.67 0.508 22.7 16.32 0.39 26 ° 18 ' 8.7
75.5-
97 BH1 UD38 76 18.45 20.2 2.67 0.561 21.51 15.35 0.5 25 ° 54 ' 11.1
77.5-
98 BH1 UD39 78 21.03 20.5 2.68 0.586 24.32 18.15 0.47 23 ° 56 ' 14.2
79.5-
99 BH1 UD40 80 18.19 20.8 2.66 0.511 22.46 15.82 0.36 26 ° 13 ' 9.3
81.5-
100 BH1 UD41 82 19.39 20.7 2.67 0.543 23.18 16.45 0.44 25 ° 36 ' 8.7
83.5-
101 BH1 UD42 84 17.73 20.3 2.67 0.552 21.42 14.75 0.45 27 ° 03 ' 10.1
85.5-
102 BH1 UD43 86 20.89 20.3 2.67 0.589 25.01 18.17 0.4 27 ° 33 ' 9
401 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
87.5-
103 BH1 UD44 88 19.15 20.5 2.68 0.558 22.4 15.92 0.5 27 ° 47 ' 8
89.5-
104 BH1 UD45 90 19.13 20.6 2.67 0.543 23.71 17.2 0.3 27 ° 57 ' 10.5
91.5-
105 BH1 UD46 92 18.94 20.7 2.67 0.534 23.12 17.02 0.31 26 ° 15 ' 8.7
93.5-
106 BH1 UD47 94 17.91 21 2.66 0.494 22.22 16.02 0.3 28 ° 21 ' 9.5
95.5-
107 BH1 UD48 96 17.65 20.9 2.67 0.5 22.01 15.78 0.3 28 ° 35 ' 10.7
97.5-
108 BH1 UD49 98 17.47 20.8 2.68 0.514 22.01 15.41 0.31 27 ° 50 ' 7.8
99.5-
109 BH1 UD50 100 18.37 20.7 2.67 0.526 22.99 16.01 0.34 29 ° 11 ' 6.3
60-
110 BH2 UD30 60.5 18.12 20.2 2.69 0.573 22.48 16.16 0.31 24 ° 34 ' 9.8
62-
111 BH2 UD31 62.5 21.03 20.1 2.69 0.62 25.12 18.41 0.39 23 ° 56 ' 11.8
64-
112 BH2 UD32 64.5 17.83 20.3 2.67 0.552 22.14 15.52 0.35 24 ° 10 ' 9.9
66-
113 BH2 UD33 66.5 17.69 20.5 2.68 0.54 21.92 15.35 0.36 25 ° 22 ' 9.2
68-
114 BH2 UD34 68.5 19.08 20.4 2.68 0.567 22.48 16.32 0.45 24 ° 46 ' 13.4
70-
115 BH2 UD35 70.5 18.83 20.7 2.67 0.534 23.44 16.89 0.3 23 ° 49 ' 10.4
72-
116 BH2 UD36 72.5 17.94 20.6 2.66 0.52 22.01 15.51 0.37 26 ° 12 ' 8.3
74-
117 BH2 UD37 74.5 18.52 20.7 2.67 0.526 22.71 16.17 0.36 25 ° 54 ' 8.7
76-
118 BH2 UD38 76.5 17.61 20.9 2.67 0.5 21.8 15.57 0.33 27 ° 07 ' 9.5
78-
119 BH2 UD39 78.5 17.87 21 2.68 506 22.44 15.62 0.33 26 ° 45 ' 9.3
402 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
80-
120 BH2 UD40 80.5 20.32 20.2 2.67 0.589 24.19 18.18 0.36 25 ° 03 ' 11.3
82-
121 BH2 UD41 82.5 17.15 20.5 2.68 0.531 21.99 15 0.31 26 ° 19 ' 9.1
84-
122 BH2 UD42 84.5 19.45 20.4 2.67 0.561 23.73 17.11 0.35 27 ° 17 ' 8
86-
123 BH2 UD43 86.5 23.84 20 2.69 0.671 27.1 20.99 0.47 25 ° 55 ' 9.8
88-
124 BH2 UD44 88.5 16.57 21.1 2.66 0.47 21.18 14.45 0.32 27 ° 34 ' 11
90-
125 BH2 UD45 90.5 19.02 20.9 2.68 0.523 22.71 16 0.45 27 ° 49 ' 8.7
92-
126 BH2 UD46 92.5 17.33 21.1 2.67 0.483 21.49 15.12 0.35 28 ° 10 ' 10.5
94-
127 BH2 UD47 94.5 17.34 21.2 2.67 0.475 21.43 15.18 0.35 28 ° 39 ' 7.9
96-
128 BH2 UD48 96.5 18.53 21 2.68 0.514 22.47 16 0.39 29 ° 05 ' 9.9
98-
129 BH2 UD49 98.5 16.83 21.3 2.66 0.462 21.18 14.69 0.33 28 ° 20 ' 11.7
99.5-
130 BH2 UD50 100 17.62 20.9 2.67 0.5 21.98 15.65 0.31 29 ° 47 ' 9.2
62-
131 BH3 UD31 62.5 25.32 19.7 2.68 0.707 28.56 22.05 0.5 23 ° 01 ' 13
64-
132 BH3 UD32 64.5 18.91 20.5 2.67 0.552 22.83 16.51 0.38 24 ° 41 ' 11.9
66-
133 BH3 UD33 66.5 17.35 20.4 2.67 0.534 21.38 15.12 0.36 24 ° 52 ' 11.7
68-
134 BH3 UD34 68.5 23.29 20.1 2.68 0.644 27.21 20.51 0.41 24 ° 32 ' 11.2
70-
135 BH3 UD35 70.5 19.97 20.2 2.67 0.589 23.98 17.55 0.38 25 ° 19 ' 10.8
72-
136 BH3 UD36 72.5 18.93 20.2 2.67 0.571 23.05 16.84 0.34 25 ° 36 ' 10.6
403 | P a g e
ANNEX D
SOIL STATISTICS
74-
137 BH3 UD37 74.5 17.86 20.3 2.67 0.552 21.92 15.64 0.35 25 ° 49 ' 10.9
76-
138 BH3 UD38 76.5 15.62 20.7 2.66 0.4856 19.74 13.88 0.3 26 ° 36 ' 10.2
78-
139 BH3 UD39 78.5 15.17 20.5 2.66 0.494 19.22 13.27 0.32 26 ° 05 ' 10.5
80-
140 BH3 UD40 80.5 15.02 20.7 2.67 0.483 19.17 13.35 0.29 26 ° 13 ' 10.4
82-
141 BH3 UD41 82.5 16.67 20.6 2.67 0.508 20.81 14.32 0.36 26 ° 08 ' 9.5
84-
142 BH3 UD42 84.5 17.82 20.5 2.66 0.529 22 15.79 0.33 27 ° 02 ' 9.8
86-
143 BH3 UD43 86.5 15.59 20.6 2.67 0.5 19.68 13.58 0.33 27 ° 41 ' 9.5
88-
144 BH3 UD44 88.5 15.37 20.5 2.67 0.5 19.71 13.48 0.3 27 ° 33 ' 9.7
90-
145 BH3 UD45 90.5 15.54 20.6 2.67 0.5 19.89 13.6 0.31 26 ° 18 ' 10
92-
146 BH3 UD46 92.5 25.72 19.9 2.68 0.696 29.52 23.02 0.42 26 ° 47 ' 11.3
94-
147 BH3 UD47 94.5 17.11 20.3 2.67 0.543 21.31 14.92 0.34 27 ° 02 ' 10.4
96-
148 BH3 UD48 96.5 19.96 20.2 2.68 0.595 24.06 17.75 0.35 26 ° 49 ' 10.7
98-
149 BH3 UD49 98.5 15.14 20.7 2.66 0.478 19.34 13.31 0.3 27 ° 35 ' 10.2
99.5-
150 BH3 UD50 100 15.15 20.7 2.67 0.483 19.29 13.42 0.29 27 ° 58 ' 10.1
tc= Ctc=10.
Average A 18.49 20.54 2.67 8.70 22.53 16.12 0.37 26o20' 1
Standard deviation σ 2.18 0.33 0.01 64.19 2.03 1.95 I= 26o00' CI=8.1
Cofficient of variation v 0.12 0.02 0.00 7.38 0.09 0.12 II= 25 48'
o
CII=6.9
404 | P a g e
ANNEX E
POST-TENSION BEAM
ANNEX E
POST-TENSION BEAM
E.1 Check flexural adequacy at SLS
Check
Stress at SLS
Output Stress at Bottom conditio
Strip Station Location Case P V2 T M3 Top face face n
CSA1 0 After Initial -390.14 -5.792 -1.5522 0.6017 -1.5832 -1.61787 OK
CSA1 0.4 Before Initial -380.667 -5.792 -2.3254 1.8666 -1.54676 -1.65432 OK
-
CSA1 0.4 After Initial -680.269 17.926 -6.3728 -9.1304 -1.33748 -1.8636 OK
-
CSA1 1.56 Before Initial -673.905 17.926 -7.5641 12.5542 -1.23883 -1.96224 OK
CSA1 1.56 After Initial -506.024 0.01 -5.7955 5.1273 -1.45281 -1.74826 OK
CSA1 2.72 After Initial -439.223 9.571 -0.6135 4.7689 -1.46314 -1.73794 OK
CSA1 3.88 Before Initial -443.13 9.571 0.9131 -5.7687 -1.43433 -1.76674 OK
CSA1 3.88 After Initial -413.953 4.98 2.6208 -6.4308 -1.41526 -1.78582 OK
-
CSA1 5.04 Before Initial -413.062 4.98 3.3159 13.3221 -1.21671 -1.98437 OK
-
CSA1 5.04 After Initial -395.848 -2.664 4.0811 13.7572 -1.20417 -1.9969 OK
-
CSA1 6.2 Before Initial -394.531 -2.664 2.7559 10.4673 -1.29896 -1.90212 OK
CSA1 6.2 After Initial -196.85 -22.75 -0.0594 -9.0672 -1.3393 -1.86178 OK
CSA1 6.6 Before Initial -188.045 -22.75 -0.1942 0.9607 -1.57286 -1.62822 OK
CSA1 6.6 After Initial -193.105 30.114 0.6678 0.3119 -1.59155 -1.60952 OK
-
CSA1 7 Before Initial -202.777 30.114 0.7217 11.7328 -1.2625 -1.93858 OK
- -
CSA1 7 After Initial -394.663 15.412 -0.9665 31.1824 -0.70213 -2.49895 OK
405 | P a g e
ANNEX E
POST-TENSION BEAM
- -
- -
-
CSA1 9.11429 After Initial -361.402 -8.549 3.1896 -2.5028 -1.52843 -1.67265 OK
CSA1 10.17143 After Initial -372.036 -2.788 4.0913 9.0716 -1.33917 -1.8619 OK
-
CSA1 14.4 After Initial -381.568 18.403 1.0131 -1.1172 -1.56835 -1.63273 OK
-
CSA1 0 After Frequent -315.413 40.388 -4.0631 2.5593 -1.5268 -1.67428 OK
-
CSA1 0.4 Before Frequent -315.503 40.388 -5.034 13.6532 -1.20717 -1.99391 OK
- -
CSA1 0.4 After Frequent -543.56 60.869 13.2818 -49.973 -0.16074 -3.04034 OK
- -
CSA1 1.56 Before Frequent -538.557 60.869 16.8414 21.9315 -0.96866 -2.23242 OK
- -
CSA1 1.56 After Frequent -346.815 13.615 13.1568 13.1349 -1.2221 -1.97897 OK
-
CSA1 2.72 Before Frequent -350.861 13.615 -8.5634 32.0672 -0.67663 -2.52444 OK
CSA1 2.72 After Frequent -278.527 13.336 -2.3801 29.4432 -0.75223 -2.44884 OK
406 | P a g e
ANNEX E
POST-TENSION BEAM
-
-
-
CSA1 6.2 Before Frequent -400.456 64.021 6.4578 90.0979 0.99532 -4.1964 OK
-
CSA1 6.2 After Frequent -221.89 -77.15 -0.1495 33.4908 -0.63562 -2.56546 OK
CSA1 6.6 Before Frequent -207.924 -77.15 -0.2306 -1.2022 -1.5659 -1.63518 OK
102.90
CSA1 6.6 After Frequent -234 1 1.7369 -3.2644 -1.50649 -1.69459 OK
102.90 -
CSA1 7 Before Frequent -250.055 1 1.4874 42.9599 -0.3628 -2.83828 OK
-
119.75 -
CSA1 7 After Frequent -445.526 7 -2.3835 166.113 3.185437 -6.38651 OK
-
119.75 -
CSA1 8.05714 Before Frequent -450.528 7 -1.9162 41.2751 -0.41134 -2.78974 OK
- -
-
-
-
CSA1 10.17143 After Frequent -109.804 -7.497 8.1565 68.153 0.363054 -3.56413 OK
CSA1 11.22857 Before Frequent -108.43 -7.497 8.2973 78.0129 0.647133 -3.84821 OK
CSA1 11.22857 After Frequent -171.359 27.878 8.1547 80.9783 0.73257 -3.93365 OK
CSA1 12.28571 After Frequent -354.913 64.858 7.225 59.4991 0.113722 -3.3148 OK
407 | P a g e
ANNEX E
POST-TENSION BEAM
-
-
-
128.81 -
CSA1 14.4 After Frequent -352.173 6 2.0244 37.4176 -0.52248 -2.6786 OK
-
128.81
CSA1 14.8 Before Frequent -344.338 6 1.3047 10.7447 -1.29097 -1.91011 OK
408 | P a g e

Thuyet Minh LVTN Nguyen Hoang Phuc 1552290

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Thuyet Minh LVTN Nguyen Hoang Phuc 1552290

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENT .......................................................................................... I

TABLE OF FIGURES ....................................................................................... XIII

TABLE OF TABLES .................................................................................... .XXIII

SYMBOLS .................................................................................................. .XXXIII

PART A PROJECT INTRODUCTION ............................................................... 1

PART B LAND PRESENT CONDITION............................................................ 2

1.Location and are of project ............................................................................... 2

1. Solution for planning top views ........................................................................ 5

1. Standard for design ......................................................................................... 10

2. Program for calculation ..................................................................................10

B.7 M-N Interactive diagram verification .............................................. 381

ANNEX C DESIGN RESULT OF WALL ....................................................... 384

C.1 Flexural design ................................................................................... 384

C.2 Shear design........................................................................................ 391

ANNEX D SOIL STATISTICS ......................................................................... 395

ANNEX E POST-TENSION BEAM ................................................................. 405

E.1 Check flexural adequacy at SLS....................................................... 405

Figure 6.2 Tributary Area in Columns....................................................................23

Figure 6.3. Tributary Area in Columns at F9-F20 ..................................................24

Figure 7.1 Classification of restrained of two-way slab .........................................26

Figure 7.2 Slabs calculation diagram of floor F9-F20 ............................................27

Figure 7.3 Slabs classification of floor F9-F20 ......................................................28

Figure 7.4 Moment of slab in short-span axis in floor F9-F20...............................31

Figure 7.5 Moment of slab in long-span axis in floor F9-F20 ...............................32

Figure 7.6 Moment of slab in short-span axis in floor F9-F20...............................32

Figure 7.7 Moment of slab in long-span axis in floor F9-F20 ...............................33

Figure 7.8 Moment of slab in short-span axis in floor F9-F20...............................33

Figure 7.9 Moment of slab in long-span axis in floor F9-F20 ...............................34

Figure 7.10 Recommended values of wmax mm ......................................................45

Figure 7.11 Crack width calculation example ........................................................45

Figure 8.1 Basic Bubbledeck Geometry .................................................................50

Figure 8.3 Compression zone encroach on bubble for heavily

reinforced slabs .......................................................................................................52

Figure 8.4 Bubbledeck slab model..........................................................................53

Figure 8.6 Bending moment in Y axis ....................................................................54

Figure 8.7 Bubble and steel arrangement ..............................................................55

Figure 8.8 Value of factor  ..................................................................................59

Figure 8.9 Layout of reinforcement at column ..................................................60

Figure 9.1 Stairs terminology ............................................................................... 62

Figure 9.2 Types of stair ....................................................................................... 63

Figure 9.3 Layer structure of stairs ....................................................................... 65

Figure 9.4 Plan view of stair S1 in KOBED TOWER ........................................ 65

Figure 9.5 Plan view of stair S1 ........................................................................... 67

Figure 9.6 Cut plan view of stair S1 ..................................................................... 67

Figure 10.1 Water tank layout .............................................................................. 75

Figure 10.2 Cover slab calculation diagram ......................................................... 75

Figure 10.3 Water pressure affect on wall ............................................................ 77

Figure 10.4 Groundwater pressure affect on wall................................................. 77

Figure 10.5 Moment 1-1 of wall ........................................................................... 79

Figure 10.6 Moment 2-2 of wall ........................................................................... 79

Figure 10.7 SAP2000 model of bottom slab......................................................... 80

Figure 10.8 Moment 2-2 of bottom slab ............................................................... 80

Figure 10.9 Moment 1-1 of bottom slab ............................................................... 81

Figure 12.4 The basic shape of the elastic response spectrum in

ETABS model ....................................................................................................... 108

Figure 12.5 The seismic action of KOBED TOWER........................................... 109

Figure 14.3: Skin reinforcement to control cracking ............................................ 119

Figure 14.4 Envelope moment diagram of beam ........................................................... 120

Figure 14.5 Envelope moment diagram of beam.................................................. 120

Figure 14.6 Envelope shear diagram of beam ...................................................... 121

Figure 14.7 Envelope shear diagram of beam ...................................................... 121